Table of Contents
- Online User's Guide MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
- HTML Top Page
- Table of Contents
- Before You Use Your Brother Machine
- Introduction to Your Brother Machine
- Paper Handling
- Print
- Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
- Print a Photo (Windows®)
- Print a Document (Windows®)
- Cancel a Print Job (Windows®)
- Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows®)
- Print as a Poster (Windows®)
- Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows®)
- Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows®)
- Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows®)
- Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows®)
- Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®)
- Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
- Print Settings (Windows®)
- Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
- Print a Photo (Macintosh)
- Print a Document (Macintosh)
- Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Macintosh)
- Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Macintosh)
- Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Macintosh)
- Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Macintosh)
- Print Options (Macintosh)
- Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
- Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
- Scan
- Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
- Scan Photos and Graphics
- Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
- Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
- Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
- Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
- Scan to Email Attachment
- Send Scanned Data to an Email Server
- Scan to FTP
- Scan to Network (Windows®)
- Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
- Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
- Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
- Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
- Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other Windows® Applications
- Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or Windows® Fax and Scan
- Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows®)
- Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
- Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh)
- Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan Settings for ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Macintosh)
- Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
- Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
- Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
- Copy
- Fax
- Send a Fax
- Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
- Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
- Send a Fax Manually
- Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
- Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
- Send a Fax in Real Time
- Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
- Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
- Cancel a Fax in Progress
- Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
- Fax Options
- Receive a Fax
- Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
- Telephone Services and External Devices
- Fax Reports
- PC-FAX
- PC-FAX for Windows®
- PC-FAX Overview (Windows®)
- Configure PC-FAX (Windows®)
- Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
- Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
- Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
- Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
- Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
- Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
- Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
- Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows®)
- Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
- PC-FAX Overview (Windows®)
- PC-FAX for Macintosh
- PC-FAX for Windows®
- Send a Fax
- Network
- Supported Basic Network Features
- Network Management Software and Utilities
- Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
- Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
- Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
- Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
- Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
- Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
- Use Wi-Fi Direct®
- Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
- Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
- Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
- Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
- Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
- Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
- Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
- Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
- Advanced Network Features
- Print the Network Configuration Report
- Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
- Configure and Operate LDAP Search
- Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
- Technical Information for Advanced Users
- Security
- Before Using Network Security Features
- Secure Function Lock 3.0
- Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
- Certificates and Web Based Management
- Supported Security Certificate Features
- Create and Install a Certificate
- Manage Multiple Certificates
- Certificates and Web Based Management
- Send or Receive an Email Securely
- Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
- Mobile/Web Connect
- Brother Web Connect
- Brother Web Connect Overview
- Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
- Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
- Set Up Brother Web Connect
- Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
- Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
- Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
- Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
- FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
- Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your Documents Using Brother Web Connect
- NotePrint and NoteScan
- Google Cloud Print™
- AirPrint
- Mobile Printing for Windows®
- Mopria® Print Service
- Brother iPrint&Scan
- Near-Field Communication (NFC)
- Brother Web Connect
- ControlCenter
- Troubleshooting
- Error and Maintenance Messages
- Document Jams
- Printer Jam or Paper Jam
- If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
- Paper Handling and Printing Problems
- Telephone and Fax problems
- Other Problems
- Network Problems
- Google Cloud Print™ Problems
- AirPrint Problems
- Check the Machine Information
- Reset Your Brother Machine
- Routine Maintenance
- Replace the Ink Cartridges
- Clean Your Brother Machine
- Clean the Scanner
- Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
- Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows®)
- Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Macintosh)
- Clean the Machine's LCD
- Clean the Outside of the Machine
- Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
- Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
- Clean the Base Pad
- Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
- Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
- Check Your Brother Machine
- Check the Print Quality
- Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
- Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Windows®)
- Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Macintosh)
- Check the Ink Volume
- Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
- Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Macintosh)
- Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
- Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
- Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
- Machine Settings
- Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
- In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
- General Settings
- Adjust the Machine Volume
- Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
- Set Sleep Mode Countdown
- Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
- Set the Date & Time
- Set the Time Zone
- Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
- Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
- Set Your Station ID
- Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
- Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
- Reduce Printing Noise
- Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
- Change the Keyboard Setting
- Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
- Print Reports
- Settings and Features Tables
- Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
- Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
- Appendix
Brother MFC-J5335DW User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for MFC-J5335DW by Brother which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
Online User's Guide
MFC-J2330DW
MFC-J2730DW
MFC-J5330DW
MFC-J5335DW
MFC-J5730DW
MFC-J5930DW
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The following features described in this guide may not be available at the time of purchase:
•Auto Crop in Scan options
•Fit to Page in Copy options
•Ink Save Copy
•Thin Paper Copy
•Book Copy
•Watermark Copy
These features will be available in January 2017.
To activate these features, download the latest firmware and software:
• To check for the latest firmware, visit solutions.brother.com/up2.
• To check for the latest software, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions
Center at support.brother.com, and download the Full Driver & Software Package.
© 2016 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................... 1
Definitions of Notes ........................................................................................................................................ 2
Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Important Note ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Introduction to Your Brother Machine................................................................................................. 6
Before Using Your Machine ........................................................................................................................... 7
Control Panel Overview ................................................................................................................................. 8
Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 11
New Information from Brother ............................................................................................................ 19
Settings Screen Overview ........................................................................................................................... 21
Navigate the Touchscreen............................................................................................................................ 24
Set the Ready Screen .................................................................................................................................. 26
Set the Default Screen of the Copy and Scan Mode.......................................................................... 27
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®) ............................................................................................................ 28
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®) .................................................................... 29
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 30
Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 31
Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2.................................................................................... 32
Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray) ............................................................................... 49
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot.................................................................................................. 54
Unprintable Area ................................................................................................................................ 58
Paper Settings.................................................................................................................................... 59
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media........................................................................................... 65
Load Documents .......................................................................................................................................... 75
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................. 76
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass ............................................................................................ 78
Unscannable Area.............................................................................................................................. 79
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 80
Print from Your Computer (Windows®) ........................................................................................................ 81
Print a Photo (Windows®)................................................................................................................... 82
Print a Document (Windows®)............................................................................................................ 83
Cancel a Print Job (Windows®) .......................................................................................................... 84
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows®).................................... 85
Print as a Poster (Windows®)............................................................................................................. 86
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows®) ................ 87
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows®)..................................................................................... 90
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows®) ........................................................................... 92
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows®) ................................................................ 93
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®) ............................................................................................... 94
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®) .................................................................................. 97
Print Settings (Windows®) .................................................................................................................. 98
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)....................................................................................................... 103
Print a Photo (Macintosh)................................................................................................................. 104
Home > Table of Contents
i
Print a Document (Macintosh).......................................................................................................... 105
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Macintosh) .............. 106
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Macintosh).................................. 107
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Macintosh) ......................................................................... 108
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Macintosh) .............................................................. 109
Print Options (Macintosh)................................................................................................................. 110
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive ............................................................................................... 116
Compatible USB Flash Drives.......................................................................................................... 117
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive .................................................................................. 118
Print a PDF File Directly from a USB Flash Drive ............................................................................ 131
Scan.................................................................................................................................................... 133
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine ............................................................................. 134
Scan Photos and Graphics............................................................................................................... 135
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File ................................................................................ 138
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive....................................................................................... 141
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)................................................................... 145
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR......................................................................................... 147
Scan to Email Attachment ................................................................................................................ 150
Send Scanned Data to an Email Server........................................................................................... 153
Scan to FTP ..................................................................................................................................... 156
Scan to Network (Windows®) ........................................................................................................... 162
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7,
Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)....................................................................................................... 170
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)..................................................... 175
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)..................................................... 179
Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)...................................................................................................... 183
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) ..................................................................... 184
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)............................................................... 201
Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other Windows® Applications ......................................... 218
Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or Windows® Fax and Scan ................................................. 223
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows®) ............................................... 227
Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) ...................................................................................................... 228
Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh).......................................................................................... 229
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Macintosh) ................................................................. 245
Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management......................................................................... 249
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management .................................................... 250
Copy ................................................................................................................................................... 251
Copy a Document ..................................................................................................................................... 252
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images ............................................................................................................ 255
Sort Copies ................................................................................................................................................ 257
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)............................................................................................ 258
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) ...................................................................................... 262
Copy an ID Card ........................................................................................................................................ 265
Use the A3 Copy Shortcuts........................................................................................................................ 267
Copy in Ink Save Mode ............................................................................................................................. 270
Copy Options ............................................................................................................................................. 272
Home > Table of Contents
ii
Use Preset Copy Settings .......................................................................................................................... 277
Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 279
Send a Fax................................................................................................................................................. 280
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................... 281
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF.................................................................................................... 285
Send a Fax Manually........................................................................................................................ 286
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation ........................................................................................ 287
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) .................................................... 288
Send a Fax in Real Time .................................................................................................................. 292
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)................................................................................ 293
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting ................................................................................................ 295
Cancel a Fax in Progress ................................................................................................................. 296
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.................................................................................................... 297
Fax Options ...................................................................................................................................... 298
Receive a Fax ............................................................................................................................................ 300
Receive Mode Settings .................................................................................................................... 301
Fax Preview...................................................................................................................................... 308
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax ............................................................................. 314
Set the Fax Receive Stamp.............................................................................................................. 315
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation .................................................................. 316
Memory Receive Options ................................................................................................................. 317
Remote Fax Retrieval....................................................................................................................... 326
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................... 332
Voice Operations .............................................................................................................................. 333
Store Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 335
Set up Groups for Broadcasting ....................................................................................................... 342
Telephone Services and External Devices................................................................................................. 347
Use BT Call Sign .............................................................................................................................. 348
Caller ID ........................................................................................................................................... 350
Set the Telephone Line Type............................................................................................................ 352
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference).................................................... 354
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)................................................................................... 355
External and Extension Telephones ................................................................................................. 359
Fax Reports ............................................................................................................................................... 365
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style .............................................................................. 366
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period................................................................................................ 367
PC-FAX ...................................................................................................................................................... 369
PC-FAX for Windows® ..................................................................................................................... 370
PC-FAX for Macintosh ..................................................................................................................... 393
Network .............................................................................................................................................. 396
Supported Basic Network Features ........................................................................................................... 397
Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................................................. 398
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................... 399
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network .................................... 400
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network................................................... 401
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup™ (WPS).................................................................................................................................. 402
Home > Table of Contents
iii
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup™ (WPS).................................................................................................................................. 403
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast......................... 406
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network .......................................................... 409
Use Wi-Fi Direct®............................................................................................................................. 414
Advanced Network Features...................................................................................................................... 426
Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 427
Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) .......................................................................................................... 428
Configure and Operate LDAP Search .............................................................................................. 450
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management ..................................... 454
Technical Information for Advanced Users................................................................................................. 458
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default ................................................................................ 459
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 460
Security .............................................................................................................................................. 463
Before Using Network Security Features ................................................................................................... 464
Secure Function Lock 3.0 .......................................................................................................................... 465
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0........................................................................................... 466
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management ............................................ 467
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0 ............................................................................................. 468
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0 ...................................................................... 469
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features................................................................................. 470
Register a new ID Card Using Machine's Control Panel .................................................................. 471
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS ........................................................................ 472
Certificates and Web Based Management....................................................................................... 473
Send or Receive an Email Securely........................................................................................................... 498
Configure Email Sending or Receiving Using Web Based Management......................................... 499
Send an Email with User Authentication .......................................................................................... 500
Send or Receive an Email Securely Using SSL TLS ....................................................................... 501
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network ......................................................... 503
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication? .............................................................................................. 504
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based
Management (Web Browser)............................................................................................................ 505
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods............................................................................................... 507
Mobile/Web Connect......................................................................................................................... 508
Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 509
Brother Web Connect Overview....................................................................................................... 510
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect............................................................................ 511
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect...................................................................................... 513
Set Up Brother Web Connect........................................................................................................... 517
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect............................................................. 527
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect ...................... 529
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 531
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect...... 535
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail ........................................................................................................ 537
Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your Documents Using Brother Web Connect ................. 541
NotePrint and NoteScan................................................................................................................... 551
Google Cloud Print™.................................................................................................................................. 559
Home > Table of Contents
iv
Google Cloud Print™ Overview ........................................................................................................ 560
Before Using Google Cloud Print™.................................................................................................. 561
Print from Google Chrome™ or Chrome OS™................................................................................. 567
Print from Google Drive™ for Mobile ................................................................................................ 568
Print from Gmail™ Webmail Service for Mobile................................................................................ 569
AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 570
AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 571
Before Using AirPrint........................................................................................................................ 572
Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 575
Scan Using AirPrint .......................................................................................................................... 579
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models).................................................................................. 582
Mobile Printing for Windows®.................................................................................................................... 585
Mopria® Print Service................................................................................................................................. 586
Brother iPrint&Scan.................................................................................................................................... 587
Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................................. 588
ControlCenter .................................................................................................................................... 589
ControlCenter4 (Windows®)....................................................................................................................... 590
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®) .......................................................... 591
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) ..................................................................... 593
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)............................................................... 594
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®) ..................................................... 595
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)..................................... 597
ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) ....................................................................................................................... 599
Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh).......................................................................................... 600
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)...................................................... 601
Turn the AutoLoad Feature On (Macintosh)..................................................................................... 603
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 604
Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 605
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report ..................................................................................... 619
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature..................................................... 624
Document Jams ......................................................................................................................................... 626
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit ............................................................................ 627
Document is Jammed in the Bottom of the ADF Unit....................................................................... 628
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit....................................................................................... 629
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF .................................................................................... 630
Printer Jam or Paper Jam .......................................................................................................................... 631
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine.................................................................................. 632
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine .................................................................................. 638
Remove Paper Scraps ..................................................................................................................... 643
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine .......................................................................................... 644
Paper Handling and Printing Problems ............................................................................................ 645
Telephone and Fax problems ........................................................................................................... 651
Other Problems ................................................................................................................................ 657
Network Problems ............................................................................................................................ 659
Google Cloud Print™ Problems ........................................................................................................ 669
Home > Table of Contents
v
AirPrint Problems ............................................................................................................................. 670
Check the Machine Information ................................................................................................................. 671
Reset Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 672
Reset Functions Overview ............................................................................................................... 673
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 674
Replace the Ink Cartridges......................................................................................................................... 675
Clean Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 678
Clean the Scanner............................................................................................................................ 679
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine ............................................................................ 681
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows®)................................................................... 683
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Macintosh) ................................................................... 685
Clean the Machine's LCD................................................................................................................. 686
Clean the Outside of the Machine .................................................................................................... 687
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen .................................................................................................. 689
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers .......................................................................................................... 690
Clean the Base Pad ......................................................................................................................... 692
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers ...................................................................................................... 693
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2 ......................................................................... 695
Check Your Brother Machine ..................................................................................................................... 696
Check the Print Quality..................................................................................................................... 697
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine .................................................................... 700
Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Windows®) .......................................................... 702
Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Macintosh)........................................................... 703
Check the Ink Volume ...................................................................................................................... 704
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®) .............................................................. 706
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Macintosh)............................................................... 711
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.......................................................................................... 713
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems........................................................... 714
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................................ 716
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 719
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel ..................................................................................... 720
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) ............................................................................. 721
General Settings............................................................................................................................... 722
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut..................................................................................... 738
Print Reports .................................................................................................................................... 742
Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 745
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer......................................................................................... 778
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management ............................................................ 779
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup ........................................................................ 783
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 795
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 796
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine .......................................................................................................... 804
Information Regarding Recycled Paper ..................................................................................................... 806
Home > Table of Contents
vi
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special
conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Bold Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italics Italicised style emphasises an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
•Before You Use Your Brother Machine
2
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, Windows Server, SharePoint, Internet Explorer, Excel, PowerPoint,
OneNote, OneDrive and Microsoft Edge are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
in the United States and/or other countries.
Apple, Macintosh, Safari, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and OS X are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the
United States and other countries.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.
Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates
in the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi®, Wi-Fi Alliance® and Wi-Fi Direct® are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance®.
WPA™, WPA2™, Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ and Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance®.
Flickr and the Flickr logo are the trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc.
Android, Gmail, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Google Play, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google are
trademarks of Google, Inc. Use of these trademarks are subject to Google Permissions.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
The Bluetooth word mark is owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Brother Industries,
Ltd. is under license.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Evernote and the Evernote Elephant logo are trademarks of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
Mopria® is a registered trademark and a service mark of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other
countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
WordPerfect is a registered trademark of Corel Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Canada, the United States
and/or other countries.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its
proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents
and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
•Before You Use Your Brother Machine
3
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
• Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and
power regulations of that country.
• Windows® 10 in this document represents Windows® 10 Home, Windows® 10 Pro, Windows® 10 Education
and Windows® 10 Enterprise.
• Windows Server® 2008 in this document represents Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2.
• In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW are used
unless otherwise specified.
• In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW are used unless
otherwise specified.
• The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
• Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows® 7 and OS X v10.10.x. Screens on
your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
• The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The following features described in this guide may not be available at the time of purchase:
•Auto Crop in Scan options
•Fit to Page in Copy options
•Ink Save Copy
•Thin Paper Copy
•Book Copy
•Watermark Copy
These features will be available in January 2017.
To activate these features, download the latest firmware and software:
• To check for the latest firmware, visit solutions.brother.com/up2.
• To check for the latest software, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com, and download the Full Driver & Software Package.
Related Information
•Before You Use Your Brother Machine
•Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
•Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
•Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)
•Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
•Copy in Ink Save Mode
•Copy Options
•Use Preset Copy Settings
•Other Problems
•Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
4
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Selecting the correct type of paper
For high quality printing, it is important to select the correct type of paper. Be sure to read the information about
acceptable paper before buying paper, and to determine the printable area depending on the settings in the
printer driver.
Simultaneous printing, scanning and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax into memory or while scanning a
document into the computer. Fax sending will not be stopped during printing from your computer. However, when
the machine is copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing
when copying or fax receiving has finished.
Firewall (Windows®)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you
may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows® Firewall and you installed the Brother
software and drivers from the CD-ROM, the necessary firewall settings have already been set. If you are using
any other personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software
manufacturer.
Related Information
•Introduction to Your Brother Machine
7
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
3
2
5
4
1
1. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the Touchscreen.
Adjust the angle of the control panel by lifting it.
2. Menu buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
3. Dial Pad
Press the numbers to dial telephone or fax numbers and to enter the number of copies.
4. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
When the machine is in Sleep Mode, the LED blinks.
8
5. Power On/Off
Press to turn the machine on.
Press and hold down to turn the machine off. The Touchscreen will display [Shutting Down] and will
stay on for a few seconds before turning itself off. If you have connected an external telephone or TAD, it is
always available.
If you turn the machine off using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
32 5
6
4
1
1. NFC (Near Field Communication) symbol
(MFC-J5930DW)
You can use card authentication by touching the IC card to the NFC symbol on the control panel.
If your Android™ device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device or scan documents to your
device in the same way.
2. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the Touchscreen.
Adjust the angle of the control panel by lifting it.
9
3. Menu buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
4. Dial Pad
Press the numbers to dial telephone or fax numbers and to enter the number of copies.
5. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
When the machine is in Sleep Mode, the LED blinks.
6. Power On/Off
Press to turn the machine on.
Press and hold down to turn the machine off. The Touchscreen will display [Shutting Down] and will
stay on for a few seconds before turning itself off. If you have connected an external telephone or TAD, it is
always available.
If you turn the machine off using , it will still clean the print head periodically to maintain print quality. To
prolong print head life, provide better ink efficiency, and maintain print quality, keep your machine connected
to a power source at all times.
Related Information
•Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•Near-Field Communication (NFC)
10
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
There are three Home screens that you can access by pressing d or c.
From the Home screens, you can access Shortcuts, Wi‑Fi setup, Settings and Ink levels screens.
Home Screen 1
1
7
5
2
346
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. This Home screen is also called the Ready
Mode screen. When displayed, it indicates that your machine is ready for the next command.
Home Screen 1 provides access to [Fax], [Copy] and [Scan] operations.
Home Screen 2
1
7
5
2
346
Home Screen 2 provides access to additional features, such as [Web], [Apps] and [USB] operations.
Home Screen 3
1
7
5
2
346
Home Screen 3 provides access to additional features, such as [A3 Copy Shortcuts] and [Download
Software] operations.
1. Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
11
2. Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
3. [Shortcuts]
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning, Web Connect and
Apps services.
• There are three Shortcuts screens. You can program four shortcuts on each screen.
• To display the other Shortcuts screens, press d or c.
4. Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
Your machine is not connected to the wireless access point.
Press this button to configure wireless settings. For more information, see the Quick Setup Guide.
Wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing the Wireless Status button.
5. [Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
6. [Ink]
Displays the available ink volume. Press to access the [Ink] menu.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink
colour.
7. Modes:
• [Fax]
Press to access Fax mode.
12
• [Copy]
Press to access Copy mode.
• [Scan]
Press to access Scan mode.
• [Web]
Press to connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
• [Apps]
Press to connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
• [USB]
Press to access the [USB] menu.
• [A3 Copy Shortcuts]
Press to copy to A3 or Ledger size paper using this preset menu.
• [Download Software]
Press to display information about downloading and installing software for mobile devices and computers.
8. [Stored Faxes:]
8
[Stored Faxes] displays how many received faxes are in the machine's memory.
Press to print the faxes.
9. [New Faxes:]
9
When [Fax Preview] is set to [On], [New Faxes] displays how many new faxes you have received and
stored in the memory.
Press to view the faxes on the Touchscreen.
If you receive a fax containing multiple paper sizes (for example, a page of A4 data and a page of A3 data),
the machine may create and store a file for each paper size, so the Touchscreen may show that more than
one fax job has been received.
13
10. Warning icon
10
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press to view the
details, and then press to return to Ready mode.
• This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
There are three Home screens that you can access by swiping left or right or pressing d or c.
From the Home screens, you can access Shortcuts, Wi‑Fi setup, Settings and Ink levels screens.
Home Screen 1
2
7
1
5
3 4 6
This screen shows the machine’s status when the machine is idle. This Home screen is also called the Ready
Mode screen. When displayed, it indicates that your machine is ready for the next command.
You can change the Ready Mode screen.
Home Screen 1 provides access to [Fax], [Copy] and [Scan] operations.
Home Screen 2
2
7
1
5
3 4 6
Home Screen 2 provides access to additional features, such as [Web], [Apps] and [USB] operations.
14
Home Screen 3
2
7
1
5
3 4 6
Home Screen 3 provides access to additional features, such as [A3 Copy Shortcuts] and [Download
Software] operations.
1. Date & Time
Displays the date and time set on the machine.
2. Quiet Mode
This icon appears when the [Quiet Mode] setting is set to [On].
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
3. [Shortcuts]
Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning, Web Connect and
Apps services.
• Three Shortcuts tabs are available with six Shortcuts on each tab.
• Press , displayed at the bottom of the screen to access the Home Screens.
15
4. Wireless Status
Each icon in the following table shows the wireless network status:
Your machine is not connected to the wireless access point.
Press this button to configure wireless settings. For more information, see the Quick Setup Guide.
Wireless network is connected.
A three-level indicator in each of the Home screens displays the current wireless signal strength.
The wireless access point cannot be detected.
The wireless setting is disabled.
You can configure wireless settings by pressing the Wireless Status button.
5. [Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
6. [Ink]
Displays the available ink volume. Press to access the [Ink] menu.
When an ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, an error icon is displayed on the ink
colour.
7. Modes:
• [Fax]
Press to access Fax mode.
• [Copy]
Press to access Copy mode.
• [Scan]
Press to access Scan mode.
• [Web]
Press to connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
• [Apps]
Press to connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
• [USB]
Press to access the [USB] menu.
• [A3 Copy Shortcuts]
Press to copy to A3 or Ledger size paper using this preset menu.
• [Download Software]
Press to display information about downloading and installing software for mobile devices and computers.
16
8. [Stored Faxes:]
8
[Stored Faxes] displays how many received faxes are in the machine's memory.
Press to print the faxes.
9. [New Faxes:]
9
When [Fax Preview] is set to [On], [New Faxes] displays how many new faxes you have received and
stored in the memory.
Press to view the faxes on the Touchscreen.
If you receive a fax containing multiple paper sizes (for example, a page of A4 data and a page of A3 data),
the machine may create and store a file for each paper size, so the Touchscreen may show that more than
one fax job has been received.
10. Warning icon
10
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press to view the
details, and then press to return to Ready mode.
• This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.
Related Information
•Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•New Information from Brother
•Set the Ready Screen
•Reduce Printing Noise
•Check the Ink Volume
•Settings Screen Overview
17
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview > New Information from
Brother
New Information from Brother
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as [Message
from Brother] and [Firmware Auto Check] are set to [On].
Press to view the details.
Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
New information from Brother appears in the information bar when the notification settings such as [Message
from Brother] and [Firmware Auto Check] are set to [On].
Press to view the details.
Internet connection is needed, and data rates may apply.
19
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
The Touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press [Settings].
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
4
1
3
2
6
7
8
5
1. [Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
•[Improve Print Quality]
•[Print Head Cleaning]
•[Remove Paper Scraps]
•[Ink Volume]
•[Ink Cartridge Model]
•[Print Setting Options]
2. [Quiet Mode]
Displays the Quiet Mode setting.
Press to access the [Quiet Mode] menu.
When this menu is set to [On], is displayed on the Home screen.
3. [Fax Preview]
Displays the Fax Preview setting.
Press to access the [Fax Preview] menu.
4. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
5. [Date & Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the [Date & Time] menu.
6. [Wi-Fi]
Press to set up a wireless network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator on the screen displays the current wireless
signal strength.
7. [Tray Setting]
Press to access the [Tray Setting] menu.
Use options in the Tray setting menu to change the paper size and type.
8. [All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
21
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
The Touchscreen shows the machine's status when you press [Settings].
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
2 43
8
5
1
76
1. Receive Mode
Displays the current Receive Mode.
2. [Maintenance]
Press to access the following menus:
•[Improve Print Quality]
•[Print Head Cleaning]
•[Remove Paper Scraps]
•[Ink Volume]
•[Ink Cartridge Model]
•[Print Setting Options]
3. [Wi-Fi]
Press to set up a wireless network connection.
If you are using a wireless connection, a three-level indicator on the screen displays the current wireless
signal strength.
4. [Date & Time]
Displays the date and time.
Press to access the [Date & Time] menu.
5. [Quiet Mode]
Displays the Quiet Mode setting.
Press to access the [Quiet Mode] menu.
When this menu is set to [On], is displayed on the Home screen.
6. [All Settings]
Press to access a menu of all of your machine's settings.
7. [Fax Preview]
Displays the Fax Preview setting.
Press to access the [Fax Preview] menu.
8. [Tray Setting]
Press to access the [Tray Setting] menu.
Use options in the Tray setting menu to change the paper size and type.
Related Information
•Introduction to Your Brother Machine
22
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Navigate the Touchscreen
Navigate the Touchscreen
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
• Press your finger on the Touchscreen to display and access all the settings and features and their available
options. Press d c or a b to scroll through them.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the Touchscreen with a sharp object such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
DO NOT touch the Touchscreen immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine.
Doing this may cause an error.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
• Press your finger on the Touchscreen to display and access all the settings and features and their available
options. Swipe left, right or up, down or press d c or a b to scroll through them.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the Touchscreen with a sharp object such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
DO NOT touch the Touchscreen immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine.
Doing this may cause an error.
24
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Set the Ready Screen
Set the Ready Screen
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
You can change the Ready screen to either the [Screen 1] , [Screen 2], [Screen 3], [Shortcuts 1],
[Shortcuts 2] or [Shortcuts 3] screen.
When the machine is idle or you press , the machine will go back to the screen that you have set.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Screen Settings] > [Home
Screen].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Screen 1], [Screen 2], [Screen 3], [Shortcuts
1], [Shortcuts 2], or [Shortcuts 3] option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
The machine will go to your new Home screen.
Related Information
•Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•Set the Default Screen of the Copy and Scan Mode
•Touchscreen LCD Overview
26
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Set the Ready Screen > Set the Default Screen of the Copy
and Scan Mode
Set the Default Screen of the Copy and Scan Mode
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
You can change the default screen of the Scan mode.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Screen Settings] > [Scan
Screen].
2. Press a or b to display the scan options, and then press the option you want in the default screen.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
You can change the default screen of the Copy and Scan mode.
1. Do one of the following:
• when changing the copy screen:
Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Screen Settings] > [Copy
Screen].
• when changing the scan screen:
Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Screen Settings] > [Scan
Screen].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the copy or scan options, and then press the option you want in
the default screen.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Set the Ready Screen
27
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on
your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
• Windows® 8
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
• Windows® 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if using a touch-based
device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your machine.
3. Select the operation you want to use.
Related Information
•Introduction to Your Brother Machine
•Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)
28
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows®) > Uninstall the Brother
Software and Drivers (Windows®)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
• Windows® 8
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
• Windows® 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if using a touch-based
device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Click the drop-down list, and then select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
•Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
29
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper
Load Paper
•Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
•Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
•Unprintable Area
•Paper Settings
•Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
31
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load A4, Letter, or Executive Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load A3, Ledger, or Legal Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load Photo Paper in Paper Tray #1
•Load Envelopes in Paper Tray #1
32
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 > Load A4, Letter,
or Executive Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Load A4, Letter, or Executive Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper
Tray #2
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the machine or printer driver. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
• You can use only plain paper in Tray #2. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
These instructions describe how to load paper in Tray #1. The steps for Tray #2 are very similar.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
3. Remove the tray top cover (1).
1
4. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and then the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
Make sure the triangular mark (3) on the paper width guide (1) and paper length guide (2) line up with the
marks for the paper you are using.
33
1
3
2
3
If you load Executive size paper, lift up the stopper (4).
4
5. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
34
6. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Landscape orientation
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed
problems.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you
are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
7. Make sure the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
8. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
9. Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and below the maximum paper mark (1).
Overfilling the paper tray may cause paper jams.
35
1
10. Replace the tray top cover.
11. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT push the paper tray into the machine forcefully or quickly. Doing this may cause paper jams or
paper feed problems.
12. Pull out the paper support until it locks into place.
13. Change the paper size setting in the machine's menu, if needed.
Related Information
•Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Change the Check Paper Size Setting
36
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 > Load A3, Ledger,
or Legal Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
Load A3, Ledger, or Legal Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the machine or printer driver. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
• Glossy photo paper will not be an option in Tray #1 when using this method.
• You can use only plain paper in Tray #2. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
These instructions describe how to load paper in Tray #1. The steps for Tray #2 are very similar.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
3. Remove the tray top cover (1).
1
4. Rest the tray on a flat surface.
Push the green slider to the left and then extend the tray until it locks into place.
38
5. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and then the paper length guide (2) to fit the paper size.
Make sure the triangular mark (3) on the paper width guide (1) and paper length guide (2) line up with the
marks for the paper you are using.
1
3
2
3
6. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
39
7. Gently load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Portrait orientation
IMPORTANT
Be careful not to push the paper in too far; it may lift at the back of the tray and cause paper feed
problems.
To add paper before the tray is empty, remove the paper from the tray and combine it with the paper you
are adding. Always fan the stack of paper well to prevent the machine from feeding multiple pages.
8. Make sure the paper length guide (1) touches the edges of the paper.
1
9. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper guides touch the edges of the paper.
1
10. Make sure the paper is flat in the tray and below the maximum paper mark (1).
Overfilling the paper tray may cause paper jams.
40
1
11. Replace the tray top cover.
12. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT push the paper tray into the machine forcefully or quickly. Doing this may cause paper jams or
paper feed problems.
13. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
14. Change the paper size setting in the machine's menu, if needed.
41
CAUTION
Position the machine so the tray will not protrude past the edge of the table or desk where someone may
bump into it. The machine could fall and cause injury.
Before you collapse the paper tray, take the paper out of the tray.
Rest the tray on a flat surface.
Push the green slider to the left and then push in the front of the tray to collapse it until it locks into place.
Put the paper in the tray.
Related Information
•Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
42
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 > Load Photo Paper
in Paper Tray #1
Load Photo Paper in Paper Tray #1
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the machine or printer driver. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
3. Remove the tray top cover (1).
1
4. Do one of the following:
• If you load Photo L (9 x 13 cm) in the paper tray, lift up the Photo L stopper (1).
• If you load Photo (10 x 15 cm) in the paper tray, lift up the Photo stopper (2).
• If you load Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm) in the paper tray, lift up the Photo 2L stopper (3).
Gently press and slide the paper width guides (4) to fit the paper size.
43
1
2
3
4
5. Load up to 20 sheets of photo paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
Loading more than 20 sheets of photo paper may cause paper jams.
6. Gently adjust the paper width guides (1) to fit the paper.
Make sure the paper guides touch the edges of the paper and the paper is flat in the tray.
1
7. Replace the tray top cover.
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT push the paper tray into the machine forcefully or quickly. Doing this may cause paper jams or
paper feed problems.
9. Pull out the paper support until it locks into place.
44
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2 > Load Envelopes
in Paper Tray #1
Load Envelopes in Paper Tray #1
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message
appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size
and Paper Type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the machine or printer driver. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
• Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as
possible.
See Related Information: About Envelopes.
1. If the paper support flap (1) is open, close it, and then close the paper support (2).
2
1
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
3. Remove the tray top cover (1).
1
4. Load up to 10 envelopes in the paper tray with the printing surface face down. Loading more than 10
envelopes may cause paper jams.
If the envelope flaps are on the long edge, load the envelopes with the flap on the left, as shown in the
illustration. Gently press and slide the paper width guides (1) and paper length guide (2) to fit the size of the
envelopes.
Make sure the envelopes are flat in the tray.
46
1
2
IMPORTANT
If envelopes are "double-feeding," load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
If you are using envelopes that are longer than the tray length, such as Com-10 envelopes, extend the tray
as follows, and then load the envelopes.
Rest the tray on a flat surface. Push the green slider to the left and then extend the tray until it locks into
place.
5. Replace the tray top cover.
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
47
IMPORTANT
DO NOT push the paper tray into the machine forcefully or quickly. Doing this may cause paper jams or
paper feed problems.
7. Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
8. Change the paper size setting in the machine's menu, if needed.
Related Information
•Load Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•About Envelopes
•Change the Check Paper Size Setting
•Choose the Right Print Media
•Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
48
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Use the MP Tray for special print media, such as photo paper or envelopes.
• If the [Check Paper] setting is set to [On] and you set the paper in MP tray, a message appears on the
LCD asking if you want to change the paper type and paper size. Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
• Load only one size and type of paper in the paper tray at a time.
• When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or
the paper size setting on your computer.
Doing this enables the machine to automatically feed paper from the appropriate tray if Auto Tray Select
has been set in the machine or printer driver.
1. Open the MP tray.
When you want to load paper larger than A4 or Letter size paper, pull up the paper tray using both hands
until it locks into place.
49
2. Gently press and slide the MP tray paper guides to match the width of the paper you are using.
3. Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
Always make sure the paper is not curled or wrinkled.
4. Gently load the paper in the MP tray with the printing surface face up.
• Using A4, Letter, or Executive
Landscape orientation
• Using A3, Ledger, Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal, India Legal, A5, A6, envelopes, Photo, Photo L, Photo 2L,
or Index Card
Portrait orientation
50
When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface face up and the flap on the left as
shown in the illustration.
See Related Information: About Envelopes.
If you are having difficulty loading paper in the MP tray, push the release lever (1) towards the back of the
machine, and then load the paper.
1
51
5. Using both hands, gently adjust the MP tray paper guides to fit the paper.
• DO NOT press the paper guides too tightly against the paper. Doing this may cause the paper to fold
and jam.
• Place the paper in the centre of the MP tray between the paper guides. If the paper is not centred, pull it
out and insert it again at the centre position.
6. Do one of the following:
• When using A4 or Letter size, or smaller size paper
Pull out the paper support until it locks into place.
• When using paper larger than A4 or Letter size, or envelopes
Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
7. Change the paper size setting in the machine's menu, if needed.
Make sure printing has finished before you close the MP tray.
52
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Load special print media in this slot, one sheet at a time.
The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed slot.
1. Open the manual feed slot cover.
2. Slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
3. Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot with the printing surface face up.
Using both hands, push one sheet of paper into the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper
feed rollers. Let go of the paper when you feel the machine pull it. The LCD displays [Manual Feed Slot
ready].
Read the instruction displayed on the LCD, and then press [OK].
54
• Using A4, Letter, or Executive
Landscape orientation
• Using A3, Ledger, Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal, India Legal, A5, A6, envelopes, Photo, Photo L, Photo 2L,
or Index Card
Portrait orientation
• When using envelopes, load the envelopes with the printing surface face up and the flap on the left as
shown in the illustration.
See Related Information: About Envelopes.
• When loading an envelope, or a sheet of thick paper, push the envelope into the manual feed slot until
you feel the paper feed rollers grab it.
55
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT load more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at any time. Doing this may cause
a paper jam. When printing multiple pages, do not feed the next sheet of paper until the Touchscreen
displays a message instructing you to feed the next sheet.
• DO NOT load paper in the manual feed slot when you are printing from the paper tray. Doing this may
cause a paper jam.
4. Do one of the following:
• When using A4 or Letter size, or smaller size paper
Pull out the paper support until it locks into place.
• When using paper larger than A4 or Letter size, or envelopes
Pull out the paper support (1) until it locks into place, and then unfold the paper support flap (2).
2
1
• If the document does not fit on one sheet, the LCD will prompt you to load another sheet of paper. Place
another sheet of paper in the manual feed slot, and then press [OK].
• When you feed paper larger than A4 or Letter size into the manual feed slot, the machine holds the
printed page after printing so it does not fall. Once printing is complete, pull out the printed page and
press [OK].
• Make sure printing has finished before you close the manual feed slot cover.
• The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot while a test page, fax, or report is being
printed.
• The machine will eject paper loaded in the manual feed slot during the machine's cleaning process.
Wait until the machine finishes its cleaning, and then load paper in the manual feed slot.
56
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Unprintable Area
Unprintable Area
The unprintable area depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below show the
unprintable areas on cut-sheet paper and envelopes. The machine can print in the shaded areas of cut-sheet
paper only when the Borderless print feature is available and turned on.
Cut-Sheet Paper
Envelopes
Top (1) Left (2) Bottom (3) Right (4)
Cut-Sheet 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm
Envelopes 12 mm 3 mm 12 mm 3 mm
The Borderless print feature is not available for envelopes and 2-sided printing.
Related Information
•Load Paper
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
58
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Set the Paper Size and Paper Type settings for the paper tray.
• To get the best print quality, set the machine for the type of paper you are using.
• When you change the size of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting on the
LCD at the same time.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Tray Setting].
2. Press [Paper Type].
3. Press a or b to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.
4. Press [Paper Size].
5. Press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
6. Press .
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Tray Setting].
2. Press the tray option you want.
3. Press [Paper Type].
4. Press the paper type option you want.
Use plain paper only in Tray #2.
5. Press [Paper Size].
6. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
7. Press .
The machine ejects paper with the printed surface face up onto the paper tray at the front of the machine.
When you use glossy paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
Related Information
•Paper Settings
•Load A4, Letter, or Executive Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load Photo Paper in Paper Tray #1
•Load Envelopes in Paper Tray #1
•Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
60
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
If the Check Paper setting is set to [On] and you pull the paper tray out of the machine or load paper in the MP
Tray, the LCD displays a message asking if you want to change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings.
The default setting is [On].
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup].
2. Press a or b to display the [Check Paper] option, and then press it.
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Check
Paper].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Paper Settings
•Load A4, Letter, or Executive Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load Photo Paper in Paper Tray #1
•Load Envelopes in Paper Tray #1
•Error and Maintenance Messages
61
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Set a Default Tray Based on Your Task
Set a Default Tray Based on Your Task
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Change the default tray the machine uses for each mode.
[Auto Tray Select] sets your machine to feed paper from the most appropriate tray for the paper type and
size you have set.
The machine feeds paper from the most appropriate tray using the tray priority order you have set.
Some trays are not available depending on your model.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting].
• For printing in Copy mode, press [Tray Setting: Copy] > [Tray Use].
• For printing received faxes, press [Tray Setting: Fax] > [Tray Use].
• For printing photos, press [Tray Setting: JPEG Print (Media)] > [Tray Use].
2. Press the tray option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Paper Settings
62
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Change Paper Tray Priority
Change Paper Tray Priority
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Change the default tray priority the machine uses for each mode.
When [Auto Tray Select] is selected in the tray select settings, the machine will feed paper from the most
appropriate tray for the paper type and size according to the tray priority setting.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting].
2. Press the [Tray Setting: Copy], [Tray Setting: Fax], [Tray Setting: Print], or [Tray
Setting: JPEG Print (Media)] option.
3. Press [Tray Priority].
4. Press the option you want.
5. Press .
Related Information
•Paper Settings
63
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Low Notice Setting
Change the Paper Low Notice Setting
Related Models: MFC-J5930DW
If the Paper Low Notice setting is set to [On], the machine displays a message telling you that the paper tray is
nearly empty.
The default setting is [On].
In addition, you can see the icon that displays the remaining amount of paper in the Tray Select option of the
Copy mode.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Paper Low
Notice].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Paper Settings
64
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
The print quality can be affected by the type of paper you use in the machine.
To get the best print quality for the settings you have chosen, always set the Paper Type to match the type of
paper you load.
You can use plain paper, inkjet paper (coated paper), glossy paper, recycled paper and envelopes.
We recommend testing various paper types before buying large quantities.
For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on inkjet paper (coated paper) and glossy paper, be sure to choose the proper print media in
the Basic tab of the printer driver or in the Paper Type setting on the machine.
• When you print on Brother Photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper tray.
• When using photo paper, remove each sheet at once to prevent smudging or paper jams.
• Avoid touching the printed surface of the paper immediately after printing; the surface may not be completely
dry and may stain your fingers.
Related Information
•Load Paper
•Recommended Print Media
•Handle and Use Print Media
•About Envelopes
•Choose the Right Print Media
•Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
65
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Recommended Print
Media
Recommended Print Media
For the best print quality, we recommend using the Brother paper listed in the table.
If Brother paper is not available in your country, we recommend testing various paper types before purchasing
large quantities.
Brother paper
Paper Type Item
A3 Plain BP60PA3
A3 Glossy Photo BP71GA3
A3 Inkjet (Matte) BP60MA3
A4 Plain BP60PA
A4 Glossy Photo BP71GA4
A4 Inkjet (Matte) BP60MA
10 x 15 cm Glossy Photo BP71GP
Related Information
•Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
66
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Handle and Use Print
Media
Handle and Use Print Media
• Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct
sunlight and heat.
• Avoid touching the shiny (coated) side of photo paper.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use the following kinds of paper:
• Damaged, curled, wrinkled, or irregularly shaped
1
1
1. 2 mm or greater curl may cause jams to occur.
• Extremely shiny or highly textured
• Paper that cannot be arranged uniformly when stacked
• Paper made with a short grain
Related Information
•Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
67
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > About Envelopes
About Envelopes
• Use envelopes that weigh from 80 to 95 g/m².
• Some envelope sizes require that you set margins in the application. Make sure you do a test print first before
printing many envelopes.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use envelopes that:
• Are loosely constructed
• Have windows
• Are embossed (have raised writing on them)
• Have clasps or staples
• Are pre-printed on the inside
• Are self-adhesive
• Have double flaps
Self-adhesive Double flaps
You may experience paper feed problems caused by the thickness, size and flap shape of the envelopes you
are using.
• Before loading envelopes in the tray, press the flaps, edges and corners to make them as flat as possible, as
shown in the illustrations.
Fan the stack of envelopes well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds.
IMPORTANT
If envelopes are "double-feeding," load one envelope in the paper tray at a time.
Related Information
•Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
68
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media
Choose the Right Print Media
•Paper Type and Size for Each Operation
•Paper Orientation and Capacity of the Paper Trays
•Use the User Defined Paper Size Option in the Printer Driver
•Paper Weight and Thickness
•Load A4, Letter, or Executive Size Paper in Paper Tray #1 / Paper Tray #2
•Load Photo Paper in Paper Tray #1
•Load Envelopes in Paper Tray #1
•Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
•Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
70
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Paper Type and Size for Each Operation
Paper Type and Size for Each Operation
Paper Type Paper Size Usage
Fax Copy Direct Print Printer
JPEG
Print
PDF
Print 1
Cut-Sheet A3 297 x 420 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
A4 210 x 297 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ledger 279.4 x 431.8 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Letter 215.9 x 279.4 mm Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Legal 215.9 x 355.6 mm Yes Yes - Yes Yes
Mexico Legal 215.9 x 339.85 mm Yes Yes - Yes Yes
India Legal 215 x 345 mm Yes Yes - Yes Yes
Folio 215.9 x 330.2 mm Yes Yes - Yes Yes
Executive 184.1 x 266.7 mm - - - - Yes
A5 148 x 210 mm - Yes - Yes Yes
A6 105 x 148 mm - Yes - Yes Yes
Cards Photo 10 x 15 cm - Yes Yes - Yes
Photo L 9 x 13 cm - - - - Yes
Photo 2L 13 x 18 cm - - Yes - Yes
Index Card 13 x 20 cm - - - - Yes
Envelopes C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm - - - - Yes
DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm - - - - Yes
Com-10 104.7 x 241.3 mm - - - - Yes
Monarch 98.4 x 190.5 mm - - - - Yes
1PDF Print is available only for MFC-J5930DW.
Related Information
•Choose the Right Print Media
71
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Paper Orientation and Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Orientation and Capacity of the Paper Trays
Paper Size Paper Types No. of sheets
Paper Tray #1 <Landscape>
A4, Letter, Executive
<Portrait>
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L
(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x
18 cm), Index card (13 x 20
cm)
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
250 1
Inkjet Paper 20
Glossy Paper, Photo 20 (Up to A4/Letter)
Index Card 30
Envelopes 10
Paper Tray #2
(MFC-J2730DW/
MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
<Landscape>
A4, Letter
<Portrait>
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
250 1
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
2
(MFC-J2730DW/
MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
<Landscape>
A4, Letter, Executive
<Portrait>
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L
(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x
18 cm), Index card (13 x 20
cm)
Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
100 1
Inkjet Paper 20 (Up to A4/Letter)
5 (Over A4/Letter)
Glossy Paper, Photo 20 (Up to A4/Letter)
5 (Over A4/Letter)
Index Card 50
Envelopes 20 (Up to A4/Letter)
5 (Over A4/Letter)
Manual Feed Slot
(MFC-J2330DW/
MFC-J5330DW/
MFC-J5335DW)
<Landscape>
A4, Letter, Executive
<Portrait>
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico
Legal, India Legal, Folio,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5,
Com-10, DL, Monarch),
Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L
(9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x
18 cm), Index card (13 x 20
cm)
Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper,
Glossy Paper, Recycled
Paper, Photo and
Envelopes
1
1When using plain paper 80 g/m²
2We recommend using MP tray for glossy paper.
Related Information
•Choose the Right Print Media
72
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Use the User Defined Paper Size Option in the Printer Driver
Use the User Defined Paper Size Option in the Printer Driver
User Defined Size Paper Orientation
• Width: 88.9 mm - 297.0 mm
• Height: 127.0 mm - 431.8 mm
Portrait
• (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
Tray #1 and Tray #2 cannot be used for user defined paper sizes.
Related Information
•Choose the Right Print Media
73
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media > Choose the Right Print
Media > Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Weight and Thickness
Paper Type Weight Thickness
Cut-Sheet Plain Paper, Recycled
Paper
64 to 120 g/m² 0.08 to 0.15 mm
Inkjet Paper 64 to 200 g/m² 0.08 to 0.25 mm
Glossy Paper 1 2 Up to 220 g/m² Up to 0.25 mm
Cards Photo Card 1 2 3 Up to 200 g/m² Up to 0.25 mm
Index Card Up to 120 g/m² Up to 0.15 mm
Envelopes 80 to 95 g/m² Up to 0.52 mm
1BP71 260 g/m² paper is specially designed for Brother inkjet machines.
2Up to 0.3 mm for MP Tray (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
3Up to 220 g/m² for MP Tray (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
Related Information
•Choose the Right Print Media
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
74
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
The ADF can hold multiple pages and feeds each sheet individually.
Use paper that is within the sizes and weights shown in the table. Always fan the pages before placing them in
the ADF.
Document Sizes and Weights
Length 1: 148 to 355.6 mm
Width: 105 to 215.9 mm
Paper Weight: 64 to 90 g/m²
1Up to 900 mm when using the long paper function.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.
• DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper clipped, pasted or taped.
• DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper or fabric.
• Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
Your 2-sided documents can be copied up to A4 size, and can be faxed or scanned up to Legal size using
the ADF.
1. Fan the pages well.
2. Adjust the paper guides (1) to fit the document size.
1
3. Place your document face up in the ADF, as shown in the illustration, until you feel the document touch the
feed rollers and the machine beeps.
76
If you loaded a small size document and cannot remove it, lift the ADF document support (1), and then
remove the document.
1
IMPORTANT
DO NOT leave any documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam.
Related Information
•Load Documents
•Copy a Document
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Telephone and Fax problems
•Other Problems
77
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported
Length: Up to 297 mm
Width: Up to 215.9 mm
Weight: Up to 2 kg
To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty.
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Place the document face down in the upper left corner of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
3. Close the document cover.
IMPORTANT
If you are scanning a book or thick document, DO NOT slam or press on the document cover.
Related Information
•Load Documents
•Copy a Document
•Telephone and Fax problems
•Other Problems
78
Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Unscannable Area
Unscannable Area
The unscannable area of a page depends on the settings in the application you are using. The figures below
show the typical unscannable measurements.
Usage Document Size Top (1)
Bottom (3)
Left (2)
Right (4)
Fax A4 3 mm 3 mm 1
Letter 4 mm
Legal
Copy All paper sizes 3 mm
Scan 1 mm 1 mm
1The unscannable area is 1 mm when using the ADF.
Related Information
•Load Documents
79
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Print a Photo (Windows®)
•Print a Document (Windows®)
•Cancel a Print Job (Windows®)
•Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows®)
•Print as a Poster (Windows®)
•Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows®)
•Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows®)
•Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows®)
•Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows®)
•Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®)
•Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
•Print Settings (Windows®)
81
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Photo (Windows®)
Print a Photo (Windows®)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper
tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. Select the Borderless check box, if needed.
8. For Colour Mode, select the Natural or Vivid option.
9. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
10. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
11. Change other printer settings if needed.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Print Settings (Windows®)
82
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Document (Windows®)
Print a Document (Windows®)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Basic tab.
5. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
6. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
7. For Colour Mode, select the Natural or Vivid option.
8. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
9. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
10. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets,
click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
11. Change other printer settings if needed.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Check the Ink Volume
•Print Settings (Windows®)
83
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Cancel a Print Job (Windows®)
Cancel a Print Job (Windows®)
If a print job was sent to the print queue and did not print, or was sent to the print queue in error, you may have to
delete it to allow subsequent jobs to print.
1. Double-click the printer icon in the task tray.
2. Select the print job you want to cancel.
3. Click the Document menu.
4. Select Cancel.
5. Click Yes.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
84
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of
Paper (N in 1) (Windows®)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1)
(Windows®)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 2 in 1, 4 in 1, 9 in 1, or 16 in 1 option.
6. Click the Page Order drop-down list, and then select your page order.
7. Click the Border Line drop-down list, and then select your border line type.
8. Change other printer settings if needed.
9. Click OK, and then complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Print Settings (Windows®)
85
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print as a Poster (Windows®)
Print as a Poster (Windows®)
Enlarge your print size and print the document in poster mode.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. Click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select the 1 in 2x2 Pages or 1 in 3x3 Pages option.
5. Change other printer settings if needed.
6. Click OK.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Print Settings (Windows®)
86
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows®)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Windows®)
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper or thin paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select 2-sided.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select one of the options from the 2‑sided Type menu.
When 2-sided is selected, four types of 2-sided binding are available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Long Edge (Left)
Long Edge (Right)
87
Option for Portrait Description
Short Edge (Top)
Short Edge (Bottom)
Option for Landscape Description
Long Edge (Top)
Long Edge (Bottom)
Short Edge (Right)
Short Edge (Left)
8. Select the Binding Offset check box if you want to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
9. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
10. Change other printer settings if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
11. Click OK again, and then complete your print operation.
88
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows®)
Print as a Booklet Automatically (Windows®)
Use this option to print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing. The document's pages will be
arranged according to the correct page number and will allow you to fold at the centre of the print output without
having to change the order of the printed pages.
• Make sure the jam clear cover is closed.
• If paper is curled, straighten it and put it back in the paper tray.
• Use regular paper or thin paper. DO NOT use bond paper.
• If the paper is thin, it may wrinkle.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab.
4. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
5. Click the 2-sided / Booklet drop-down list, and then select the Booklet option.
6. Click the 2-sided Settings button.
7. Select the one of the options from the 2‑sided Type menu.
There are two types of 2-sided binding directions available for each orientation:
Option for Portrait Description
Left Binding
Right Binding
90
Option for Landscape Description
Top Binding
Bottom Binding
8. Select one of the options from the Booklet Printing Method menu.
Option Description
All Pages at
Once
Every page will be printed in booklet format (four pages to every piece of paper, two pages
per side). Fold your printout in the middle to create the booklet.
Divide into
Sets
This option prints the whole booklet in smaller individual booklet sets, allowing you to fold at
the centre of the smaller individual booklet sets without having to change the order of the
printed pages. You can specify the number of sheets in each smaller booklet set (from
1-15). This option can be helpful when folding a printed booklet that has a large number of
pages.
9. Select the Binding Offset check box if you want to specify the offset for binding in inches or millimetres.
10. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
11. Change other printer settings if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
12. Click OK.
13. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Print Settings (Windows®)
•Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows®)
91
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows®)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Windows®)
Greyscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than colour mode. If your document contains colour,
selecting Greyscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of greyscale.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. For Colour / Greyscale, select Greyscale.
5. Change other printer settings if needed.
6. Click OK.
7. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
92
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows®)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows®)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the Reduce Smudge option if you have
problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Other Print Options button.
5. Select the Reduce Smudge option on the left side of the screen.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type Option Description
Plain Paper 2-sided Printing or
Simplex Printing
Off Select this mode to print at
normal speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
Low Select this mode to print at
a slower speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
High Select this mode to print at
the same speed as Low,
but using less ink.
Glossy Paper Off Select this mode to print at
normal speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
On Select this mode to print at
a slower speed, using less
ink.
7. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
8. Click OK.
9. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
93
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®)
Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®)
Print Profiles are presets designed to give you quick access to frequently-used printing configurations.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Print Profiles tab.
4. Select your profile from the print profile list.
The profile settings are shown on the left side of the printer driver window.
5. Do one of the following:
• If the settings are correct for your print job, click OK.
• To change the settings, go back to the Basic or Advanced tab, change settings, and then click OK.
To display the Print Profiles tab at the front of the window the next time you print, select the Always show
Print Profiles tab first. check box.
94
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®) > Create or
Delete Your Print Profile (Windows®)
Create or Delete Your Print Profile (Windows®)
Add up to 20 new print profiles with customised settings.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Basic tab and the Advanced tab, and configure the print settings you want for the new Print Profile.
4. Click the Print Profiles tab.
5. Do one of the following:
To create a new print profile:
a. Click Add Profile.
The Add Profile dialog box appears.
b. Type the new profile name in the Name field.
c. Click the icon you want to use to represent this profile from the icon list.
d. Click OK.
The new Print Profile name is added to the list in the Print Profiles tab.
To delete a print profile that you created:
a. Click Delete Profile.
The Delete Profile dialog box appears.
b. Select the profile you want to delete.
c. Click Delete.
d. Click Yes.
e. Click Close.
Related Information
•Use a Preset Print Profile (Windows®)
96
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that
application. To change print settings for all Windows® applications, you must configure the printer driver
properties.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Vista® and Windows Server® 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
• For Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows® programs.
5. Click OK.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Print Settings (Windows®)
97
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print Settings (Windows®)
Print Settings (Windows®)
Basic Tab
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
Slow Drying Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly. This option may cause slight
blurring of the text.
2. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
3. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
98
Borderless
Select this option to print photos without borders. Because the image data is created slightly larger than
the paper size you are using, this will cause some cropping of the photo edges.
You may not be able to select the Borderless option for some combinations of media type and quality, or
from some applications.
4. Colour Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
5. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
6. Copies
Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field.
Collate
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of
copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of
copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
Reverse Order
Select this option to print your document in reverse order. The last page of your document will be printed
first.
7. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on
multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
8. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided
printing.
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each
orientation.
9. Paper Source (available only for certain models)
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
99
Advanced Tab
1. Colour / Greyscale
Select colour or greyscale printing. The print speed is faster in greyscale mode than it is in colour mode. If
your document contains colour and you select greyscale mode, your document will be printed using 256
levels of greyscale.
2. Colour Enhancement
Select this option to use the Colour Enhancement feature. This feature analyses your image to improve its
sharpness, white balance and colour density. This process may take several minutes depending on the
image size and your computer's specifications.
3. Ink Save Mode
Select this option to print using lighter colours and emphasise image outlines. The amount of ink that is saved
varies, depending on the type of documents printed. Ink Save Mode may make your printouts look different
than they appear on your screen.
The Ink Save Mode feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
4. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
100
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select
this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a
value into the field.
5. Mirror Print
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
6. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
7. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset
watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
8. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
9. User Authentication
This feature allows you to confirm the restrictions for each user.
10. Other Print Options button
Change Data Transfer Mode
Select the print data transfer mode to improve print quality or print speed.
Advanced Colour Settings
Select the method that the machine uses to arrange dots to express halftones.
The printout colour can be adjusted to achieve the closest match to what appears on your computer
screen.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with
smudged printouts or paper jams.
Retrieve Printer’s Colour Data
Select this option to optimise the print quality using the machine's factory settings, which are set
specifically for your Brother machine. Use this option when you have replaced the machine or changed the
machine's network address.
Print Archive
Select this option to save the print data as a PDF file to your computer.
Reduce Uneven Lines
Select this option to adjust the print alignment if your printed text becomes blurred or images become
faded.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Print a Photo (Windows®)
•Print a Document (Windows®)
•Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Windows®)
•Print as a Poster (Windows®)
•Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Windows®)
101
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Print a Photo (Macintosh)
•Print a Document (Macintosh)
•Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Macintosh)
•Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1) (Macintosh)
•Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Macintosh)
•Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Macintosh)
•Print Options (Macintosh)
103
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print a Photo (Macintosh)
Print a Photo (Macintosh)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct media in the paper tray.
IMPORTANT
• For best results, use Brother paper.
• When you print on Brother photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo paper in the paper
tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple Preview, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
4. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
To print photographs without margins, select a borderless paper size option.
5. Click the Orientation button that matches the way you want the photo to print.
6. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
7. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the media type you want to use.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Print Options (Macintosh)
104
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print a Document (Macintosh)
Print a Document (Macintosh)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
4. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
5. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
6. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
7. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the media type you want to use.
IMPORTANT
To get the best print quality for the settings you have selected, always set the Media Type option to
match the type of paper you load.
8. Change other printer settings, if needed.
9. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Check the Ink Volume
•Print Options (Macintosh)
105
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically
(Automatic 2-sided Printing) (Macintosh)
Print on Both Sides of the Paper Automatically (Automatic 2-sided
Printing) (Macintosh)
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
4. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Layout.
The Layout setting options appear.
5. In the Two-Sided section, select the Short-Edge binding or Long-Edge binding option.
6. Change other printer settings, if needed.
The Borderless feature is not available when using this option.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Print Options (Macintosh)
106
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of
Paper (N in 1) (Macintosh)
Print More Than One Page on a Single Sheet of Paper (N in 1)
(Macintosh)
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Layout.
The Layout setting options appear.
4. Click the Pages per Sheet pop-up menu, and then select the number of pages to print on each sheet.
5. Select the Layout Direction option.
6. Click the Border pop-up menu, and then select your border line type.
7. Change other printer settings if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Print Options (Macintosh)
107
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Macintosh)
Print a Colour Document in Greyscale (Macintosh)
Greyscale mode makes the print processing speed faster than colour mode. If your document contains colour,
selecting Greyscale mode prints your document in 256 levels of greyscale.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
4. Click the Color/Grayscale pop-up menu, and then select the Grayscale option.
5. Change other printer settings if needed.
6. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
108
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Macintosh)
Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Macintosh)
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change the Reduce Smudge option if you have
problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
4. Click the Advanced print settings list.
5. Click the Reduce Smudge menu.
6. Select one of the following options:
Media Type Option Description
Plain Paper 2-sided Printing or
Simplex Printing
Off Select this mode to print at
normal speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
Low Select this mode to print at
a slower speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
High Select this mode to print at
the same speed as Low,
but using less ink.
Glossy Paper Off Select this mode to print at
normal speed, using a
normal amount of ink.
On Select this mode to print at
a slower speed, using less
ink.
7. Change other printer settings, if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
109
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print Options (Macintosh)
Print Options (Macintosh)
Page Setup
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale
Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
110
Layout
1. Pages per Sheet
Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided (available only for certain models)
Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
111
Paper Handling
1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies
you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen
before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Page Order
Select the page order.
3. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
4. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
5. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected
paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the
paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.
112
Print Settings
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Slow Drying Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly. This option may cause slight
blurring of the text.
3. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
4. Color/Grayscale
Select colour or greyscale printing. The print speed is faster in greyscale mode than it is in colour mode. If
your document contains colour and you select greyscale mode, your document will be printed using 256
levels of greyscale.
5. Paper Source (available only for certain models)
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
6. Advanced
Change Data Transfer Mode
Select the print data transfer mode to improve print quality or print speed.
Reduce Uneven Lines
Select this option to adjust the print alignment if your printed text becomes blurred or images become
faded.
Reduce Smudge
Some types of print media may need more drying time. Change this option if you have problems with
smudged printouts or paper jams.
113
Other Print Options
Paper Thickness
Select the appropriate paper thickness.
Bi-Directional Printing
Select this option to increase the print speed. When this option is selected, the print head prints in both
directions. When this option is cleared, the print head prints in only one direction, resulting in higher
quality printouts but causing slower print speeds.
Sometimes, the movement of the print head may vary due to environmental conditions. This may be
seen when you print vertical lines and they do not align. If you encounter this problem, turn off the Bi-
Directional Printing feature.
Color Settings
1. Color Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
2. Advanced Color Settings
Click the disclosure triangle to view the Advanced Colour Settings. Select the Colour Enhancement check
box, and then set the options using the sliders. This process may take several minutes depending on the size
of the image and the specifications of your computer.
Related Information
•Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
114
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Memory Cards Slot
USB flash drive USB slot
Compatible USB Flash Drives
USB Class USB Mass Storage Class
USB Mass Storage Sub Class SCSI or SFF-8070i
Transfer protocol Bulk transfer Only
Format 1 FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Sector size Max. 4096 Byte
Encryption Encrypted devices are not supported.
1NTFS format is not supported.
Related Information
•Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
•Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
117
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Even if your machine is not connected to your computer, you can print photos directly from a USB Flash memory
drive, scan documents and save them directly to a USB flash drive.
•Important Information about Photo Printing
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
118
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Important Information about Photo Printing
Important Information about Photo Printing
Your machine is designed to be compatible with modern digital camera image files and USB flash drives. Read
the points below to avoid errors:
• The image file extension must be .JPG (other image file extensions like .JPEG, .TIF, .GIF and so on will not
be recognised).
• Direct photo printing must be performed separately from photo printing operations using the computer.
(Simultaneous operation is not available.)
• The machine can read up to 999 files 1 on a USB flash drive.
Be aware of the following:
• When printing an index or image, the machine will print all the valid images, even if one or more images have
been corrupted. Corrupted images will not be printed.
• Your machine supports USB flash drives that have been formatted by Windows®.
Related Information
•Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash Drive
1The folder inside USB flash drives is also counted.
119
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
•Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
•Print Photos by Image Number
•Print Photos with Auto Cropping
•Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
•Print Settings for Photos
120
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Preview and Print Photos from a USB
Flash Drive
Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
Preview your photos on the LCD before you print them. Print images that are stored on a USB flash drive.
• If your photos are large files, there may be a delay before each photo is displayed.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display the photo you want to print, and then press it.
To print all photos, press [Print All], and then press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Press [OK].
6. Repeat the last three steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
7. Press [OK].
8. Read and confirm the displayed list of options.
9. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
10. Press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
121
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the photo you want to print, and then press it.
To print all photos, press [Print All], and then press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Press [OK].
6. Repeat the last three steps until you have selected all the photos you want to print.
7. Press [OK].
8. Read and confirm the displayed list of options.
9. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
10. Press [Start].
Related Information
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
•Print Settings for Photos
122
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print a Photo Index Sheet
(Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
Print a Photo Index Sheet (Thumbnails) from a USB Flash Drive
Print a photo Index Sheet to see small preview versions of all pictures on your USB flash drive.
• The machine assigns numbers for images (such as No.1, No.2, No.3, and so on).
The machine does not recognise any other numbers or file names that your digital camera or computer
has used to identify the pictures.
• Only file names that are 20 characters or less will be printed correctly on the index sheet.
• File names cannot be printed correctly if they contain non-alphanumeric characters, but non-
alphanumeric characters do not affect photo print settings.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Index Print] > [Print Index Sheet].
3. If you want to change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
Option Description
Paper Type Select the paper type.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
4. Press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Index Print].
3. Press [Print Index Sheet].
4. If you want to change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
Option Description
Paper Type Select the paper type.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
5. Press [Start].
Related Information
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
•Print Photos by Image Number
123
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Photos by Image Number
Print Photos by Image Number
Before you can print an individual image, you must print the photo Index Sheet (thumbnails) to know the image
number.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Index Print] > [Print Photos].
3. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the photo Index Sheet. After you have selected the image
numbers, press [OK].
• Enter multiple numbers at one time using a comma or a hyphen. For example, enter 1, 3, 6 to print
images No.1, No.3 and No.6. Print a range of images using a hyphen. For example, enter 1-5 to print
images No.1 to No.5.
• Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
6. Press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Index Print].
3. Press [Print Photos Using Index No.].
4. Enter the image numbers you want to print using the photo Index Sheet. After you have selected the image
numbers, press [OK].
• Enter multiple numbers at one time using a comma or a hyphen. For example, enter 1, 3, 6 to print
images No.1, No.3 and No.6. Print a range of images using a hyphen. For example, enter 1-5 to print
images No.1 to No.5.
• Enter up to 12 characters (including commas and hyphens) for the image numbers you want to print.
5. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
6. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
7. Press [Start].
124
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Photos with Auto Cropping
Print Photos with Auto Cropping
If your photo is too long or too wide to fit the space in your layout, part of the image will be cropped.
• The factory setting is On. To print the whole image, change this setting to Off.
• If you set the [Cropping] setting to Off, set the [Borderless] setting to Off, also.
Cropping: On
Cropping: Off
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press [Print Settings] > [Cropping].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press or [OK].
8. Press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then
press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press [Print Settings] > [Cropping].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press or [OK]. Press [Start].
Related Information
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
•Other Problems
126
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Borderless Photos from a USB
Flash Drive
Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
This feature expands the printable area to the edges of the paper. Printing time will be slower.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press [Print Settings] > [Borderless].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press or [OK].
8. Press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then
press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press [Print Settings] > [Borderless].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press or [OK]. Press [Start].
Related Information
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
•Other Problems
127
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print the Date from Your Photo's Data
Print the date if it is already in your photo’s information. The date will be printed on the lower-right corner. To use
this setting, the photo must include the date.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press [Print Settings] > [Date Print].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press or [OK].
8. Press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [JPEG Print] > [Select Files].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display each photo. When the photo you want appears, press it, and then
press [OK].
4. Press [OK].
5. Press [Print Settings] > [Date Print].
6. Press [On] (or [Off]).
7. When finished, press or [OK]. Press [Start].
Related Information
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
128
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Photos Directly from a USB Flash
Drive > Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine > Print Settings for Photos
Print Settings for Photos
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Press the [Print Settings] option to display the settings shown in the table.
Option Description
Print Quality Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the Inkjet Paper option in the Paper Type
setting, you can select only Fine.
Paper Type Select the paper type.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
Print Layout Select the print layout.
Brightness Adjust the brightness.
Contrast Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more
vivid.
Cropping Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent
unwanted cropping.
Borderless Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Date Print Print the date on your photo.
Set New Default Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the
defaults.
Factory Reset Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Press the [Print Settings] button to display the settings shown in the table.
Option Description
Print Quality Select the print resolution for your type of document.
When you select the Inkjet Paper option in the Paper Type
option, you can select only Fine.
Paper Type Select the paper type.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
Tray Select Select the tray.
Print Layout Select the print layout.
Brightness Adjust the brightness.
Contrast Adjust the contrast.
Increasing the contrast will make an image look sharper and more
vivid.
Cropping Crop the image around the margin to fit the paper size or print size.
Turn this feature off when you want to print whole images or prevent
unwanted cropping.
Borderless Expand the printable area to fit the edges of the paper.
Date Print Print the date on your photo.
129
Option Description
Set New Default Save the print settings you use most often by setting them as the
defaults.
Factory Reset Restore any changed print settings back to the factory settings.
Related Information
•Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive on the Brother Machine
•Preview and Print Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•Print Photos by Image Number
130
Home > Print > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print a PDF File Directly from a USB Flash
Drive
Print a PDF File Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Related Models: MFC-J5930DW
You can print a PDF file directly from a USB flash drive.
PDF files that are 2 GB or more cannot be printed.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to your machine, DO NOT connect any device other than a USB flash drive to the USB
direct interface.
1. Put a USB flash drive in the USB slot.
2. Press [PDF Print].
If your machine has been set to Secure Function Lock On, you may not be able to access Direct Print.
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the PDF file you want to print, and then press it.
4. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of options.
6. To change the print settings, press [Print Settings].
When finished, press [OK].
Option Description
Print Quality Select the print resolution for your type of document.
Paper Size Select the paper size.
Tray Select Select the tray.
Multiple Page Set this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of
your document on multiple sheets.
2-sided Select the type of 2-sided binding.
Collate Set this option to On to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order.
131
Option Description
PDF Option Select this option to print a PDF file with the markups or stamps.
7. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive from the USB direct interface until the machine has finished
printing.
Related Information
•Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
132
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•Scan Photos and Graphics
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
•Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
•Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
•Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
•Scan to Email Attachment
•Send Scanned Data to an Email Server
•Scan to FTP
•Scan to Network (Windows®)
•Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows®
7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
•Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
134
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to Image].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
5. Press the [Scan Settings] option, and then press [Set at Device].
To use the [Scan Settings] option, a computer with the ControlCenter software installed must be
connected to the machine.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
135
Option Description
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [to PC].
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to PC].
5. Press [to Image].
6. If the machine is connected over the network, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the computer
where you want to send the data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
8. To scan both sides of the document, press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the long
edge.
2-sided Scan: Short
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the short
edge.
136
Option Description
9. Press the [Scan Settings] option, and then press [Set at Device].
To use the [Scan Settings] option, a computer with the ControlCenter software installed must be
connected to the machine.
10. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
11. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
137
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as
a PDF File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to File].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
138
Option Description
(Available only for certain models)
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [to PC].
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to PC].
5. Press [to File].
6. If the machine is connected over the network, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the computer
where you want to send the data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
8. To scan both sides of the document, press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the long
edge.
2-sided Scan: Short
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the short
edge.
139
Option Description
9. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
10. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
140
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a USB
Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Scan documents and save them directly to a USB flash drive without using a computer.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
3. Press [Scan to Media].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press the [Factory Reset] option, and then press [Yes].
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name Rename the file.
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
Auto Crop
(Available only for certain models)
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass to a USB
flash drive. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the
ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
141
Option Description
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
(Available only for certain models)
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start].
7. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue]. If there are no more
pages to scan, press [Finish]. After you finish scanning, make sure you choose [Finish] before
removing the USB flash drive from the machine.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the USB
flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or damage the USB
flash drive.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Insert a USB Flash memory drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press [Scan to Media].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press [Factory Reset], and then press [Yes].
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
5. To scan both sides of the document (for MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW only), press [2-
sided Scan], and then select the document type.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
2-sided Scan
(Available only for certain models)
Select the 2-sided scan mode.
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF) Scan a long document using the ADF.
142
Option Description
(Available only for certain models)
File Name Rename the file.
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
Auto Crop
(Available only for certain models)
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass to a USB
flash drive. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the
ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
(Available only for certain models)
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
8. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue]. If there are no more
pages to scan, press [Finish]. After you finish scanning, make sure you choose [Finish] before
removing the USB flash drive from the machine.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the USB
flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or damage the USB
flash drive.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•Compatible USB Flash Drives
•Important Note
143
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a USB
Flash Drive > Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible Memory Cards Slot
USB flash drive USB slot
Compatible USB Flash Drives
USB Class USB Mass Storage Class
USB Mass Storage Sub Class SCSI or SFF-8070i
Transfer protocol Bulk transfer Only
Format 1 FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Sector size Max. 4096 Byte
Encryption Encrypted devices are not supported.
1NTFS format is not supported.
Related Information
•Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
•Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
144
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Multiple Business Cards and
Photos (Auto Crop)
Scan Multiple Business Cards and Photos (Auto Crop)
You can scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and use
the Auto Crop feature to create separate files or a single multi-page file.
Guidelines for Auto Crop
1
2
3
4
1
24 3
1
2 1
1. 10 mm or greater
2. 20 mm or greater (bottom)
• This setting is available only for documents that are rectangular or square.
• If your document is too long or wide, this feature will not work as described here.
• You must place the documents away from the edges of the scanner glass as shown in the illustration.
• You must place the documents at least 10 mm away from each other.
• Auto Crop adjusts the skew of the document on the scanner glass; however, if your document is skewed
more than 10 degrees, this feature will not work.
• The ADF must be empty to use Auto Crop.
• The Auto Crop feature is available for a maximum of 16 documents, depending on the size of the documents.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load documents on the scanner glass.
• To scan documents using the Auto Crop feature, you must put the documents on the scanner glass.
• The Auto Crop feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
2. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
3. Press [Scan to Media] > [Options] > [Auto Crop].
4. Press [On].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. Follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
145
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load documents on the scanner glass.
• To scan documents using the Auto Crop feature, you need to put the documents on the scanner glass.
• The Auto Crop feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
2. Insert a USB Flash memory drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
3. Press [Scan to Media] > [Options] > [Auto Crop].
4. Press [On].
5. Press [OK].
6. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. Follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•Important Note
146
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File Using
OCR
Scan to an Editable Text File Using OCR
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to OCR].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
5. Press the [Scan Settings] option, and then press [Set at Device].
To use the [Scan Settings] option, a computer with the ControlCenter software installed must be
connected to the machine.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
147
Option Description
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [to PC].
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to PC].
5. Press [to OCR].
6. If the machine is connected over the network, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the computer
where you want to send the data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
8. To scan both sides of the document, press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the long
edge.
148
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Short
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the short
edge.
9. Press the [Scan Settings] option, and then press [Set at Device].
To use the [Scan Settings] option, a computer with the ControlCenter software installed must be
connected to the machine.
10. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
11. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
149
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Email Attachment
Scan to Email Attachment
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use Brother's ControlCenter software.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to E-mail].
3. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to display the computer where you want to send
data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email
application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
5. Press the [Scan Settings] option, and then press [Set at Device].
To use the [Scan Settings] option, a computer with the ControlCenter software installed must be
connected to the machine.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
150
Option Description
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application
and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [to PC].
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to PC].
5. Press [to E-mail].
6. If the machine is connected over the network, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the computer
where you want to send the data, and then press the computer name.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email
application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
8. To scan both sides of the document, press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Long
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the long
edge.
151
Option Description
2-sided Scan: Short
Edge
Scan the document so that the pages are read by flipping them on the short
edge.
9. Press the [Scan Settings] option, and then press [Set at Device].
To use the [Scan Settings] option, a computer with the ControlCenter software installed must be
connected to the machine.
10. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
11. Press [Start].
The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application
and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
152
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Send Scanned Data to an Email
Server
Send Scanned Data to an Email Server
Send scanned data from your Brother machine directly to your email server for delivery to an email recipient
without using a computer.
• To use this feature, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com, click Downloads on your
model page and download the Internet Fax Install Tool.
• To send scanned data to an email server, you must configure your machine to communicate with your
network and mail server. You can configure these items from the machine's control panel, Web Based
Management, Remote Setup, or BRAdmin Professional 3.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to E-mail Server].
3. Do one of the following to enter the destination email address:
• To enter the email address manually, press [Manual], and then enter the email address using the
character buttons on the LCD. When finished, press [OK].
• If the email address is stored in the machine's address book, press [Address Book], and then select
the email address.
Press [OK].
4. Confirm the email address, and then press [Next].
5. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press the [Factory Reset] option, and then press [Yes].
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
6. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
153
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right to display [to E-mail Server], and press it.
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to E-mail Server].
5. Do one of the following to enter the destination email address:
• To enter the email address manually, press [Manual], and then enter the email address using the
character buttons on the LCD. When finished, press [OK].
• If the email address is stored in the machine's address book, press [Address Book], and then select
the email address.
Press [OK].
6. Confirm the email address, and then press [Next].
7. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default]
option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press [Factory Reset], and then press [Yes].
• Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to
complete the scanning job.
8. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
2-sided Scan
(Available only for certain models)
Select the 2-sided scan mode.
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
154
• To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to
make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
9. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete
the scanning job.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
155
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP
Scan to FTP
Scan documents directly to an FTP server when you need to share the scanned information. For added
convenience, configure different profiles to save your favourite Scan to FTP destinations.
•Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
•Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
156
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP > Set up a Scan to
FTP Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to an FTP location.
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 8/11 and Microsoft Edge™ for Windows®, and Safari 9 for
Macintosh. Please also make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you
use. If a different web browser is used, make sure it is compatible with HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the FTP option, and then click Submit.
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Host Address field, type the Host Address (for example: ftp.example.com; up to 64 characters) or the
IP address (for example: 192.23.56.189).
157
9. Change the Port Number setting used to access the FTP server. The default for this setting is port 21. In
most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
10. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 32 characters) that has permission to write data to the FTP
server.
11. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
12. To scan securely using SSL/TLS communication, set the SSL/TLS option. Change the CA Certificate
setting, if needed.
13. In the Store Directory field, type the path (up to 60 characters) to the folder on the FTP server where you
want to send your scanned data. Do not type a slash mark at the beginning of the path (see example).
14. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name from the preset names provided, or from
user-defined names. You can set the user-defined names and file name style in the Scan File Name menu in
the left navigation bar.
15. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
16. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
17. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
18. If you want to scan a document printed on long paper using the ADF, select the On option from the Scan
Long Paper (ADF) option. (Available only for certain models)
19. Select Auto from the ADF Auto Deskew option, to set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically as the pages are scanned from the ADF. (Available only for certain models)
20. If you want to remove blank pages of the document from the scanning results, select the On option from the
Skip Blank Page option. (Available only for certain models)
21. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
22. Set the Passive Mode option to off or on depending on your FTP server and network firewall configuration.
The default setting is on. In most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
23. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
Related Information
•Scan to FTP
158
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP > Upload Scanned
Data to an FTP Server
Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to FTP].
3. Press a or b to select one of the FTP server profiles listed.
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
When you finish the settings, press [Start].
• If the profile is complete, press [Start].
After you press [Start], the LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the FTP
server is successful, the machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and
then press [Continue]. If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name Rename the file.
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the
ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
(Available only for certain models)
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
User Name Enter the user name.
159
• To save the profile as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to make
this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start] to start scanning.
The LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the FTP server is successful, the
machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue].
If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right to display [to FTP], and press it.
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to FTP].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select one of the FTP server profiles listed.
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
When you finish the settings, press [Start].
• If the profile is complete, press [Start].
After you press [Start], the LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the FTP
server is successful, the machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and
then press [Continue]. If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
7. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
2-sided Scan
(Available only for certain models)
Select the 2-sided scan mode.
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name Rename the file.
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the
ADF.
Skip Blank Page When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
160
Option Description
(Available only for certain models)
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
(Available only for certain models)
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
User Name Enter the user name.
• To save the profile as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to make
this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
8. Press [Start] to start scanning.
The LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the FTP server is successful, the
machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue].
If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
Related Information
•Scan to FTP
161
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows®)
Scan to Network (Windows®)
Scan documents directly to a CIFS server on your local network. For added convenience, you can configure
different profiles to save your favourite Scan to Network destinations.
•Set up a Scan to Network Profile
•Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
162
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network
(Windows®) > Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile to scan and upload scanned data directly to a folder on a CIFS server.
• We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 8/11 and Microsoft Edge™ for Windows®. Make sure
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use. If a different web browser is
used, make sure it is compatible with HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network menu in the left navigation bar.
4. Select the Network option, and then click Submit.
5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Network Folder Path field, type the path to the folder on the CIFS server where you want to send your
scanned data.
9. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name from the preset names provided, or from
user-defined names. You can set the user-defined names and file name style in the Scan File Name menu in
the left navigation bar.
10. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the
machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
163
11. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If
you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the
scan profile.
12. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary
to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
13. If you want to scan a document printed on long paper using the ADF, select the On option from the Scan
Long Paper (ADF) option. (Available only for certain models)
14. Select Auto from the ADF Auto Deskew option, to set the machine to correct document skewing
automatically as the pages are scanned from the ADF. (Available only for certain models)
15. If you want to remove blank pages of the document from the scanning results, select the On option from the
Skip Blank Page option. (Available only for certain models)
16. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
17. To PIN-protect this profile, in the Use PIN for Authentication field, select On.
18. If you selected On for the Use PIN for Authentication field, type a four-digit PIN in the PIN Code field.
19. To set your authentication method, select the authentication method you want from the Auth. Method option.
20. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write data to the folder
specified in the Network Folder Path field. If the user name is part of a domain, type the user name in one of
the following styles:
user@domain
domain\user
21. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in
the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
22. To set the Kerberos Server Address manually, in the Kerberos Server Address field, type the Kerberos
Server Address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
23. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
24. You must configure the SNTP (network time server) or you must set the date, time and time zone correctly on
the control panel. The time must match the time used by the Kerberos Server and CIFS Server.
Related Information
•Scan to Network (Windows®)
•Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
164
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network
(Windows®) > Set up a Scan to Network Profile > Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Make sure the date and time and the time zone settings are set correctly using Web Based Management or the
control panel, so the machine's time matches the time being used by the server providing authentication.
Start with Step 2 if you already have a Web Based Management window open.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Administrator tab.
3. Click the Date&Time menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Date fields, enter the date.
5. Select either 12h Clock or 24h Clock as your Clock Type (available only for certain countries).
6. In the Time fields, enter the time.
7. Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list, for example,
the time zone for Eastern time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
8. Click the On option for Auto Daylight to set the machine to change automatically for daylight saving time. It
will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and back one hour in the fall/autumn (available only for certain
countries).
9. Click Submit.
165
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network
(Windows®) > Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to Network].
3. Press a or b to select one of the Scan to Network profiles listed.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
4. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
When you finish the settings, press [Start].
• If the profile is complete, press [Start].
After you press [Start], the LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the CIFS
server is successful, the machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and
then press [Continue]. If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
5. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name Rename the file.
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the
ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
(Available only for certain models)
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
167
Option Description
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
User Name Enter the user name.
• To save the profile as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to make
this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
6. Press [Start] to start scanning.
The LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the CIFS server is successful, the
machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue].
If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right to display [to Network], and press it.
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [to Network].
5. Press a or b to select one of the Scan to Network profiles listed.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, use the LCD to enter the four-digit PIN for the computer, and then
press [OK].
6. Do one of the following:
• To change the settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step.
• If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the
quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
When you finish the settings, press [Start].
• If the profile is complete, press [Start].
After you press [Start], the LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the CIFS
server is successful, the machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and
then press [Continue]. If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
7. Select the scan settings you want to change, and then press [OK].
Option Description
2-sided Scan
(Available only for certain models)
Select the 2-sided scan mode.
Scan Type Select the scan type for your document.
Resolution Select the scan resolution for your document.
File Type Select the file format for your document.
Document Size Select your document size.
Scan Long Paper (ADF)
(Available only for certain models)
Scan a long document using the ADF.
File Name Rename the file.
168
Option Description
File Name Style Select the order in which the date, counter number, and other items
appear in the file names.
Brightness Select the brightness level.
Contrast Select the contrast level.
ADF Auto Deskew
(Available only for certain models)
Correct any skewed documents when they are scanned using the
ADF.
Skip Blank Page
(Available only for certain models)
When On is selected, blank pages are skipped.
Skip Blank Page Sensitivity
(Available only for certain models)
Select the sensitivity level for detecting blank pages in the scanned
data. The higher the sensitivity, the easier it is for the machine to
detect blank pages.
Remove Background Colour Change the amount of background colour that is removed.
User Name Enter the user name.
• To save the profile as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. You will be asked if you want to make
this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
8. Press [Start] to start scanning.
The LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the CIFS server is successful, the
machine starts scanning. If you are using the scanner glass, set the next page and then press [Continue].
If there are no more pages to scan, press [Finish].
Related Information
•Scan to Network (Windows®)
169
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or
greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows Vista® (SP2 or greater), Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows®
10 users to scan using a Brother machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
•Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows Vista®, Windows® 7,
Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
•Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater,
Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
•Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
170
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) > Use Web
Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows
Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Use Web Services to monitor printers on the network.
• Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers.
• Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is
correctly configured to pass data between the two devices.
• You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
• For Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server® 2012 and Windows Server® 2012 R2, you must install Print
Services.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista®
Click (Start) > Network.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
• Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Network and Internet > View network computers and devices.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon.
Right-click the machine you want to install.
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows® 8.1
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Change PC settings > PC and devices > Devices > Add a device.
The machine's Web Services Name appears.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
Add a device.
• The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet
Address) of your machine (for example, Brother MFC-XXXX (model name) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC
Address / Ethernet Address)).
• Windows® 8/Windows® 10
Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista®/Windows® 7
Click Install in the displayed menu.
• Windows® 8/Windows® 10
Select the machine you want to install.
171
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) > Scan Using
Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and
Windows® 10)
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows Vista®
SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu
on your Brother machine's LCD.
• Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language
settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
• If the LCD displays an insufficient memory error message, choose a smaller size in the Paper size setting
or a lower resolution in the Resolution (DPI) setting.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [WS Scan].
3. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want, and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the computer where you want to send data, and then press the computer name.
5. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan].
3. Swipe left or right to display [WS Scan], and press it.
The icon moves to the middle of the Touchscreen and is highlighted in blue.
4. Press [WS Scan].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the scan options, and then press the type of scan.
6. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the computer name where you want to send the data, and then
press the computer name.
7. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8
and Windows® 10)
173
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on
Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) > Configure
Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista®
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Scanners and Cameras.
• Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
View devices and printers.
2. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista®
Click your machine, and then click the Scan Profiles button. The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
• Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles.... The Scan Profiles dialog box appears.
3. Select the scan profile you want to use.
4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a Brother machine that supports Web Services for
scanning, and then click the Set as Default button.
5. Click Edit....
The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears.
6. Select the Source, Paper size, Color format, File type, Resolution (DPI), Brightness and Contrast
settings.
7. Click the Save Profile button.
These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.
If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows® Fax and Scan or Windows® Photo
Gallery from the list.
Related Information
•Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows Vista® SP2 or greater, Windows® 7, Windows® 8
and Windows® 10)
174
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Device Scan Settings button.
The Device Scan Settings dialog box appears.
4. Click the tab for the Scan to action you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
5. Change the settings as needed.
6. Click OK.
175
Each tab corresponds to a scan feature, as described below.
These settings can be changed.
Click the tabs, and then change the settings.
Tab Name Corresponding Feature
Image Scan to Image
OCR Scan to OCR
E-mail Scan to Email
File Scan to File
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language (Available only for certain models) - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes -
Scan Location - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auto Crop Yes - Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Type a prefix for your file name, if needed.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
176
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
•Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
•Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
•True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
•24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Click the Advanced Settings button in the scan settings dialog box to configure advanced settings.
•Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
-Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
•Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
•Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
177
•Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen. (Available
only for certain models)
•ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document automatically.
(Available only for certain models)
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
•Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
•Important Note
178
Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from
ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
2. Hold the control key on your keyboard and click the scan destination (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) whose
settings you want to change.
3. Click the Device Button tab.
The settings for the scan destination that you selected appear.
The following example shows the Scan to Image settings.
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
Target Application /E-mail Application Yes Yes Yes -
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
File size Yes - Yes Yes
179
OCR Language
(only available for certain models)
- Yes - -
Destination File Path Yes Yes Yes -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Insert Date in File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Restore Defaults Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application/E-mail Application
Select which application is used to open scanned data. Only applications installed on your computer can be
selected.
•Add
Add an application to the pop-up menu.
Type the application name in the Application Name field (up to 30 characters) and select your
preferred application by clicking the Browse button. Select the File Type option from the pop-up menu.
•Delete
Delete an application you have added to the pop-up menu.
Select the application from the Application Name pop-up menu, and then click Delete.
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
File size
Change the file size by moving the File size slider to the right or left.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(available only for certain models).
Destination File Path
Click the Change button to change the prefix of the file name and the path of the destination folder.
File Name
Type a prefix for your file name, if needed. To change the prefix for the Image, OCR and E-mail features, click
Change.
Insert Date in File Name
Automatically inserts the date in the file name of the scanned image. To insert the date in the file name for the
Image, OCR and E-mail features, click Change.
Destination Folder
To change the folder for the Image, OCR and E-mail features, click Change. Click Browse to select the folder
where you want to save your scanned document. Select the Show Folder option to automatically display the
destination folder after scanning to a File.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
180
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
•Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
•True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
•24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
•Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size pop-up menu.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Click the Advanced Settings button in the scan settings dialog box to configure advanced settings.
•Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is
too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
•Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasise
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas.
•ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document
automatically. (Available only for certain models)
•Remove Background Color
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more recognisable. When you use
this feature, select from three settings: High, Medium and Low.
•Skip Blank Page
Remove blank pages of the document from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
•Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen. (Available
only for certain models)
•Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Restore Defaults
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
181
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine.
Use the software applications provided by Brother, or use your favourite scanning application.
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other Windows® Applications
•Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or Windows® Fax and Scan
•Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows®)
183
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
184
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the document's Scan Size, if needed.
6. Click (Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. If you scanned multiple pages using the ADF, click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned
page.
8. Crop the scanned image, if needed.
9. Do one of the following:
• Click (Save) to save scanned data.
• Click (Print) to print scanned data.
• Click (Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click (Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
185
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
186
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
• Select the Document Type option that matches the type of original you want to scan.
Option Description
Photo 600 x 600 dpi 24bit Colour
Text and Graph 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour
Monochrome Text 200 x 200 dpi Black & White
Custom 300 x 300 dpi (24bit Colour as default) Select the scan settings you want from the
Custom Settings button.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)
187
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Select Document Type Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)
Select Custom in the Document Type list to change advanced scan settings.
• Select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
You can change the following settings:
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory
and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
-Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
-Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
-Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
-True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
-24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8
million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
188
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to
set the Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a
value into the field to set the Contrast level.
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
2-sided Scanning
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan
feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout
of your original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly. (Available only for certain models)
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box.
-Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
•Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. (Available only for
certain models)
-Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
-Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
-Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen. (Available
only for certain models)
-ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document
automatically. (Available only for certain models)
Related Information
•Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Important Note
189
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Change Scan Size Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
For faster scan speeds, select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
190
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Crop a Scanned Image Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
The crop tool on the Image Editing Toolbar lets you trim unwanted areas from your scanned image. Use the
Zoom In and Zoom Out tools to help view the image to be cropped.
Image Editing Toolbar
1. Restart
Cancels all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image returns to its original state.
2. Fit to Window
Displays the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
3. Zoom In
Zooms in on the scanned image.
4. Zoom Out
Zooms out of the scanned image.
5. Crop and Edit
Removes the outer parts of the image. Click the Crop and Edit button, and then change the frame to contain
the area you want to keep after cropping.
6. Page Counter
Indicates the page number of the scanned page currently shown in the image viewer. To display a different
page, select the desired page number from the drop-down page number list.
If you have scanned multiple pages, you can see the next or previous scanned page by clicking the left or
right arrow buttons in the preview window.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click (Crop and Edit) to edit the scanned image.
The Crop and Edit - ControlCenter4 window appears.
191
a. Expands the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
b. Zooms in on the image.
c. Zooms out of the image.
d. Rotates the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees.
e. Rotates the image clockwise 90 degrees.
f. Click and drag the frame to adjust the area to be cropped.
3. Click OK.
The edited image appears in the image viewer.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
192
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Print Scanned Data Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan a document on your Brother machine, and then print copies using the printer driver features that are
available in ControlCenter4.
1. Scan a document.
2. Click Print.
a. Shows which images are currently selected, and how many copies of each image will print.
b. Click the Properties button to change specific printer settings.
c. Select the Paper Size, Media Type and Layout options. The current settings are enclosed in a blue
square.
3. Configure the print settings, and then click the Start Printing button.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
193
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Open with an Application Using
ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Open with an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
The Open with an Application button lets you scan an image directly into your graphics application for editing.
1. Click the Open with an Application button.
2. Select the application from the drop-down list, and then click OK.
The image will be opened in the application you have selected.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
194
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows®)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Select the Document Type.
5. Change the size of your document, if needed.
6. Click (Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
8. Click Save.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
195
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
10. To change the file name, click the Change button, if needed.
11. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
12. Click OK.
The scanned document is saved to the destination folder as a PDF.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
196
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4
Home Mode (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Under Document Type, select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Configure other Custom Scan Settings, if needed.
8. Click OK.
9. Click (Scan).
The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer.
10. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page.
11. Do one of the following:
197
• Click (Save) to save scanned data.
• Click (Print) to print scanned data.
• Click (Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.
• Click (Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.
• Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain
models)
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
198
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Settings Applicable Features
Open
with an
Applicati
on
OCR Send E-
mail
Save
File Type - Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language (Available only for certain models) - Yes - -
File Name - - - Yes
Scan Location - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
File Size Priority - - Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Send E-mail and Save:
•Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
•JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
•TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
•TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
•Portable Network Graphics (*.webp)
•PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows Vista®,
Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10, or when using applications that support XML Paper
Specification files)
•Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
•Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
•Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx) (Available only for certain models)
For OCR:
•Text (*.txt)
•HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
•HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
•Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
199
•WordPad (*.rtf)
•RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
•WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
•Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
Custom Settings
Select the Custom option, click the Custom Settings button, and then change settings.
Scan Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
200
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customise one-button scan actions.
•Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
201
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the Image button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
202
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
203
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
204
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure
PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password..
6. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, resolution and colour, if needed.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The file is saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
205
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the button for the setting you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File).
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning.
You have now changed the default settings for your selected Scan to action. These settings will be used the next
time one of the scan options (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) is selected for this action.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
206
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
207
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the ID Card Scan check box.
The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then press OK.
7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, scan location, resolution and colour, if needed.
8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click Continue to scan
the other side.
10. Click Finish.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
208
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
• The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
The machine scans to your default email client.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the E-mail button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
209
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. Your default email application opens and the scanned image is attached to a
new, blank email message.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
210
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced
Mode (Windows®)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the OCR button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
211
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
• To change the file name, click Change.
• To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon.
• To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box.
6. Click Scan.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
212
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Your machine can convert scanned data to a Microsoft® Word, Microsoft® PowerPoint®, or Microsoft® Excel® file.
• Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
• To use this feature, your computer must be connected to the Internet.
1. Load your document.
2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the E-mail or File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the Microsoft Office Word (*.docx), Microsoft Office
PowerPoint (*.pptx), or Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx) option.
6. Change the scan settings, if needed.
7. Click the Scan button.
If a message dialog box regarding the Internet connection appears, read the information and click OK.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
213
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application Yes Yes - -
OCR Language (Available only for certain models) - Yes - -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes -
Scan Location - - - Yes
Show Folder - - - Yes
Show Save As Window - - - Yes
File Size Priority Yes - Yes Yes
PreScan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Brightness Yes Yes Yes Yes
Contrast Yes Yes Yes Yes
Continuous Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
2-sided Scanning (Available only for certain models) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auto Crop Yes - Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Default Yes Yes Yes Yes
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
For Image, E-mail and File:
•Windows Bitmap (*.bmp)
•JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures)
•TIFF Single-Page (*.tif)
•TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif)
•Portable Network Graphics (*.webp)
•PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents)
•High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
214
•Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows Vista®,
Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10, or when using applications that support XML Paper
Specification files)
For OCR:
•Text (*.txt)
•HTML 3.2 (*.htm)
•HTML 4.0 (*.htm)
•Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)
•Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
•WordPad (*.rtf)
•RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)
•WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd)
•Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls)
For E-mail and File:
•Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models)
•Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models)
•Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx) (Available only for certain models)
Target Application
Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(Available only for certain models).
File Name
Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Destination Folder
Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location
Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned
documents.
Show Folder
Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
Show Save As Window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
File Size Priority
Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority
slider to the right or left.
PreScan
Select PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
215
•Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
•Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
•True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
•24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the
Brightness level.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
2-sided Scanning
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature,
you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your
original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly. (Available only for certain models)
Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the scan settings dialog box.
•Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
-Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
•Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
•Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
216
•Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen. (Available
only for certain models)
ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document automatically.
(Available only for certain models)
Default
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Important Note
217
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other
Windows® Applications
Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other Windows® Applications
You can use the Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 application for scanning.
• To download the Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 application, click (Brother Utilities), select Do More in the
left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort.
• Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 supports Windows Vista® (SP2 or greater), Windows® 7, Windows® 8,
Windows® 8.1, Windows® 10 Home, Windows® 10 Pro, Windows® 10 Education and Windows® 10
Enterprise.
• For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click
Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.
The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPort™ 14. For other Windows® applications, the
steps will be similar. PaperPort™ 14 supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver
(recommended) is used in these steps.
• Depending on the model of your machine, Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 may not be included. If it is not included,
you can use other software applications that support scanning.
1. Load your document.
2. Start PaperPort™ 14.
Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Using your computer, click (Start) > All Programs > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
• Windows® 8
Click (PaperPort).
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.
3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click Select.
5. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-
XXXX LAN (where MFC-XXXX is the model name of your machine). To use the WIA driver, select the Brother
driver that has "WIA" as the prefix.
6. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
7. Click Scan.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.
218
8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
9. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
To scan both sides of the document (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW):
Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF.
You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
10. Click PreScan if you want to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
11. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
•TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)
219
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other
Windows® Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)
• Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The Brightness option is available only when selecting the Black & White, Grey (Error Diffusion),
True Grey, or 24bit Colour options from the Scan Type settings.
• The Contrast option is available only when selecting the Grey (Error Diffusion), True Grey, or 24bit
Colour options from the Scan Type settings.
1. Scan
Select the Photo, Web, or Text option depending on the type of document you want to scan.
Scan (Image Type) Resolution Scan Type
Photo Use for scanning photo images. 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour
Web Use for attaching the scanned
image to web pages.
100 x 100 dpi 24bit Colour
Text Use for scanning text
documents.
200 x 200 dpi Black & White
2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
220
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
•Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
•True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
•24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
4. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
If you select Custom, the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document
size.
5. Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set
the brightness level.
6. Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value
in the field to set the contrast level.
7. 2-sided Scanning
Scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature, you must select the
Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option from the 2-sided Scanning drop-down list, so when you
turn the pages, they are facing the way you want. (Available only for certain models)
8. Auto Crop
Scan multiple documents placed on the scanner glass. The machine will scan each document and create
separate files or a single multi-page file.
9. Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scanner Setup dialog box.
221
•Paper
-Auto Deskew
Set the machine to correct document skewing automatically as the pages are scanned from the ADF.
-Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
•Enhancement
-Background Processing
•Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Prevent bleed-through.
•Remove Background Colour
Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
-Colour Drop
Select a colour to remove from the scanned image.
-Boldface Formatting
Emphasise the characters of the original by making them bold.
-Blurred Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read.
-Edge Emphasis
Make the characters of the original sharper.
-Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise
option is available when selecting the 24bit Colour option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or
600 x 600 dpi scan resolution.
•Paper Handling
-Edge Fill
Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected colour and range.
-Skip Blank Page
Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
-Continuous Scan
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or
finish.
Related Information
•Scan Using Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 or Other Windows® Applications
•Important Note
222
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or
Windows® Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or Windows® Fax and Scan
Windows® Photo Gallery or Windows® Fax and Scan applications are other options that you can use for
scanning.
• These applications use the WIA scanner driver.
• If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner
glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document.
2. Launch your scanning application. Do one of the following:
• (Windows® Photo Gallery)
Click File > Import from Camera or Scanner.
• (Windows® Fax and Scan)
Click File > New > Scan.
3. Select the scanner you want to use.
4. Click Import or OK.
The New Scan dialog box appears.
5. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use
the Scanner Utility software of Brother Utilities.
223
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or
Windows® Fax and Scan > WIA Driver Settings (Windows®)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows®)
Paper source
Select the Document Feeder or Flatbed option from the drop-down list.
Picture Type (Image Type)
Select Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text , or Custom Settings for the type
of document you want to scan.
To change advanced settings, click the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture link.
Page size
The Page size option is available if you select the Document Feeder as the Paper source option.
225
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark,
set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark
and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value in
the field to set the contrast level.
Resolution (DPI)
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution (DPI) list. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Related Information
•Scan Using Windows® Photo Gallery or Windows® Fax and Scan
226
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard
Enhancer (Windows®)
Install BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer (Windows®)
BookScan Enhancer and Whiteboard Enhancer are image processing applications. BookScan Enhancer can
automatically correct images scanned from books. Whiteboard Enhancer can clean up and enhance text and
images in photos taken of a whiteboard.
These applications are not available for Windows Server® series.
• The machine must be turned on and connected to the computer.
• The computer must be connected to the Internet.
• You must be logged on with Administrator access privileges.
1. Click (Brother Utilities).
2. Select your machine from the drop-down list.
3. Select Do More in the left navigation bar.
4. Click BookScan&WhiteBoard Suite and follow the on-screen instructions to install.
Related Information
•Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
227
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh)
There are several ways you can use your Macintosh to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine.
Use the software applications provided by Brother or your favourite scanning application.
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Macintosh)
228
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Use Brother's ControlCenter software to scan photos and save them as JPEGs, PDFs, or other file formats.
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
229
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan
Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
1. Load your document.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the Image button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
230
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination file path, resolution and colour, if
needed.
To change the file name or destination file path, click Change.
6. Click the Start Scanning button.
The machine starts scanning. The scanned image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
231
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Save
Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter2
(Macintosh)
1. Load your document.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
232
5. Click the File Type pop-up menu, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF (*.pdf) from the File Type pop-up
menu, type your password in the Password and Re-type Password fields, and then click OK.
6. Change the scan settings, such as file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
7. Click the Start Scanning button.
The machine starts scanning. The file will be saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
233
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan
Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter2
(Macintosh)
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the scan type button (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) you want to use.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box.
6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout.
7. Configure other settings, if needed.
8. Click the Start Scanning button.
The machine starts scanning.
You have now changed the default settings for your selected Scan to action. These settings will be used the next
time this scan type (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) is clicked for this action.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
234
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan
Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
235
5. Select the ID Card Scan check box.
The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then click OK.
7. Configure other settings, if needed.
8. Click the Start Scanning button.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click Continue to scan
the other side.
10. Click Finish.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
236
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan to
Email Attachment Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature
to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.
1. Load your document.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the E-mail button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
237
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination file path, resolution and colour, if
needed.
To change the file name or destination file path, click Change.
6. Click the Start Scanning button.
The machine starts scanning. Your default email application opens and the scanned image is attached to a
new, blank email.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
238
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan to
an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR)
technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages.
1. Load your document.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the OCR button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
239
5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination file path, resolution and colour, if
needed.
To change the file name or destination file path, click Change.
6. Click the Start Scanning button.
The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word
processing application.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
240
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan to
an Office File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Your machine can convert scanned data to a Microsoft® Word file or a Microsoft® PowerPoint® file.
In order to use this feature, your computer must be connected to the Internet.
1. Load your document.
2. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
3. Click the SCAN tab.
4. Click the E-mail or File button.
The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Click the File Type pop-up menu, and then select the Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) or Microsoft Office
PowerPoint (*.pptx) option.
If a message dialog box regarding the Internet connection appears, read the information and click OK.
6. Change the scan settings, if needed.
7. Click the Start Scanning button.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
241
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan
Settings for ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Settings Applicable Features
Image OCR E-mail File
Target Application/E-mail Application Yes Yes Yes -
File Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
File size Yes - Yes Yes
OCR Language
(only available for certain models)
- Yes - -
Destination File Path Yes Yes Yes -
File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Insert Date in File Name Yes Yes Yes Yes
Destination Folder Yes Yes Yes Yes
Show Save As window - - - Yes
Resolution Yes Yes Yes Yes
Scan Type Yes Yes Yes Yes
Document Size Yes Yes Yes Yes
Continuous Scanning Yes Yes Yes Yes
2-sided Scanning
(available only for certain models)
Yes Yes Yes Yes
ID Card Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes
Show Scanner Interface Yes Yes Yes Yes
Advanced Settings Yes Yes Yes Yes
Restore Defaults Yes Yes Yes Yes
Target Application/E-mail Application
Select which application is used to open scanned data. Only applications installed on your computer can be
selected.
•Add
Add an application to the pop-up menu.
Type the application name in the Application Name field (up to 30 characters) and select your
preferred application by clicking the Browse button. Select the File Type option from the pop-up menu.
•Delete
Delete an application you have added to the pop-up menu.
Select the application from the Application Name pop-up menu, and then click Delete.
File Type
Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
File size
Change the file size by moving the File size slider to the right or left.
OCR Language
Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text
(available only for certain models).
242
Destination File Path
Click the Change button to change the prefix of the file name and the path of the destination folder.
File Name
Type a prefix for your file name, if needed. To change the prefix for the Image, OCR, and E-mail features,
click Change.
Insert Date in File Name
Automatically inserts the date in the file name of the scanned image. To insert the date in the file name for the
Image, OCR and E-mail features, click Change.
Destination Folder
To change the folder for the Image, OCR and E-mail features, click Change. Click Browse to select the folder
where you want to save your scanned document. Select the Show Folder option to automatically display the
destination folder after scanning to a File.
Show Save As window
Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
•Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
•True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
•24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
•Auto
Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the
document.
Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size pop-up menu.
• If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Continuous Scanning
Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
2-sided Scanning
Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature,
you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your
original, to make sure the created data file appears correctly. (Available only for certain models)
ID Card Scan
Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Show Scanner Interface
Select this check box to crop a portion of a scanned page after pre-scanning the document.
243
Advanced Settings
Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the scan settings dialog box.
•Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is
too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again.
•Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasise
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas.
•ADF Auto Deskew
When scanning the document from the ADF, the machine corrects skewing of the document
automatically. (Available only for certain models)
•Remove Background Color
Select this option to remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more
recognisable. When you use this feature, select from three settings: high, medium and low.
•Skip Blank Page
Remove blank pages of the document from the scanning results. (Available only for certain models)
•Display Scanning Results
Show the numbers of total pages saved and blank pages skipped on your computer screen. (Available
only for certain models)
•Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Restore Defaults
Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
244
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications
(Macintosh)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Macintosh)
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant applications. For more information about the scanning procedure, see
the manual for your application.
1. Start your graphics application, and then select the scan operation.
The scanner setup dialog box appears.
2. Change the scan settings, such as Resolution, Scan Type, or Adjust Image, if needed.
3. Click the Document Size pop-up menu, and then select your document size.
4. Click the PreScan option to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
• After you select a document size, adjust the scanning area by holding down the mouse button and
dragging your mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan.
• To scan both sides of the document (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW):
Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF.
You cannot adjust the scanning area.
You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
5. Click Start.
The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
•Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh)
245
Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications
(Macintosh) > TWAIN Driver Settings (Macintosh)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Macintosh)
1
2
3
4
5
6
• Item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
• The Contrast setting is available only when selecting Gray (Error Diffusion), True Gray, or 24bit
Color from the Scan Type options.
1. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and
transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
2. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
•Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
•Gray (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey
images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey
appearance.)
•True Gray
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256
shades of grey.
•24bit Color
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million
colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
3. Document Size
Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes.
• If you select Custom, you can specify the document size.
247
4. Adjust Image
Click the Adjust Image button to adjust other image qualities.
Brightness
Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the
scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too
dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the box to
set the brightness.
Contrast
Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises
dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a
value in the box to set the contrast.
Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is
available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or 600 x 600 dpi
scan resolutions.
5. 2-sided Scanning
If you select this check box, the machine scans both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-
sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on
the layout of your original, to make sure the created data file appears correctly.
(Available only for certain models)
6. Rotate Image
Rotate the scanned image.
Related Information
•Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Macintosh)
248
Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management > Set the Scan Job Email Report
Using Web Based Management
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management
When you scan a document, the machine will send a scan job email report automatically to the registered email
address.
1. Start your web browser.
Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP
address of the machine or the print server name). For example: http://192.168.1.2
No password is required by default. If you have previously set a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab.
3. Click the Scan Job e-mail report menu in the left navigation bar.
4. In the Administrator Address field, type the email address.
5. For the scan functions you want, select On to send a scan job email report.
6. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
250
Home > Copy > Copy a Document
Copy a Document
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press [Copy].
The Touchscreen displays:
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
When you load paper other than A4 size Plain Paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and [Paper
Type] settings by pressing [Options].
Option Description
(No. of
Copies)
Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press - or + on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the
number of copies using the Touchscreen keyboard. Press OK.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
Options Press to change the copy settings for the next copy only.
When you have finished changing settings, press OK.
Current setting
indications
Press the area indicated on the screen in the previous step to change these settings for
the next copy only.
•Enlarge/Reduce
•2-sided Copy
•Paper Size
•Quality
When you have finished changing settings, press OK.
252
After you have finished choosing new options, you can save them by pressing the [Save as Shortcut]
button.
5. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
To stop copying, press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. Load your document.
3. Press [Copy].
The Touchscreen displays:
4. Change the copy settings, if needed.
When you load paper other than A4 size Plain Paper, you must change the [Paper Size] and [Paper
Type] settings by pressing [Options].
Option Description
(No. of
Copies)
Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press - or + on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the
number of copies using the Touchscreen keyboard. Press OK.
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
Copy preset
settings
You can copy with a variety of settings by pressing the buttons that are already set up in
the machine.
To select these settings, press , and then swipe left or right or press d or c.
Options Press to change the copy settings for the next copy only.
When you have finished changing settings, press OK.
Current setting
indications
Press the following icons to change these settings for the next copy only:
• Enlarge/Reduce
• 2-sided Copy
253
Option Description
• Tray Select
• Quality
After you have finished selecting new options, you can save them by pressing the [Save as Shortcut]
button.
5. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
To stop copying, press .
Related Information
•Copy
•Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•Use Preset Copy Settings
•Copy Options
254
Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Enlarge/Reduce].
5. Press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want to change.
6. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to
use.
• If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, press (backspace) to erase the displayed
percentage, or press d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%]
to [400%].
Press [OK].
• If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. Read and confirm the displayed list of options you have selected, and then press [OK].
8. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in
the machine.
• The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is
skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place your
document in the upper-left corner, with the document face down on the scanner glass.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available when using the ADF.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
255
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Enlarge/Reduce].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want to
change.
6. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Enlarge] or [Reduce] option, press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want.
• If you selected the [Custom(25-400%)] option, press (backspace) to erase the displayed
percentage, or press d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%]
to [400%].
Press [OK].
• If you selected [100%] or the [Fit to Page] option, go to the next step.
7. Read and confirm the displayed list of options you have selected, and then press [OK].
8. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
If you selected the [Fit to Page] option, your machine adjusts the copy size to fit the paper size set in
the machine.
• The [Fit to Page] option does not work correctly when the document on the scanner glass is
skewed more than three degrees. Using the document guidelines on the left and top, place your
document in the upper-left corner, with the document face down on the scanner glass.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available when using the ADF.
• The [Fit to Page] option is not available for Legal size documents.
Related Information
•Copy
•Important Note
256
Home > Copy > Sort Copies
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF, the machine scans the document and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. To sort multiple copies, press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
•Copy
257
Home > Copy > Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
Make Page Layout Copies ( N in 1 or Poster)
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.
The poster feature divides your document into sections, then enlarges the sections so you can assemble them
into a poster. To print a poster, use the scanner glass.
• Make sure the paper size is set to A4, A3, Letter, or Ledger.
• You can make only one Poster copy at a time.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout].
5. Press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
Off(1in1) -
258
Option Description
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
2in1(ID)
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
7. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
259
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
Off(1in1) -
2in1(Portrait)
2in1(Landscape)
2in1(ID)
(Using the scanner glass)
4in1(Portrait)
4in1(Landscape)
Poster(2x1)
(Using the scanner glass)
Poster(2x2)
(Using the scanner glass)
260
Option Description
Poster(3x3)
(Using the scanner glass)
6. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
7. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the
document in the ADF or are making a poster, the machine scans the pages and starts printing.
8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
•Copy
261
Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.
• You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying.
• The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose.
• We recommend loading single-sided documents in the ADF for 2-sided copying.
• (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
You can copy 2-sided documents automatically up to A4 size using the ADF.
• (MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW)
When you manually make 2 sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass.
• You can use only A4, A5, or Letter size plain paper.
Portrait
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
2–sided to 2–sided
1
1
2
1
1
2
2–sided to 1–sided (Long Edge Flip)
2–sided to 1–sided (Short Edge Flip)
Landscape
1–sided to 2–sided (Long Edge Flip)
1–sided to 2–sided (Short Edge Flip)
2–sided to 2–sided
262
2–sided to 1–sided (Long Edge Flip)
2–sided to 1–sided (Short Edge Flip)
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. To sort multiple copies, press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. Press a or b to display the [2-sided Copy] option, and then press it.
6. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps:
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short
Edge Flip].
b. Press [1-sided⇒2-sided].
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually, press [2-sided⇒2-sided].
Use the scanner glass to make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document manually.
7. Review your settings on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
8. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the
pages and starts printing.
9. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject
the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, press [Settings] > [Maintenance] >
[Print Setting Options] > [Reduce Smudging], and then change settings.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
263
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. To sort multiple copies, press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort].
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [2-sided Copy] option, and then press it.
6. Do one of the following:
• To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps:
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short
Edge Flip].
b. Press [1-sided⇒2-sided].
• To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document automatically, press [2-sided⇒2-sided].
Load your document in the ADF to use the automatic 2-sided copy feature.
• To make 1-sided copies from a 2-sided document, follow these steps:
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short
Edge Flip].
b. Press [2-sided⇒1-sided].
Load your document in the ADF to use the automatic 2-sided copy feature.
7. Review your settings on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
8. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start]. If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the
pages and starts printing.
9. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
DO NOT touch the printed page until it is ejected the second time. The machine will print the first side and eject
the paper, and then pull the paper in to print the second side.
If you experience smudged printouts or paper jams, press [Settings] > [Maintenance] >
[Print Setting Options] > [Reduce Smudging], and then change settings.
Related Information
•Copy
•Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
264
Home > Copy > Copy an ID Card
Copy an ID Card
Use the [2in1(ID)] feature to copy both sides of an identification card onto one page, keeping the original
card size.
• Make sure the paper size is set to A4 or Letter.
• You may copy an identification card to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more information, see
the Product Safety Guide.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
a
b
c
d
a
a. 3 mm or greater (top, left)
b. 207 mm
c. 145 mm
d. scannable area
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout] > [2in1(ID)].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected. When you have finished changing settings,
press [OK].
6. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
265
7. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press [Continue] to scan
the other side.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper-left corner of the scanner glass.
a
b
c
d
a
a. 3 mm or greater (top, left)
b. 207 mm
c. 145 mm
d. scannable area
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout] > [2in1(ID)].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected. When you have finished changing settings,
press [OK].
6. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card.
7. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card and press [Continue] to scan
the other side.
Related Information
•Copy
266
Home > Copy > Use the A3 Copy Shortcuts
Use the A3 Copy Shortcuts
You can copy your document in A3 or Ledger size paper with a format, such as Note style. Also you can make 2
in 1 and enlarged copies.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press d or c to display the [A3 Copy Shortcuts] option, and then press it.
3. If information appears on the Touchscreen, read it, and then press [OK] to confirm.
4. Press d or c to display options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
A3 2in1
A4 ⇒ A3
A4 + Note(L)
A4 + Note(P)
A4 + Grid
A4 + Blank
A4 Centre
5. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
6. Do one of the following:
• To change more settings, go to the next step.
• When you have finished changing settings, press the [Mono Start] or [Colour Start] option to
start copying.
267
7. Press [Options].
8. Press the setting you want to change.
9. Press your new option.
10. Repeat the last two steps to change other settings if needed.
11. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK].
12. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
13. If you are using the scanner glass when choosing the [A3 2in1] option, repeat the following steps
for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [A3 Copy Shortcuts], and then press it.
3. If information appears on the Touchscreen, read it, and then press [OK] to confirm.
4. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display options, and then press the option you want.
Option Description
A3 2in1
A4 ⇒ A3
A4 + Note(L)
A4 + Note(P)
A4 + Grid
A4 + Blank
A4 Centre
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
268
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
7. Do one of the following:
• To change more settings, go to the next step.
• When you have finished changing settings, press the [Mono Start] or [Colour Start] button to
start copying.
8. Press [Options].
9. Press the setting you want to change.
10. Press your new option. Repeat the previous step and this step to change other settings as needed.
11. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK].
12. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
13. If you are using the scanner glass when choosing the [A3 2in1] option, repeat the following steps
for each page of the document:
• Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page.
• After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
•Copy
•Touchscreen LCD Overview
269
Home > Copy > Copy in Ink Save Mode
Copy in Ink Save Mode
When you select Ink Save Mode, the machine prints the colours lighter and emphasises the outlines of the
images.
• The amount of ink that is saved varies depending on the type of documents printed.
• Ink Save Mode may make your printouts look different from your original document.
• The Ink Save Mode feature is supported by technology from Reallusion, Inc.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Advanced Settings] > [Ink Save Mode].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:
• Press [-] or [+] on the Touchscreen.
• Press to display the keyboard on the Touchscreen, and then enter the number of copies using the
Touchscreen keyboard. Press [OK].
• Enter the number of copies using the dial pad.
4. Press [Options] > [Advanced Settings] > [Ink Save Mode].
5. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
6. When you have finished changing settings, press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start].
Related Information
•Copy
270
Home > Copy > Copy Options
Copy Options
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
To change copy settings, press the [Options] button.
Option Description
Quality Select the Copy resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get
the best print quality.
Paper Size Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than A4 size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
Enlarge/Reduce 100% -
Enlarge Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Stack/Sort Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
12
2
Sort
2
12
1
Page Layout Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in 1 Poster
2-sided Copy Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided→2-sided
2-sided→2-sided
1
1
2
1
1
2
272
Option Description
Advanced Settings Ink Save Mode
Prints colours lighter and emphasises the outlines of images.
Thin Paper Copy
Avoids bleeding through thin paper when copying.
Book Copy
Corrects dark borders and skew when copying from the scanner glass.
Watermark Copy
Places text in your document as a watermark.
Remove Background Colour
Removes the document's background colour in copies. The white background becomes
more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
Set New Default Saves the copy settings that you use most often by setting them as the default settings.
Factory Reset Restores any changed copy settings to the factory settings.
273
• You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
• The Ink Save Mode, Thin Paper Copy, Book Copy and Watermark Copy features are supported by
technology from Reallusion, Inc.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
To change copy settings, press the [Options] button.
Option Description
Quality Select a copy resolution for your type of document.
Paper Type Select a paper type.
If copying on special paper, set the machine for the type of paper you are using to get
the best print quality.
Paper Size Select a paper size.
If copying on paper other than A4 size, you must change the Paper Size setting.
Tray Select Select the tray with the best paper type and size for your document.
Enlarge/Reduce 100% -
Enlarge Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjusts the copy size to fit on the paper size
you have set.
Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density Increase the density to make the text darker.
Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Stack/Sort Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Stack
1
12
2
Sort
2
12
1
Page Layout Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
4 in 1 Poster
2-sided Copy Select to copy on both sides of the paper.
1-sided -> 2-sided
274
Option Description
2-sided -> 2-sided
1
1
2
1
1
2
2-sided→1-sided
Advanced Settings Ink Save Mode
Prints the colours lighter and emphasise the outlines of the images.
Thin Paper Copy
Avoids bleeding through on the thin paper when copying.
Book Copy
Corrects dark borders and skew when copying from the scanner glass.
Watermark Copy
Places text into your document as a watermark.
275
Option Description
Remove Background Colour
Removes the document's background colour in copies. The white background becomes
more apparent. This saves some ink and may make certain copies easier to read.
• You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
• The Ink Save Mode, Thin Paper Copy, Book Copy and Watermark Copy features are supported by
technology from Reallusion, Inc.
Related Information
•Copy
•Copy a Document
•Important Note
276
Home > Copy > Use Preset Copy Settings
Use Preset Copy Settings
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
You can copy with a variety of settings by pressing the buttons that are already set up in the machine.
Press c to access the preset copy settings.
Option Description
A4 ⇒ A3 Enlarge a A4 document to A3.
Normal Copy with the normal quality.
2sided(1⇒2) Select a 2-sided copy layout from the options before you can start 2-
sided copying. The layout of your document determines which 2-
sided copy layout you should select.
2sided(2⇒2)
2in1(ID) Copy both sides of your identification card onto one page, keeping
the original card size.
2in1 Copy two pages onto one page.
277
Home > Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
•Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
•Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
•Send a Fax Manually
•Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
•Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•Send a Fax in Real Time
•Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
•Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
•Cancel a Fax in Progress
•Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
•Fax Options
280
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
The Touchscreen displays:
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
• Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the dial pad.
•[Redial] (Redial the last number you dialled.)
Press [Redial].
•[Outgoing Call] (Select a number from the Outgoing Call history.)
Press [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
•[Caller ID History] (Select a number from the Caller ID history.)
Press [Call History] > [Caller ID History].
Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
•[Address Book] (Select a number from the Address Book.)
Press [Address Book].
Do one of the following:
- Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
- Press , and then enter the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to
dial. If the name has two numbers, press the number you want. Press [Apply].
If the LDAP search is available, the result will be shown on the Touchscreen with .
4. Change the fax settings, if needed.
281
Option Description
Options Press to change the fax settings for the next fax only.
When finished, press OK.
Current setting
indications
Press the area indicated on the screen to change these settings for the next fax only.
•Glass Scan Size
•Fax Resolution
•Contrast
When finished, press OK.
5. Press [Fax Start].
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Mono] in the [Colour Setting], the machine starts
scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
• If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Colour] in the [Colour Setting], the Touchscreen
asks if you want to send a colour fax.
Press [Yes (Colour fax)] to confirm. The machine starts dialling and sending the document.
7. When the Touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
• Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
• Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document in the ADF or place it on the scanner glass.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
The Touchscreen displays:
3. Enter the fax number in one of the following ways:
• Dial Pad (Enter the fax number manually.)
Press all digits of the number using the dial pad.
282
•[Redial] (Redial the last number you dialled.)
Press [Call History] > [Redial].
•[Outgoing Call] (Select a number from the Outgoing Call history.)
Press [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
•[Caller ID History] (Select a number from the Caller ID history.)
Press [Call History] > [Caller ID History].
Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
•[Address Book] (Select a number from the Address Book.)
Press [Address Book].
Do one of the following:
- Select the number you want, and then press [Apply].
- Press , and then enter the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to
dial. If the name has two numbers, press the number you want. Press [Apply].
If the LDAP search is available, the result will be shown on the Touchscreen with .
4. Change the fax settings, if needed.
Option Description
Options Press to change the fax settings for the next fax only.
When finished, press OK.
Current setting indications Press the following icons to change these settings for the next fax only:
• Glass Scan Size
• Fax Resolution
• Contrast
• 2-sided Fax
5. Press [Fax Start].
6. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Mono] in the [Colour Setting], the machine starts
scanning the first page.
Go to the next step.
• If you are using the scanner glass and selected [Colour] in the [Colour Setting], the Touchscreen
asks if you want to send a colour fax.
Press [Yes (Colour fax)] to confirm. The machine starts dialling and sending the document.
7. When the Touchscreen displays [Next Page?], do one of the following:
• Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
• Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
283
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
You must select a 2-sided scanning format before sending a 2-sided fax. Select either Long Edge or Short Edge,
depending on the layout of your document.
1. Load your document in the ADF.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [2-sided Fax].
4. Do one of the following:
• If your document is flipped on the Long edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Long Edge] option.
• If your document is flipped on the Short edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Short Edge] option.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
•Send a Fax
285
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually
Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialling, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. To listen for a dial tone, pick up the handset of the external telephone.
3. Dial the fax number using the external telephone.
4. When you hear fax tones, press and then press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of the external phone.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. To listen for a dial tone, pick up the handset of the external telephone.
3. Dial the fax number using the external telephone.
4. When you hear fax tones, press and then press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of the external phone.
Related Information
•Send a Fax
286
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press to display the [Fax Start] button.
4. Press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of an external telephone.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and to press the Start key before hanging up.
2. Load your document.
3. Press to display the [Fax Start] button.
4. Press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send].
5. Replace the handset of an external telephone.
Related Information
•Send a Fax
287
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
• Group numbers must also be stored in the machine’s memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialling.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually-dialled numbers in the same
broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 250
different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Broadcasting].
4. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press [Add Number] and enter a fax number using the dial pad. Press [OK].
If you downloaded Internet Fax:
To broadcast using an email address, press , enter the email address, and press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book]. Press a or b to display the numbers you want to add to the
broadcast. Select the check boxes of the numbers you want to add.
When finished, press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book]. Press the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the
name, and then press the number you want to add.
Repeat this step to enter additional fax numbers.
5. When finished, press [OK].
6. Press [Fax Start].
7. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the Touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
- Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
- Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK].
The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
288
If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press or [Quit] to cancel or [Send Now] to send the
pages scanned so far.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
You can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually-dialled numbers in the same
broadcast.
If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 250
different numbers.
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Broadcasting].
4. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press [Add Number] and enter a fax number using the dial pad. Press [OK].
If you downloaded Internet Fax:
To broadcast using an email address, press , enter the email address, and press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book]. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the numbers you want
to add to the broadcast. Select the check boxes of the numbers you want to add them.
When finished, press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book]. Press the first letter of the name and press [OK]. Press the
name, and then press the number you want to add.
Repeat this step to enter additional fax numbers.
5. When finished, press [OK].
6. Press [Fax Start].
7. Do one of the following:
• If you are using the ADF, the machine starts scanning and sending the document.
• If you are using the scanner glass, the machine starts scanning the first page.
When the Touchscreen displays [Next Page?], do one of the following:
- Press [No] when finished scanning pages. The machine starts sending the document.
- Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK].
The machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
• The machine’s available memory will vary depending on the types of jobs in the memory and the
numbers used for broadcasting. If you broadcast to the maximum number available, you cannot use
dual access and delayed fax.
• If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press or [Quit] to cancel or [Send Now] to send
the pages scanned so far.
Related Information
•Send a Fax
•Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
289
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a
Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
While broadcasting you can cancel the fax currently being sent or the whole broadcast job.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press .
3. Do one of the following:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast]. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to
exit without cancelling.
• To cancel the current number being dialled, press the name or number on the Touchscreen. Press [Yes]
to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
• To exit without cancelling, press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press .
3. Do one of the following:
• To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast]. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to
exit without cancelling.
• To cancel the current number being dialled, press the name or number on the Touchscreen. Press [Yes]
to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
• To exit without cancelling, press .
Related Information
•Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
291
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the
telephone line is free, the machine starts dialling and sending. If you want to send an important document
immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX].
• If you are sending a colour fax or if the machine's memory is full and you are sending a monochrome fax
from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time (even if [Real Time TX] is set to [Off]).
• In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Real Time TX].
4. Press [On] (or [Off]).
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press [Fax Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Real Time TX].
4. Press [On] (or [Off]).
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the fax number.
7. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
•Send a Fax
292
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Delayed Fax].
4. Press [Delayed Fax].
5. Press [On].
6. Press [Set Time].
7. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount and type of data.
8. Press [OK].
9. Enter the fax number.
10. Press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
11. When the Touchscreen displays [Next page?], do one of the following:
• Press [No] when finished scanning pages.
• Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Fax].
If [Fax Preview] is set to [On], press [Fax] > [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Delayed Fax].
4. Press [Delayed Fax].
5. Press [On].
6. Press [Set Time].
7. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount and type of data.
8. Press [OK].
293
9. Enter the fax number.
10. Press [Fax Start].
• If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step.
11. When the Touchscreen displays [Next Page?], do one of the following:
• Press [No] when finished scanning pages.
• Press [Yes] to scan another page. Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [OK]. The
machine starts scanning the page.
Repeat this step for each additional page.
Related Information
•Send a Fax
294
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
Change the Fax Auto Redial Setting
If you are sending a fax automatically and the line is busy when the Fax Auto Redial setting is set to [On], the
machine redials up to three times at five minute intervals.
The default setting is [On].
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Fax Auto Redial].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Fax Auto Redial].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Send a Fax
295
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press to cancel a fax that is already in process.
3. When you press while the machine is dialling or sending, the Touchscreen displays [Cancel Job?].
Press [Yes].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to return to the Home screen.
2. Press to cancel a fax that is already in process.
3. When you press while the machine is dialling or sending, the Touchscreen displays [Cancel Job?].
Press [Yes]
Related Information
•Send a Fax
•Telephone and Fax problems
296
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Follow these steps to view or to cancel faxes stored in the machine's memory and waiting to be sent. If there are
no fax jobs in memory, the LCD displays [No Jobs Waiting]. You can cancel a fax job before it is sent.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remaining Jobs].
2. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel:
a. Press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, press the job you want to cancel.
b. Press [OK].
c. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
3. When finished, press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remaining Jobs].
2. Do the following for each fax job you want to check or cancel:
a. Swipe up or down or press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs. If needed, press the job you want to
cancel.
b. Press [Cancel].
c. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling.
3. When finished, press .
Related Information
•Send a Fax
•Telephone and Fax problems
297
Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Fax Options
Fax Options
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.
Option Description
Fax Resolution Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
Contrast Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass Scan Size Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Broadcasting
(monochrome only)
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Preview
(monochrome only)
• Preview a fax message before you send it.
• You cannot send a colour fax when Preview is set to On.
Colour Setting Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or colour.
• Colour faxes cannot be stored in the machine’s memory and the
machine sends them immediately.
• Use the ADF to send colour faxes with multiple pages.
• You cannot send a colour fax when Preview is set to On.
Delayed Fax
(monochrome only)
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Batch TX
(monochrome only)
Economise by sending all delayed faxes scheduled for the same
time and fax number as one fax to save transmission time.
Real Time TX Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Overseas Mode Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Call History Select a number from the Call History.
Address Book Select a number from the Address Book.
Set New Default Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.
Option Description
Fax Resolution Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax
Resolution.
2-sided Fax Set the 2-sided scanning format.
298
Option Description
Contrast Adjust the contrast.
If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast
may improve the fax quality.
Glass Scan Size Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the
document.
Broadcasting
(monochrome only)
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the
same time.
Preview
(monochrome only)
Preview a fax message before you send it.
Colour Setting Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or colour.
• Colour faxes cannot be stored in the machine’s memory and the
machine sends them immediately.
• Use the ADF to send colour faxes with multiple pages.
Delayed Fax
(monochrome only)
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Batch TX
(monochrome only)
Economise by sending all delayed faxes scheduled for the same
time and fax number as one fax to save transmission time.
Real Time TX Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve
the scan from its memory.
Overseas Mode Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Set New Default Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].
You will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut. Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
•Send a Fax
•Send a Fax from Your Brother Machine
299
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview
Some receive modes answer automatically ([Fax Only] and [Fax/Tel]). You may want to change the Ring
Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only
[Fax Only] mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel
[Fax/Tel] mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognising whether they are fax or voice calls and
handling them in one of the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice calls will start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the line. The F/T ring is a pseudo/double-ring made
by your machine.
Manual
[Manual] mode turns off all automatic answering functions (unless you are using the BT Call Sign feature).
To receive a fax in [Manual] mode, lift the handset of the external telephone. When you hear fax tones (short
repeating beeps), press the Start button, and then select [Receive] to receive a fax. You can also use the
Fax Detect feature to receive faxes by lifting a handset on the same line as the machine.
External TAD
[External TAD] mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls.
Incoming calls will be handled in the following ways:
• Faxes will be received automatically.
• Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.
Related Information
•Receive Mode Settings
•Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
•Set Fax Detect
•Connect an External TAD
302
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode
You must choose a Receive Mode depending on the external devices and telephone services you have on your
line.
By default, your machine automatically will receive any faxes that are sent to it. The diagram below will help you
select the correct mode.
Do you want to use the telephone features of your machine (if available) or
an external telephone or external telephone answering device connected on the
same line as the machine?
Yes
Fax Only
No
No
No
Manual
Yes
External TAD
Fax/Tel
Are you using the voice message function of
an external telephone answering device?
Do you want the machine to answer fax and
telephone calls automatically?
Yes
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Receive Mode].
If the option to change the Receive Mode is unavailable, make sure the BT Call Sign feature is set to
[Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual] option, and then
press the option you want.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Receive Mode].
If the option to change the Receive Mode is unavailable, make sure the BT Call Sign feature is set to
[Off].
2. Press the [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD] or [Manual] option.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Receive Mode Settings
•Remote Retrieval Commands
•Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
•Connect an External TAD
303
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in
the Ring Delay option.
• The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in [Fax Only] and
[Fax/Tel] modes.
• If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, select the maximum
number of rings.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Ring Delay].
2. Press the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Ring Delay].
2. Press the number of times you want the line to ring before the machine answers.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for
some countries).
3. Press .
Related Information
•Receive Mode Settings
•Receive Modes Overview
•Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•Set Fax Detect
•Telephone and Fax problems
305
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
When you set the Receive Mode to [Fax/Tel], if the call is a fax, your machine will receive it automatically.
However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring) for the time you set in the
F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
Because the F/T ring is a setting only on your Brother machine, extension and external telephones will not ring;
however, you can still answer the machine's call on any telephone.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [F/T Ring Time].
2. Press how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call.
3. Press .
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [F/T Ring Time].
2. Press how long the machine will double-ring to alert you to a voice call.
3. Press .
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set
time.
Related Information
•Receive Mode Settings
•Receive Modes Overview
•Operation from External and Extension Telephones
306
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set Fax Detect
Set Fax Detect
If Fax Detect is On: The machine receives a fax call automatically, even if you answer the call. When the
message that your machine is receiving a fax appears on the LCD or when you hear “chirps” through the
handset you are using, just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Fax Detect is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call by lifting the handset, press the Start button,
and then select [Receive] to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension or external telephone, press *51.
• If Fax Detect is set to [On], but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension or
external telephone handset, press the remote activation code *51.
• If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set
Fax Detect to [Off].
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Detect].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Detect].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
Related Information
•Receive Mode Settings
•Receive Modes Overview
•Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•Use the Remote Codes
•Telephone and Fax problems
307
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Fax Preview > Set Fax Preview to On
Set Fax Preview to On
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed for Fax Forwarding,
PC-Fax Receiving and Forward to Cloud operations, even if you set Backup Print to [On].
• Although printed faxes show the received date and time when Fax Receive Stamp is turned on, the Fax
Preview screen will not display the received date and time.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Fax Preview].
3. Press [On] (or [Off]).
The Touchscreen displays a message saying future received faxes will not be printed.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press .
If faxes are stored in the memory when you change Fax Preview to Off, do one of the following:
• If you do not want to print the stored faxes, press [Continue].
Press [Yes] to confirm.
Your faxes will be deleted.
• To print all the stored faxes, press [Print All Faxes Before Delete].
• If you do not want to turn off Fax Preview, press [Cancel].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Fax Preview].
3. Press [On] (or [Off]).
The Touchscreen displays a message saying future received faxes will not be printed.
4. Press [Yes].
5. Press .
If faxes are stored in the memory when you change Fax Preview to Off, do one of the following:
• If you do not want to print the stored faxes, press [Continue].
Press [Yes] to confirm.
Your faxes will be deleted.
• To print all the stored faxes, press [Print All Faxes Before Delete].
• If you do not want to turn off Fax Preview, press [Cancel].
Related Information
•Fax Preview
309
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Fax Preview > Preview New Faxes
Preview New Faxes
When a fax is received, a message appears on the LCD.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• To see a fax you already previewed, press [Fax] and [Received Faxes].
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to view new faxes.
2. The fax list includes old and new faxes. A blue mark appears next to new faxes.
Press the fax you want.
If you want to print or delete all the faxes in the list, press [Print/Delete].
Do one of the following:
• Press [Print All(New Faxes)] to print all faxes you have not yet viewed.
• Press [Print All(Old Faxes)] to print all faxes you have viewed.
• Press [Delete All(New Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have not yet viewed.
• Press [Delete All(Old Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have viewed.
3. Perform the following operations by pressing the buttons shown in the table:
310
Button Result
Enlarge the fax.
Reduce the fax.
or Scroll vertically.
or Scroll horizontally.
Rotate the fax clockwise.
Delete the fax.
Press Yes to confirm.
Go back to the previous page.
Go to the next page.
Go back to the fax list.
Start Print the fax.
If the fax is a single page, it starts printing. A Touchscreen message asks if you want to delete
the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To keep the fax in the
machine's memory, press No.
If the fax has multiple pages, do one of the following:
• Press Print All Pages to print the whole message. A Touchscreen message asks if
you want to delete the fax from the machine's memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To
keep the fax in the machine's memory, press No.
• Press Print Displayed Only to print only the displayed page.
• Press Print From Displayed to print from the displayed page to the last page.
• If your fax is large there may be a delay before it is displayed.
• The Touchscreen displays the current page number and total pages of the fax message. If your fax
message is over 99 pages, the total number of pages appears as “XX.”
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to view new faxes.
311
2. The fax list includes old and new faxes. A blue mark appears next to new faxes.
Press the fax you want.
If you want to print or delete all the faxes in the list, press [Print/Delete].
Do one of the following:
• Press [Print All(New Faxes)] to print all faxes you have not yet viewed.
• Press [Print All(Old Faxes)] to print all faxes you have viewed.
• Press [Delete All(New Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have not yet viewed.
• Press [Delete All(Old Faxes)] to delete all faxes you have viewed.
3. Perform the following operations by pressing the buttons shown in the table:
Button Result
Enlarge the fax.
Reduce the fax.
or Scroll vertically.
or Scroll horizontally.
Rotate the fax clockwise.
Delete the fax.
Press Yes to confirm.
312
Button Result
Go back to the previous page.
Go to the next page.
Go back to the fax list.
Start Print the fax.
If the fax is a single page, it starts printing. The Touchscreen asks you to delete the fax in the
memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To keep the fax in the memory, press No.
If the fax has multiple pages, do one of the following:
• Press Print All Pages to print the whole message. The Touchscreen asks you to
delete the fax in the memory. To delete the fax, press Yes. To keep the fax in the memory,
press No.
• Press Print Displayed Only to print only the displayed page.
• Press Print From Displayed to print from the displayed page to the last page.
• If your fax is large there may be a delay before it is displayed.
• The Touchscreen displays the current page number and total pages of the fax message. If your fax
message is over 99 pages, the total number of pages appears as “XX.”
4. Press .
Related Information
•Fax Preview
313
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
When the [Auto Reduction] feature is [On], your Brother machine reduces any oversized incoming fax page
to fit on your paper. The machine calculates the reduction ratio using the page size of the fax and your Paper
Size setting.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Auto Reduction].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Auto Reduction].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
Related Information
•Receive a Fax
•Paper Settings
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
314
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the machine to print the date and time of receipt at the top of each incoming fax page. Make sure you have
set the current date and time on the machine.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Rx Stamp].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Rx Stamp].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
Related Information
•Receive a Fax
315
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your Brother machine and the other party is also speaking on
a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax
before you both hang up.
• Your machine's ADF must be empty.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. Press to display the [Fax Start] button.
3. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press [Fax Start].
4. Press [Receive] to receive the fax.
5. Replace the external handset.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Ask the other party to load the fax and to press the Start or Send key.
2. Press to display the [Fax Start] button.
3. When you hear CNG tones (slow, repeated beeps), press [Fax Start].
4. Press [Receive] to receive the fax.
5. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
•Receive a Fax
316
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only
one Memory Receive option at a time.
Memory Receive can be set to:
• Fax Forwarding
• Fax Storage
• PC-Fax Receive
• Forward to Cloud
The machine forwards your received faxes to the online services.
• Off
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
•Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
•Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
•Change Memory Receive Options
•Turn Off Memory Receive
•Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
317
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Forward] option, and then press it.
3. Enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad.
Press [OK].
I-Fax users:
To forward a fax to an email address, press , enter the email address, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
• If you select [Backup Print: On], the machine prints received faxes at your machine so you will
have a copy.
• When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On].
• If you receive a colour fax, your machine only prints the colour fax and does not forward it to the Fax
Forwarding number you programmed.
5. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Fax Forward] option, and then press [Fax Forward].
3. Enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 digits) using the dial pad. Press [OK].
I-Fax users:
To forward a fax to an email address, press , enter the email address, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
• If you select [Backup Print: On], the machine prints received faxes at your machine so you will
have a copy.
• When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On].
• If you receive a colour fax, your machine only prints the colour fax and does not forward it to the Fax
Forwarding number you programmed.
5. Press .
318
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax
messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your
machine prints a backup copy of each stored fax.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press it.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press it.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Memory Receive Options
•Forward Faxes Remotely
•Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•Remote Retrieval Commands
320
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received
Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer
(Windows® only)
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature, automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then
send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes. When you receive a colour fax, your machine prints
the colour fax but does not send the fax to your computer.
• Before you can set up PC-Fax Receive, you must install the Brother software and drivers on your
computer. Make sure your computer is connected and turned on. You must have the PC-FAX Receiving
software running on your computer.
Even if your computer is turned off, your machine will receive and store faxes in its memory. When you start your
computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers faxes to your computer
automatically.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [PC Fax Receive].
2. Press [On].
The Touchscreen displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.]
3. Press [OK].
4. Press [<USB>] or press the name of the computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network. Press
[OK].
5. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On].
6. Press .
To change the destination computer, repeat these steps.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [PC Fax Receive].
2. Press [On].
The Touchscreen displays the message [Run the PC-Fax Receive program on your computer.]
3. Press [OK].
4. Press [<USB>] or press the name of the computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network. Press
[OK].
5. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off].
When Fax Preview is turned on, a backup copy of received faxes will not be printed, even if you select
[Backup Print: On].
6. Press .
321
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
If there are faxes in your machine's memory when you change any Memory Receive option, the LCD displays
one of the following questions:
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
•If received faxes have already been printed, the Touchscreen displays [Erase all documents?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
•If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the Touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
• If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option ([Fax Forward], [Forward to Cloud], or [Fax Storage]), press [<USB>] or the name of the
computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked if you want to turn on Backup
Print.
The Touchscreen displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
•If received faxes have already been printed, the Touchscreen displays [Erase all documents?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
•If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the Touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged.
• If received faxes are left in the machine’s memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another
option ([Fax Forward], [Forward to Cloud], or [Fax Storage]), press [<USB>] or the name of the
computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked if you want to turn on Backup
Print.
The Touchscreen displays:
[Send Fax to PC?]
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes.
- If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
Related Information
•Memory Receive Options
•Turn Off Memory Receive
323
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Off].
The Touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?] or [Erase all documents?] if received faxes are in
your machine's memory.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive].
2. Press [Off].
The Touchscreen displays [Print all faxes?] or [Erase all documents?] if received faxes are in
your machine's memory.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Memory Receive Options
•Change Memory Receive Options
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Telephone and Fax problems
324
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• After you print the fax, it is erased from the machine's memory.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can print all faxes from the memory.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Print Document].
You can also print the faxes from the memory by pressing [Stored Faxes] on the Touchscreen.
2. Press [Yes].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can print all faxes from the memory.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Print Document].
You can also print the faxes from the memory by pressing [Stored Faxes] on the Touchscreen.
2. Press [Yes].
Related Information
•Memory Receive Options
•Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Telephone and Fax problems
325
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote
access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
•Set a Remote Access Code
•Use Your Remote Access Code
•Remote Retrieval Commands
•Forward Faxes Remotely
•Change the Fax Forwarding Number
326
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your Brother machine even when you are away from it.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] through [9], [*], or [#] using the dial pad (The preset '*'
cannot be changed).
Press [OK].
• DO NOT use the same code used for your Remote Activation Code (*51) or Remote Deactivation Code
(#51).
• To delete your code, press and hold to restore the inactive setting (- - - *), and then press [OK].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] through [9], [*], or [#] using the dial pad (The preset '*'
cannot be changed).
Press [OK].
• DO NOT use the same code used for your Remote Activation Code (*51) or Remote Deactivation Code
(#51).
• To delete your code, press and hold to restore the inactive setting (---*), and then press [OK].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Remote Fax Retrieval
•Use Your Remote Access Code
•Operation from External and Extension Telephones
•Use the Remote Codes
327
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
1. When away from your Brother machine, dial your fax number from a touch-tone telephone or fax machine.
2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your three-digit Remote Access Code, followed by *.
3. Your Brother machine signals if it has received faxes:
• One long beep - the machine received at least one fax
• No beeps - the machine has not received a fax
4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command.
• The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command.
• The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command.
5. When finished, press 9, and then press 0 to deactivate your machine.
6. Hang up.
• If your machine is set to [Manual] mode and you are using Remote Retrieval, wait for about 100
seconds after your fax number starts ringing, and enter your Remote Access Code within 30 seconds.
• This feature may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
•Remote Fax Retrieval
•Set a Remote Access Code
328
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands
Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your
Brother machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the
system will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the
options (column 2) for that command.
Remote
commands
Options Operation details
95 Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax
Storage settings
1 OFF You can select Off after you retrieve or erase all
your messages.
2 Fax Forwarding One long beep means the change is accepted. If
you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a
change because something has not been set up
(for example, a Fax Forwarding number has not
been registered). You can register your Fax
Forwarding number by entering 4. After you
register the number, Fax Forwarding will work.
4 Fax Forwarding number
6 Fax Storage
96 Retrieve a fax
2 Retrieve all faxes Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to
receive stored fax messages.
3 Erase faxes from memory If you hear one long beep, fax messages have
been erased from memory.
97 Check the receiving status
1 Fax Check whether your machine has received any
faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not,
you will hear three short beeps.
98 Change the Receive Mode
1 External TAD One long beep means the change has been
accepted.
2 Fax/Tel
3 Fax Only
90 Exit Press 9 0 to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long
beep, then hang up.
Related Information
•Remote Fax Retrieval
•Change the Fax Forwarding Number
•Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•Forward Faxes Remotely
•Choose the Correct Receive Mode
329
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Call your Brother machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another
machine.
• You must turn on Fax Storage , or Fax Preview before you use this feature.
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2.
4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the fax number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax
machine where you want your fax messages sent, followed by # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Hang up after you hear one long beep. Your Brother machine will forward any incoming faxes to the fax
number you entered. The other fax machine will then print your fax messages.
Related Information
•Remote Fax Retrieval
•Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
•Remote Retrieval Commands
330
Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
1. Dial your fax number.
2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages.
3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4.
4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax
messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers but you can press # to insert a pause in the fax number.
5. Press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when finished.
6. Hang up after you hear one long beep.
Related Information
•Remote Fax Retrieval
•Remote Retrieval Commands
331
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel
Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (pseudo/double-ringing) to alert you to pick up a
voice call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone’s handset, and then press [Pickup] button to answer.
If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring and then press #51 between the
pseudo/double rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the
machine by pressing *51.
Related Information
•Voice Operations
334
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Add New Address] > [Name].
b. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Address 1].
d. Enter the first fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
• Press [Pause] to insert a pause between numbers. You can press [Pause] as many times as needed
to increase the length of the pause.
• Be sure to include the area code when entering a fax or telephone number. Depending on the country,
the Caller ID names and history may not be displayed correctly if the area code is not registered with
the fax or telephone number.
• If you downloaded Internet Fax:
To store an E-mail address to use with Internet Fax or Scan to E-mail server, press and enter the
E-mail address and press [OK].
e. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
f. Press [OK] to confirm.
To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Add New Address] > [Name].
b. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Address 1].
d. Enter the first fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
• Press [Pause] to insert a pause between numbers. You can press [Pause] as many times as needed
to increase the length of the pause.
• Be sure to include the area code when entering a fax or telephone number. Depending on the country,
the Caller ID names and history may not be displayed correctly if the area code is not registered with
the fax or telephone number.
• If you downloaded Internet Fax:
To store an E-mail address to use with Internet Fax or Scan to E-mail server, press and enter the
E-mail address and press [OK].
e. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
336
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
You can store Address Book numbers from the Outgoing Call history.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
2. Press a or b to display the number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to
confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number from the Outgoing Call history list, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to
confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
Related Information
•Store Fax Numbers
•Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
338
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
from Caller ID History
Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
If you have a Caller ID subscriber service from your telephone company, you can store Address Book numbers
from incoming calls in the Caller ID history.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Call History] > [Caller ID History].
2. Press a or b to display the name or number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number from the Caller ID history list, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Call History] > [Caller ID History].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the name or number you want to store, and then press it.
3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].
To delete the number from the Caller ID history list, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm.
4. Enter the name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
5. To store the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the second fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .
Related Information
•Store Fax Numbers
•Caller ID
•Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
339
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Change or Delete Address
Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit].
2. Do one of the following:
• Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
- To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the
Touchscreen. Press [OK].
- To change the first fax or telephone number, press [Address 1]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
- To change the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the character you want to change,
and then press . Enter the new character.
• To delete numbers, press a or b to display [Delete], and then press it.
- Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display a red check mark,
and then press [OK].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit].
2. Do one of the following:
• Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
- To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the
Touchscreen. Press [OK].
- To change the first fax or telephone number, press [Address 1]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
- To change the second fax or telephone number, press [Address 2]. Enter the new fax or telephone
number (up to 20 digits) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the character you want to change,
and then press . Enter the new character.
• To delete numbers, press [Delete].
- Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display a red check mark,
and then press [OK].
3. Press .
340
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Set up Groups for Broadcasting
A Group, which can be stored in the Address Book, allows you to send the same fax message to many fax
numbers.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number. You can store up to six Groups, or you can assign up
to 198 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Setup Groups] > [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a red checkmark. Press [OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have selected, and then press [OK] to
save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the
Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number. You can store up to six Groups, or you can assign up
to 198 numbers to a large Group.
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book].
2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Setup Groups] > [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a red checkmark. Press [OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have selected, and then press [OK] to
save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
•Change a Broadcasting Group Name
•Delete a Broadcasting Group
•Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
•Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
342
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Change a
Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press [Name].
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
How to change the stored name:
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press .
Enter the new character.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press it.
3. Press [Name].
4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the Touchscreen. Press [OK].
How to change the stored name:
To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then
press .
Enter the new character.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press .
Related Information
•Set up Groups for Broadcasting
•Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
344
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Delete a
Broadcasting Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Delete].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to delete, and then press it.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Delete].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press it.
3. Press [OK].
4. Press .
Related Information
•Set up Groups for Broadcasting
345
Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Add or Delete a
Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Press a or b to display the Group you want to change, and then press it.
3. Press a or b to display [Add/Delete], and then press it.
4. Press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
• To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
• To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
8. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press it.
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Add/Delete] option, and then press it.
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete.
5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
• To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark.
• To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
8. Press .
Related Information
•Set up Groups for Broadcasting
346
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign
Use BT Call Sign
This feature of the machine lets you use the BT Call Sign subscriber service which allows you to have at least
two separate telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number has its own distinctive ringing
pattern, so you know which telephone number is ringing. This is one way you can have a separate telephone
number for your machine.
Your machine has a BT Call Sign compatible distinctive ringing function, allowing you to dedicate a second
telephone number (on the same telephone line) just for receiving faxes.
• This feature is available only in the U.K.
• You can switch BT Call Sign Off temporarily, then turn it back on. When you get a new fax number,
make sure you reset this function. This machine will automatically answer incoming calls that use your
new fax number.
• When you set the BT Call Sign feature to On, the receive mode is set to [Manual] automatically.
[Manual] mode will not respond to incoming telephone calls, since the number you use for telephone
calls will use the normal ring pattern.
Related Information
•Telephone Services and External Devices
•Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
348
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign > Enable the Machine to Work
with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External
Telephone only)
This feature is available only in the U.K.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [BT Call Sign].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
When you turn off BT Call Sign, the receive mode stays in [Manual]. You must set the receive mode again.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [BT Call Sign].
2. Press [On] (or [Off]).
3. Press .
When you turn off BT Call Sign, the receive mode stays in [Manual]. You must set the receive mode again.
Related Information
•Use BT Call Sign
•Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•Error and Maintenance Messages
349
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID
Caller ID
The Caller ID feature lets you use the Caller ID subscriber service offered by many local telephone companies.
This service displays the telephone number, or name if it is available, of your caller as the line rings.
• The [ID Unknown] message means the call originated outside your Caller ID service area.
• The [ID Withheld] message means the caller has intentionally blocked transmission of Caller ID
information.
Call your telephone company for more information.
Once you answer a call, the Caller ID information disappears from the LCD and is stored in Caller ID memory.
View the list or select a number and fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it from the history.
You can print a list of the Caller ID information received by your machine.
• This feature is not available in some countries.
• The Caller ID service varies with different carriers. Contact your local telephone company to learn about
the service available in your area.
Related Information
•Telephone Services and External Devices
•Set Caller ID to On
•Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
•Print a Report
•Error and Maintenance Messages
350
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Caller ID > Set Caller ID to On
Set Caller ID to On
This feature is available only in the U.K. and Ireland.
If you subscribe to the Caller ID service on your phone line, set Caller ID to On to display the caller's telephone
number on the LCD as the telephone rings.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Caller ID].
2. Press [On].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [Caller ID].
2. Press [On].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Caller ID
351
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type
Set the Telephone Line Type
If you are connecting the machine to a line that features PBX or ISDN to send and receive faxes, you must select
a Telephone Line Type that matches your line's features.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Phone Line Set].
2. Press [Normal], [PBX], or [ISDN].
3. If you selected [PBX], do the following steps:
a. Press [On] or [Always].
• If you select [On], the machine dials a prefix number before the fax number only when [R] is pressed.
• If you select [Always], the machine always dials a prefix number before the fax number.
b. Press [Dial Prefix].
c. Enter the prefix number using the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
Use the numbers 0 to 9, #, l and !. You cannot use ! with any other numbers or characters.
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Phone Line Set].
2. Press [Normal], [PBX], or [ISDN].
3. If you selected [PBX], do the following steps:
a. Press [On] or [Always].
• If you select [On], the machine dials a prefix number before the fax number only when [R] is pressed.
• If you select [Always], the machine always dials a prefix number before the fax number.
b. Press [Dial Prefix].
c. Enter the prefix number using the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
Use the numbers 0 to 9, #, l and !. You cannot use ! with any other numbers or characters.
4. Press .
Related Information
•Telephone Services and External Devices
•PBX and TRANSFER
•Telephone and Fax problems
352
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type > PBX and
TRANSFER
PBX and TRANSFER
The machine's [Phone Line Set] default setting is [Normal], which lets the machine connect to a standard
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) line. However, many offices use a central telephone system or
Private Branch Exchange (PBX). Your machine can be connected to most types of PBX. The machine's recall
feature supports timed break recall only (TBR). TBR will work with most PBX systems allowing you to gain
access to an outside line, or transfer calls to another extension. Press [R] to use this feature.
Program a press of the [R] button as part of a number stored in the Address Book. When programming the
Address Book number, press [R] first (the LCD displays ‘!’), then enter the telephone number. This avoids
having to press [R] each time before you dial from the Address Book. However, your Telephone Line Type
must be set to PBX on the machine for you to use this feature.
Related Information
•Set the Telephone Line Type
353
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone
Line Interference)
Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection instead of a traditional telephone line. Telephone
providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
Your machine may not work with some VoIP systems. If you want to use your machine to send and receive faxes
on a VoIP system, make sure one end of your telephone cord is connected to the socket labelled LINE on your
machine. The other end of the telephone cord may be connected to a modem, phone adapter, splitter, or other
such device.
If you have questions about how to connect your machine to the VoIP system, please contact your VoIP
provider.
After you have connected your machine to the VoIP system, check for a dial tone. Lift the external telephone's
handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is no dial tone, please contact your VoIP provider.
If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes over a VoIP system, we recommend changing the
machine’s modem speed to the [Basic(for VoIP)] setting.
Related Information
•Telephone Services and External Devices
•Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
354
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the
TAD answers a call, your machine will “listen” for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it
hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice
message and the LCD will show [Telephone].
The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your
machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will
send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your
external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.
1
1
1 TAD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.
If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
•Telephone Services and External Devices
•Connect an External TAD
•Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
•Multi-line Connections (PBX)
•Telephone and Fax problems
355
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
1. Set your external TAD to one or two rings.
The machine’s Ring Delay setting does not apply.
2. Record the outgoing message on your external TAD.
3. Set the TAD to answer calls.
4. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD].
Related Information
•External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
•Receive Modes Overview
•Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•Telephone and Fax problems
356
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
1. Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for
fax tones.
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial five second silence because the machine cannot hear
fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving
faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
3. End your 20-second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: “After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
Related Information
•External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
357
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering
Device) > Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line
system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the
machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by
a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to [Manual].
We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX.
Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
•External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
358
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Connect
an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
1
2
1 Extension telephone
2 External telephone
Please make sure you use an external telephone with a cable no more than three metres long.
Related Information
•External and Extension Telephones
360
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Operation
from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
If you answer a fax call at an extension or an external telephone, you can make your machine take the call by
using the Remote Activation Code. When you press the Remote Activation Code *51, the machine starts to
receive the fax.
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an
extension telephone by pressing the Remote Deactivation Code #51.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you’re receiving a manual fax.
Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD shows [Receiving], and then hang up.
You can also use the Fax Detect feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
•External and Extension Telephones
•Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•Set Fax Detect
•Set a Remote Access Code
•Set the F/T Ring Time (Pseudo/Double-ring)
361
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use
Extension Telephones
Use Extension Telephones
Your premises may already be wired with parallel extension telephones, or you may plan to add extension
telephones to your line, as well as your machine. While the simplest arrangement is a straightforward parallel
connection, there are some problems with this. The most obvious is inadvertent interruption of a fax transmission
caused by someone picking up an extension telephone to make an outgoing call. Also, the remote activation
code feature may not operate reliably in such a simple configuration.
This machine also may be set to make a delayed transmission (i.e. a transmission at a pre-set time). This pre-set
job may coincide with someone picking up an extension handset.
These problems can easily be eliminated, if you arrange modification of your extension wiring circuit, such that
extension devices are connected “downstream” of your machine in a master/slave configuration (see fig. 2). In
this configuration the machine can always detect whether a telephone is in use. Thus it will not attempt to seize
the line during that time. This is known as “telephone off-hook detection.”
The inadvisable configuration is shown in figure 1, and the recommended master/slave configuration is shown in
figure 2.
This new connection configuration can be arranged by contacting BT, Kingston upon Hull Telecommunications,
your PBX maintainer or a qualified telephone installation company as appropriate. Simply explained, the
extension telephone circuit should be terminated on a normal modular plug (BT 431A style), which in turn should
be put into the modular socket of the white “T”-shaped connector provided as part of the line cord assembly.
Inadvisable connection of extension sockets (Fig. 1.)
FAX
1 2
1
3
1. Extension socket
2. Master socket
3. Incoming line
Recommended connection of extension sockets (Fig. 2.)
FAX
1 1 23
1. Extension socket
2. Master socket
3. Incoming line
The fax machine must be plugged into the master socket.
These telephones are now connected as external devices, because they are connected to the fax machine
via the T-connector.
Related Information
•External and Extension Telephones
362
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes
Remote Activation Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension or external telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing
the Remote Activation Code *51. Wait for the chirping sounds then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the
Start button and then selecting the option to receive.
Remote Deactivation Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (pseudo/double-ring)
after the initial Ring Delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by
pressing #51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the
external telephone by pressing [Pickup].
Related Information
•External and Extension Telephones
•Change the Remote Codes
•Set a Remote Access Code
•Set Fax Detect
363
Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the
Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
The preset Remote Activation Code is *51. The preset Remote Deactivation Code is #51. If you are always
disconnected when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes using the
numbers 0-9, *, #.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Remote Codes].
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the Remote Activation Code, press [Act.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press [OK].
• To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press [Deact.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
• If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
• To turn the Remote Codes [Off] (or [On]), press [Remote Codes]. Press [Off] (or [On]).
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Remote Codes].
2. Do one of the following:
• To change the Remote Activation Code, press [Act.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press [OK].
• To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press [Deact.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK].
• If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step.
• To turn the Remote Codes [Off] (or [On]), press [Remote Codes]. Press [Off] (or [On]).
3. Press .
Related Information
•Use the Remote Codes
364
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
Set the Transmission Verification Report's Style
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving
party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent,
and whether or not the transmission was successful.
There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:
Option Description
On Prints a report after every fax you send.
On (+Image) Prints a report after every fax you send.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Error only Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
Error only (+Image) Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.
A portion of the fax’s first page appears on the report.
Off The report will not be printed.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [XMIT Report].
2. Press the option you want.
If you select [On (+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. The image will not appear on the report when
you send a colour fax.
3. Press .
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If
the transmission is not successful, [ERROR] appears next to [RESULT].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [XMIT Report].
2. Press the option you want.
If you select [On (+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission
Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. The image will not appear on the report when
you send a colour fax.
3. Press .
If the transmission is successful, [OK] appears next to [RESULT] on the Transmission Verification Report. If
the transmission is not successful, [ERROR] appears next to [RESULT].
Related Information
•Fax Reports
366
Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7
days).
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Journal Period].
2. Press [Journal Period].
3. Press a or b to select an interval.
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's
memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine
will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before
it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time of day using the Touchscreen.
Press [OK].
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day]. Press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every
Tuesday], [Every Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or
[Every Sunday] option, and then press the first day of the seven-day countdown.
6. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Journal Period].
2. Press [Journal Period].
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select an interval.
• 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days
The machine will print the report at the selected interval and then erase all fax jobs from the Journal's
memory. If the memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed, the machine
will print the Journal early and then erase all fax jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before
it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the jobs.
• Every 50 Faxes
The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 fax jobs.
4. If you selected 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time of day using the Touchscreen.
Press [OK].
5. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day]. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Every
Monday], [Every Tuesday], [Every Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every
Saturday] or [Every Sunday] option, and then press the first day of the seven-day countdown.
6. Press .
Related Information
•Fax Reports
367
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure PC-FAX
(Windows®)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows®)
Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalise the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.
2. Do one of the following:
• Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft® account can have its own customised User Information screen for custom fax headers
and cover pages.
• Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the
Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
• Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the
Select Address Book drop-down list.
3. Click OK.
Related Information
•PC-FAX Overview (Windows®)
372
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalise your Brother Address Book.
•Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
•Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
•Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
•Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
•Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
•Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
373
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using Brother
PC-Fax software.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
374
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click .
The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
376
3. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field.
4. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add >>.
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box.
5. When finished, click OK.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
•Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
377
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows®)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book
(Windows®)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to edit.
3. Click (Properties).
4. Change the member or group information.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
•Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
378
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Select the member or group you want to delete.
3. Click (Delete).
4. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK.
Related Information
•Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
379
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv), a vCard (an electronic business card), or Remote
Setup Dial Data and save it on your computer.
• You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Export.
3. Select one of the following:
•Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
•vCard
You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option.
Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field,
and then click Save.
•Remote Setup Dial Data
Browse to the folder where you want to save the data, type the file name in the File name field, and
then click Save.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add >>.
380
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
5. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save.
Related Information
•Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
381
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PC-
Fax Address Book (Windows®) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
You can import ASCII text files (*.csv), vCards (electronic business cards), or Remote Setup Dial Data into your
Address Book.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
The Address Book dialog box appears.
2. Click the File menu, and then select Import.
3. Select one of the following:
•Text
The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
•vCard
Go to step 7.
•Remote Setup Dial Data
Go to step 7.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add >>.
382
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import
text file.
5. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to
separate the data fields.
6. Click OK.
7. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open.
Related Information
•Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
383
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows®)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows®)
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour
and the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a file in any application on your computer.
2. Select the print command in your application.
3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.
4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods:
• Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address.
If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax
number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
• Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.
If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click to create or edit a
cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.
• To cancel the fax, click Cancel.
• To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start.
Related Information
•PC-FAX for Windows®
384
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)
Brother's PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed
when you install the Brother software and drivers and works on locally- or network-connected machines.
• PC-FAX Receive supports only monochrome faxes. When you receive a colour fax, your machine prints
the colour fax at your machine but does not send the fax to your computer.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your Brother
machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this
application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup
Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before
the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your Brother machine.
Related Information
•Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
•Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®)
•View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows®)
•Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
386
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows®)
Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®)
We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software
runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
2. Confirm the message and click Yes.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The (PC-FAX Receive) icon also appears in your computer task
tray.
Related Information
•Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)
•Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
•Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
387
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows®) > Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences
Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows®.
Save
Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to
Configure the path to the SharePoint® server and select the option to upload automatically or manually
(available only for Administrators).
Device
Select the Brother machine that you want to receive PC-FAX.
Lock (available only for Administrators)
Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
•Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®)
388
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer
(Windows®) > Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
• If you installed the machine following the instructions for a network user, then the machine should already
be configured for your network.
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings.
3. Click Device > Add.
4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below.
Connected Brother machines will be displayed. Select a device from the list. Click OK.
Specify your machine by IP address
Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK.
389
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
> Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows®)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows®)
Receiving Status
Icon Indicated Status
Standby mode
No unread messages
Receiving messages
Messages received
Unread messages
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray.
The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.
3. When finished, click in the right top corner of the window to close it.
391
Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Macintosh > Send Faxes from Your Application (Macintosh)
Send Faxes from Your Application (Macintosh)
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour and
the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes.
1. Create a document in a Macintosh application.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Send Fax option.
4. Click the Output pop-up menu, and then select the Facsimile option.
5. Type a fax number in the Input Fax Number field, and then click Add.
The fax number is displayed in the Destination Fax Numbers field.
394
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which
network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems Windows Vista®
Windows® 7
Windows® 8
Windows® 10
Windows Server®
2008/2012/2012 R2
OS X v10.9.5
OS X v10.10.x
OS X v10.11.x
Printing Yes Yes Yes
Scanning Yes Yes
PC Fax Send (Available only
for certain models)
Yes Yes
PC Fax Receive (Available
only for certain models)
Yes
BRAdmin Light 1 Yes Yes
BRAdmin Professional 3 2 Yes Yes
Web Based Management Yes Yes Yes
Remote Setup (Available only
for certain models)
Yes Yes
Status Monitor Yes Yes
Driver Deployment Wizard Yes Yes
Vertical Pairing (Windows® 7,
Windows® 8 and Windows®
10 only)
Yes
Related Information
•Network
1BRAdmin Light is available as a download from your model's page at support.brother.com.
2BRAdmin Professional 3 is available as a download from your model's page at support.brother.com.
397
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities > Learn about Network Management
Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
BRAdmin Light (Windows®)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for
Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download
BRAdmin Light.
• If using Windows® Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application,
temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
BRAdmin Professional 3 (Windows®)
BRAdmin Professional 3 is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This
utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read
Windows® Explorer-style screen that changes colour to identify the status of each device. You can configure
network and device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows® computer on your LAN. BRAdmin
Professional 3 can also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data.
• Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional 3 utility.
• Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional 3 window. The default node
name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
• If using Windows® Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application,
temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
Remote Setup (Windows® and Macintosh)
Remote Setup is a program for configuring many machine and network settings from either a Windows® or a
Macintosh application. When you start this application, the settings on your machine are automatically
downloaded to your computer and displayed on your computer screen. If you change the settings, you can
upload them directly to the machine.
This utility can be used with either a USB or a network connection.
Related Information
•Network Management Software and Utilities
399
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Installation CD-ROM.
•Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
•Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup™ (WPS)
•Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup™ (WPS)
•Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
•Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
•Use Wi-Fi Direct®
400
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
• Before configuring wireless settings, you must know your Network name (SSID) and Network Key. If you are
using an enterprise wireless network, you must know the User ID and Password.
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacture, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
• To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to
the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between
the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your
documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and
applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics,
you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB
for the fastest throughput speed.
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only),
only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct
connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used
at the same time.
Related Information
•Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
401
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup™ (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from your
machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the Touchscreen instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/
router. Then press [OK] on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless
network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the Touchscreen instructs you to start WPS, press the WPS button on your wireless access point/
router. Then press [OK] on your machine. Your machine automatically tries to connect to your wireless
network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the display shows [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
•Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
402
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method
of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance®. By submitting a PIN
created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up
the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the
instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar.
1
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar.
1
2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
403
4. Using a computer connected to the network, type in your browser's address bar the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar,
complete the following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista®
Click (Start) > Network > Add a wireless device.
• Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
Add a device.
• To use a Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, you
must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router.
• If you use Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the full driver and
software package, use the Brother installation disc.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Wi-Fi] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, type in your browser's address bar the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
• The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
• The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar,
complete the following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
404
• Windows Vista®
Click (Start) > Network > Add a wireless device.
• Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
Add a device.
• To use a Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, you
must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router.
• If you use Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the full driver and
software package, use the Brother installation disc.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
Related Information
•Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
405
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not
Broadcast
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press it.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
7. Press [Infrastructure].
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press it.
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [Open System] option, press either [None] or [WEP].
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
406
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press either [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA key, and then press [OK].
• For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Swipe up or down or press a
or b to display [<New SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
7. Select the Authentication Method.
8. Do one of the following:
407
• If you selected the [Open System] option, select the Encryption type [None] or [WEP], and then press
it.
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
• If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA key, and then press [OK].
• For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
• Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the display shows [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
•Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
•I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
408
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure LEAP CKIP
EAP-FAST/NONE AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS AES -
TKIP -
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES Brother 12345678
409
• If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
• If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
The wireless setup wizard starts. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press it.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
7. Press [Infrastructure].
8. Select the Authentication Method, and then press it.
9. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press [OK]. Enter the Password, and then
press [OK].
• If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, select the Inner Authentication method
[NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP].
Depending on your Authentication method, the Inner Authentication method selections differ.
Select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press [OK] for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press [OK] for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
• If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
The machine will display a list of available Client Certificates, and then select the certificate.
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press [OK]
for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press [OK].
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
410
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure LEAP CKIP
EAP-FAST/NONE AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS AES -
TKIP -
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES Brother 12345678
411
• If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
• If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine searches for your network and displays a list of available SSIDs. Swipe up or down or press a
or b to display [<New SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
7. Select the Authentication Method.
8. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press [OK]. Enter the Password, and then
press [OK].
• If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, select the Inner Authentication method
[NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP].
Depending on your Authentication method, the Inner Authentication method selections differ.
Select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press [OK] for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press [OK] for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
• If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
The machine will display a list of available Client Certificates, and then select the certificate.
Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press [OK]
for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press [OK].
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the display shows [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
412
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance®. It allows you to
configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an Android™
device, Windows® device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports
wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS). You can
also configure a wireless network by manually setting a SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi Direct
feature supports WPA2™ security with AES encryption.
1 2
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
• Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired (supported models only) and wireless
network, only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection
and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at
the same time.
• The Wi-Fi Direct supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Group Owner (G/O) serves as an access point.
Related Information
•Use Wi-Fi Direct®
415
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
•Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup™ (WPS)
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™
(WPS)
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
416
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network
environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment.
Check your mobile device for configuration.
1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 2
No Go to Step 3
2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 4
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured by one-push configuration using Wi-
Fi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be
running Android™ 4.0 or greater.
Related Information
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
417
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears. Press [OK] on your
Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search
for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will be displayed. Press
[OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears. Press [OK] on your
Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
• When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search
for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays the message [Connected]. You have
completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
418
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-
Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC; Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner] >
[On].
2. Press [Push Button].
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions). When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on
the machine's LCD, press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC; Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will be displayed. Press
[OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner] >
[On].
2. Press [Push Button].
3. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions). When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on
the machine's LCD, press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays the message [Connected]. You have
completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
420
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears. Press [OK] on your
Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the
machine. Press [OK]. Follow the instructions.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search
for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
Do one of the following:
- Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile
device. Follow the instructions.
- Press [Input PIN Code] to enter a PIN shown on your mobile device in the machine, and then
press [OK]. Follow the instructions.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press on your Brother machine. Go back to step 1
and try again.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will be displayed. Press
[OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
421
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears. Press [OK] on your
Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. Do one of the following:
• When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the
machine. Press [OK]. Follow the instructions.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
• When your Brother machine is not the Group Owner (G/O), it will display available device names with
which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device to which you want to connect. Search
for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
Do one of the following:
- Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile
device. Follow the instructions.
- Press [Input PIN Code] to enter a PIN shown on your mobile device in the machine, and then
press [OK]. Follow the instructions.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press on your Brother machine. Go back to step 1
and try again.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays the message [Connected]. You have
completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
422
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup™ (WPS)
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner] >
[On] > [PIN Code].
2. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] is displayed, activate
your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions),
and then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter
the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press [OK].
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™ (WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will be displayed. Press
[OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner] >
[On] > [PIN Code].
2. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] is displayed, activate
your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions),
and then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup.
3. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter
the PIN displayed on your mobile device in to the machine. Press [OK].
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays the message [Connected]. You have
completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
423
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen and enter the SSID name and password.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi
Direct network setup.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen and enter the SSID name and password.
If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine displays the message [Connected]. You have
completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
•Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
•Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
425
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
• Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
• If the [IP Address] on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try
printing it again.
• You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
- IP address: 192.168.0.5
- Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
- Node name: BRN000ca0000499
- MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration] >
[Yes].
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration] >
[Yes].
The machine prints the current Network Configuration Report.
Related Information
•Advanced Network Features
•Access Web Based Management
•Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
•Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management
(Web Browser)
•Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
•Error and Maintenance Messages
427
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
With Brother's I-Fax program, you can send and receive fax documents using the Internet as the transport
mechanism. Documents are transmitted in email messages as attached TIFF files. Your computer can send and
receive documents as long as it has an application that can generate and view TIFF files. You can use any TIFF
viewer application. Documents sent via the Brother machine will be converted into a TIFF format automatically. If
you want to send and receive messages to and from your Brother machine, your computer's email application
must support Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME).
To use this feature, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com, click Downloads on your model
page and download the I-Fax Install Tool.
1
2
3
4
5
6
1. Fax (Sender)
2. Telephone line
3. Your Brother Machine (Receiver/Sender)
4. The Internet
5. A computer receives a forwarded email
6. A fax machine receives a forwarded fax
• I-Fax supports sending and receiving documents in Letter or A4 format and in monochrome only.
Related Information
•Advanced Network Features
•Important Information about Internet Fax (I-Fax)
•Configure Your Brother Machine for Email or I-Fax
•I-Fax Options
•Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
428
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Important Information
about Internet Fax (I-Fax)
Important Information about Internet Fax (I-Fax)
I-Fax communication on a LAN is very similar to communication via email; however, it is different from fax
communication using standard phone lines. The following is important information for using I-Fax:
• Factors such as the receiver's location, structure of the LAN and how busy the circuit (such as the Internet) is
may cause the system to take a longer time than usual to send an error mail.
• When sending confidential documents, we recommend using standard phone lines instead of the Internet
(due to its low level of security).
• If the receiver's mail system is not MIME-compatible, you cannot use I-Fax to send documents. If possible,
find out in advance, and note that some servers will not send an error reply.
• If a document is too large to send via I-Fax, it may not reach the receiver.
• You cannot change the font or size of the text in any Internet mail you receive.
Related Information
•Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
429
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure Your Brother
Machine for Email or I-Fax
Configure Your Brother Machine for Email or I-Fax
Before using I-Fax, configure your Brother machine to communicate with your network and mail server. You
can configure these items using the machine's control panel, Web Based Management, Remote setup, or
BRAdmin Professional 3. We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the optional items.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP field, click Advanced Settings and configure the following settings:
•Send E-mail Settings(SMTP)
-Port
-Server Authentication Method
-SMTP-AUTH Account Name
-SMTP-AUTH Account Password
•Receive E-mail Settings(POP3/IMAP4)
-Protocol
-Mailbox Name
-Mailbox Password
If you are unsure of any of these items, contact your system administrator.
7. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send/Receive E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
8. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
•Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
•Initial Setup for Email or I-Fax
•Send an I-Fax
•Receive an I-Fax Automatically
•Poll the Server Manually
•I-Fax Options
430
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure Your Brother
Machine for Email or I-Fax > Initial Setup for Email or I-Fax
Initial Setup for Email or I-Fax
Before sending your I-Fax, use Web Based Management to configure sending and receiving options, if
needed.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Fax tab.
5. Click I-Fax in the left navigation bar.
6. Click E-mail Send and configure the following settings:
•E-mail Subject
•Size Limit
•Request Delivery Notification (Send)
7. When finished, click Submit.
Related Information
•Configure Your Brother Machine for Email or I-Fax
•Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
431
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure Your Brother
Machine for Email or I-Fax > Send an I-Fax
Send an I-Fax
Sending an I-Fax is like sending a normal fax. Make sure that your recipient's information is saved in your email
address book, and load the document you want to I-Fax into your Brother machine.
• If the computer to which you want to send a document is not running Windows Server® 2008/2012/2012
R2, Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10, ask the computer's owner to install
software that can view TIFF files.
• To send multiple pages, use the ADF.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• If Fax Preview is set to [Off], press [Fax].
• If Fax Preview is set to [On], press [Fax], and then press [Sending Faxes].
3. To change the fax-sending settings, press [Options].
4. Press a or b to scroll through the fax settings. When the setting you want is displayed, press it and choose
your preference. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK].
5. Do one of the following:
• Press , and then enter the email address.
• Press [Address Book], choose the email address of your recipient, and then press [Apply].
6. Press [Fax Start].
The machine starts scanning. After the document is scanned, it is transmitted to the recipient via your SMTP
server. You can cancel the send operation by pressing during scanning. When the transmission is
finished, the machine will enter standby mode.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• If Fax Preview is set to [Off], press [Fax].
• If Fax Preview is set to [On], press [Fax] and [Sending Faxes].
3. To change the fax-sending settings, press [Options].
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to scroll through the fax settings. When the setting you want is displayed,
press it and choose your preference. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK].
5. Do one of the following:
• Press , and then enter the email address.
• Press [Address Book], choose the email address of your recipient, and then press [Apply].
6. Press [Fax Start].
The machine starts scanning. After the document is scanned, it is transmitted to the recipient via your SMTP
server. You can cancel the send operation by pressing during scanning. When the transmission is
finished, the machine will enter standby mode.
432
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure Your Brother
Machine for Email or I-Fax > Receive an I-Fax Automatically
Receive an I-Fax Automatically
To receive an I-Fax automatically, use Web Based Management to configure receiving options, if needed.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Fax tab.
5. Click I-Fax in the left navigation bar.
6. Click E-mail Receive and configure the following settings:
•Auto Polling
•Polling Frequency
•Print Mail Header
•Delete/Read Receive Error Mail
•Send Delivery Notification (Receive)
There are two ways to receive email messages:
• POP3/IMAP4 receiving at regular intervals
• POP3/IMAP4 receiving, manually initiated
When using POP3/IMAP4 receiving, the machine polls your email server to receive data. Polling can occur at
set intervals (for example, you can configure the machine to poll the email server every ten minutes) or you
can manually poll the server.
7. When finished, click Submit.
434
• If your machine starts to receive email data, the LCD will display [Receiving].The email will print
automatically.
• If your machine is out of paper when receiving data, the received data will be held in the machine's
memory. This data will be printed automatically after paper is re-inserted into the machine.
• If the received mail is not in a plain text format, or an attached file is not in the TIFF format, the error
message "ATTACHED FILE FORMAT NOT SUPPORTED" will be printed.
• If the received mail is too large, the error message "E-MAIL FILE TOO LARGE" will be printed.
• If Delete/Read Receive Error Mail is On (default), then the error mail will be deleted (POP3) or read
(IMAP4) from the email server automatically.
Related Information
•Configure Your Brother Machine for Email or I-Fax
•How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
•Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
435
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure Your Brother
Machine for Email or I-Fax > Poll the Server Manually
Poll the Server Manually
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Manual Receive] >
[Yes].
2. The LCD will display [Receiving] and your machine will print the data from the email server.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Manual Receive] >
[Yes].
2. The LCD will display [Receiving] and your machine will print the data from the email server.
Related Information
•Configure Your Brother Machine for Email or I-Fax
•How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
•Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
436
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > Configure Your Brother
Machine for Email or I-Fax > Poll the Server Manually > How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
How Received I-Faxes Appear on a Computer
When a computer receives an I-Fax document, the document is attached to an email message that notifies you
in its Subject: line that your email server has received an I-Fax. You can either wait for your Brother machine to
poll the email server, or you can manually poll the email server to receive the incoming data.
Related Information
•Poll the Server Manually
•Receive an I-Fax Automatically
437
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options
I-Fax Options
•Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
•Set Up Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine
•Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
•I-Fax Error Mail
•Configure Your Brother Machine for Email or I-Fax
438
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Forward
Received Email and Fax Messages
Forward Received Email and Fax Messages
Use Brother I-Fax to forward email or standard fax messages to another computer, to a fax machine, or to
another I-Fax machine. Enable the Forwarding function using Web Based Management.
1
2
35
4
1. Fax (Sender)
2. Telephone line
3. Your Brother Machine (Receiver/Sender)
4. The Internet
5. A computer receives a forwarded email
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Fax tab.
5. Click Remote Fax Options.
6. Select Fax Forward in the Fwd/Store/Cloud field.
7. Select the E-mail Address check box in Fax Forward #, and then type the recipient's E-mail address.
8. When finished, click Submit.
Related Information
•I-Fax Options
•Poll the Server Manually
•Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax)
•Initial Setup for Email or I-Fax
•Receive an I-Fax Automatically
439
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Set Up
Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine
Set Up Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine
A Relay Broadcast is when your Brother machine receives a message over the Internet and then relays it to
another fax machine using conventional telephone lines. If you must fax a document over a long distance or
abroad, use the "relay broadcast" function to save the communication fee.
1 3
2
5
4
1. Internet-available fax machine
2. The Internet
3. Your Brother Machine
4. Telephone line
5. Fax machine
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Fax tab.
5. Click I-Fax in the left navigation bar.
6. Click Relay Function and configure the following settings:
•Relay Broadcast Function
Set the Relay Broadcast Function to On.
•Relay Domain
440
Configure your machine's domain name on the machine that will broadcast the document to the
conventional fax machine. To use your machine as a relay broadcast device, you must specify the trusted
domain name (the portion of the name after the "@" sign) on the machine. Use care in selecting a trusted
domain: any user on a trusted domain will be able to send a relay broadcast. You can register up to five
domain names.
•Relay Broadcast Report
Specify whether or not you want a report to print after the machine completes the relay broadcast.
7. When finished, click Submit.
Related Information
•I-Fax Options
•Relay Broadcast from Your Brother Machine
•Relay Broadcast from Your Computer
441
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Set Up
Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine > Relay Broadcast from Your Brother Machine
Relay Broadcast from Your Brother Machine
Use the Relay Broadcast Function to send email from your machine to a conventional fax machine.
FAX@brother.com UKFAX@brother.co.uk 123456789
1
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
1. The Internet
In this example, your machine's email address is FAX@brother.com and you want to send a document from your
machine to a standard fax machine in England with the email address UKFAX@brother.co.uk, and you want your
machine to send the document using a conventional telephone line.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Do one of the following:
• If Fax Preview is set to [Off], press [Fax].
• If Fax Preview is set to [On], press [Fax], and then press [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Broadcasting] > [Add Number].
4. You can add email addresses to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press [Add Number] and press , enter the email address and press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book]. Press the check box of the email address you want to add to the
broadcast. After you have checked all the email addresses you want, press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book]. Enter the name and press [OK]. The search results will be
displayed. Press the name and then press the email address you want to add to the broadcast.
The following is an example of how to enter the email address and phone number:
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
E-mail address
Fax Phone Number
The word "fax#" must be
included with the phone
number inside the parenthesis.
After you have entered all of the fax numbers, press [OK].
5. Press [Fax Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
442
2. Do one of the following:
• If Fax Preview is set to [Off], press [Fax].
• If Fax Preview is set to [On], press [Fax] and [Sending Faxes].
3. Press [Options] > [Broadcasting] > [Add Number].
4. You can add email addresses to the broadcast in the following ways:
• Press [Add Number] and press , enter the email address and press [OK].
• Press [Add from Address book]. Press the check box of the email address you want to add to the
broadcast. After you have checked all the email addresses you want, press [OK].
• Press [Search in Address book]. Enter the name and press [OK]. The search results will be
displayed. Press the name and then press the email address you want to add to the broadcast.
The following is an example of how to enter the email address and phone number:
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
E-mail address
Fax Phone Number
The word "fax#" must be
included with the phone
number inside the parenthesis.
After you have entered all of the fax numbers, press [OK].
5. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
•Set Up Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine
443
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Set Up
Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine > Relay Broadcast from Your Computer
Relay Broadcast from Your Computer
Use the Relay Broadcast Function to send email from your computer to a conventional fax machine.
Some email applications do not support sending an email to multiple fax numbers. If your email application
cannot support multiple fax numbers, you can relay to only one fax machine at a time.
1
UKFAX@brother.co.uk 123456789
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
1. The Internet
If you are sending an email to a conventional fax machine, the method of entering the fax machine's fax number
will vary, depending on the mail application you are using.
1. In your email application, create a new mail message and type the email address of the relay machine and
fax number of the first fax machine in the "TO" box.
The following is an example of how to enter the email address and fax number:
UKFAX@brother.co.uk(fax#123456789)
E-mail address
Fax Phone Number
The word "fax#" must be
included with the phone
number inside the parenthesis.
For Microsoft® Outlook®, the address information must be entered into the address book as follows:
Name: fax#123456789
Email address: UKFAX@brother.co.uk
2. Type the email address of the relay machine and fax number of the second fax machine in the "TO" box.
3. Send the email.
Related Information
•Set Up Relay Broadcast on Your Brother Machine
444
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
• Verification Mail for sending allows you to request notification from the receiving station where your I-Fax or
email was received and processed.
• Verification Mail for receiving allows you to transmit a default report back to the sending station after
successfully receiving and processing an I-Fax or email.
To use this feature, set the [Notification] options in the [Setup Mail RX] and [Setup Mail TX]
options of your Brother machine's control panel menu.
Related Information
•I-Fax Options
•Enable Send Notifications for TX Verification Mail
•Enable Receive Notifications for TX Verification Mail
445
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail > Enable Send Notifications for TX Verification Mail
Enable Send Notifications for TX Verification Mail
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Setup Mail TX] >
[Notification].
2. When switched to [On], an additional field of information is sent with the image data. This field is named
"MDN".
The receiver must support the MDN field to be able to send a notification report, otherwise the request will
be ignored.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Setup Mail TX] >
[Notification].
2. When switched to [On], an additional field of information is sent with the image data. This field is named
"MDN".
The receiver must support the MDN field to be able to send a notification report, otherwise the request will
be ignored.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
446
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > Internet
Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail > Enable Receive Notifications for TX Verification Mail
Enable Receive Notifications for TX Verification Mail
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Setup Mail RX] >
[Notification].
2. Press one of the three possible settings:
Option Description
Receive
Notification On
When Receive Notification is On, a fixed message is sent back to the sender to
indicate successful reception and processing of the message.
These fixed messages depend on the operation requested by the sender.
Example:
SUCCESS: Received From <Mail Address>
Receive
Notification MDN
When Receive Notification is MDN, a report to indicate successful reception and
processing is sent back to the sender if the originating station sent a request
confirmation to the MDN field.
Receive
Notification Off
When Receive Notification is Off, all forms of receive notification are disabled and no
message is sent back to the sender regardless of the request.
• To send TX verification mail, the Sender must configure these settings:
- Switch [Notification] in [Setup Mail TX] to [On].
- Switch [Header] in [Setup Mail RX] to [All] or [Subject+From+To].
• To receive TX verification mail, the Receiver must configure these settings:
- Switch [Notification] in [Setup Mail RX] to [On].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [E-mail/IFAX] > [Setup Mail RX] >
[Notification].
2. Press one of the three possible settings:
Option Description
Receive
Notification On
When Receive Notification is On, a fixed message is sent back to the sender to
indicate successful reception and processing of the message.
These fixed messages depend on the operation requested by the sender.
Example:
SUCCESS: Received From <Mail Address>
Receive
Notification MDN
When Receive Notification is MDN, a report to indicate successful reception and
processing is sent back to the sender if the originating station sent a request
confirmation to the MDN field.
447
Option Description
Receive
Notification Off
When Receive Notification is Off, all forms of receive notification are disabled and no
message is sent back to the sender regardless of the request.
• To send TX verification mail, the Sender must configure these settings:
- Switch [Notification] in [Setup Mail TX] to [On].
- Switch [Header] in [Setup Mail RX] to [All] or [Subject+From+To].
• To receive TX verification mail, the Receiver must configure these settings:
- Switch [Notification] in [Setup Mail RX] to [On].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Internet Fax (I-Fax) Verification Mail
448
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Fax Using the Internet (I-Fax) > I-Fax Options > I-Fax
Error Mail
I-Fax Error Mail
If there is a delivery error while sending an I-Fax, the mail server will send an error message back to the Brother
machine and the error message will be printed.
If there is an error while receiving an I-Fax, an error message will be printed, for example, "The message being
sent to the machine was not in a TIFF format."
To receive the error mail and have it print on your machine, in [Setup Mail RX], switch the [Header] option
to [All] or to [Subject+From+To].
Related Information
•I-Fax Options
449
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Configure and Operate LDAP Search
Configure and Operate LDAP Search
The LDAP feature allows you to search for information, such as fax numbers and email addresses, on your
server. When you use the Fax, I-Fax, or Scan to Email server feature, you can use the LDAP search to find fax
numbers or email addresses.
• The LDAP feature does not support simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, or Korean.
• The LDAP feature supports LDAPv3.
• The LDAP feature does not support SSL/TLS.
• You must use Simple Authentication to communicate with your LDAP server.
Related Information
•Advanced Network Features
•Change LDAP Configuration Using Web Based Management
•Perform an LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
450
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Configure and Operate LDAP Search > Change LDAP
Configuration Using Web Based Management
Change LDAP Configuration Using Web Based Management
Use Web Based Management to configure your LDAP settings in a web browser.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the LDAP check box, and then click Submit.
7. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
8. On your computer, in Web Based Management's Address Book tab, select LDAP in the left navigation bar.
•LDAP Search
•LDAP Server Address
•Port (The default port number is 389.)
•Search Root
•Authentication
•Username
This selection will be available depending on the authentication method used.
•Password
This selection will be available depending on the authentication method used.
- If the LDAP server supports Kerberos authentication, we recommend selecting Kerberos for the
Authentication settings. It provides strong authentication between the LDAP server and your machine.
- You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server), or you must set the date, time and time
zone correctly on the control panel for Kerberos authentication.
•Kerberos Server Address
This selection will be available depending on the authentication method used.
•Timeout for LDAP
•Attribute of Name (Search Key)
•Attribute of E-mail
•Attribute of Fax Number
9. When finished, click Submit. Make sure the Status field reads OK.
Related Information
•Configure and Operate LDAP Search
•Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
451
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Configure and Operate LDAP Search > Perform an
LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
Perform an LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
After you configure LDAP settings, you can use the LDAP search feature to find fax numbers or email addresses
to use for:
• Sending a Fax
• Sending an Internet Fax (I-Fax)
• Scanning to Email Server
• The LDAP feature supports LDAPv3.
• The LDAP feature does not support SSL/TLS.
• You may need to use Kerberos Authentication or Simple Authentication to connect to your LDAP server,
depending on the security policy set by your network administrator.
• You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server), or you must set the date, time and time
zone correctly on the control panel for Kerberos authentication.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to search.
2. Enter the initial characters for your search using the LCD.
• You can enter up to 15 characters.
• For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
3. Press [OK].
The LDAP search result will be shown on the LCD; the icon appears before the local address book
search results.
• If there is no match on the server or the local address book, the LCD will show [Results cannot be
found.] for about 60 seconds.
4. Press a or b to display the name you want.
5. Press the name.
To view the details of the name, press [Detail].
6. If the result includes more than one fax number or email address, the machine will prompt you to select just
one. Press [Apply]. Do one of the following:
• If you are sending a fax and an I-Fax, press [Fax Start].
• If you are scanning to the E-mail Server, load your document, press [Next], and then press [Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to search.
2. Enter the initial characters for your search using the LCD.
• You can enter up to 15 characters.
• For more information about how to enter text, see the Appendix.
3. Press [OK].
452
The LDAP search result will be shown on the LCD; the icon appears before the local address book
search results.
• If there is no match on the server or the local address book, the LCD will show [Results cannot be
found.] for about 60 seconds.
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the name you want.
5. Press the name.
To view the details of the name, press [Detail].
6. If the result includes more than one fax number or email address, the machine will prompt you to select just
one. Press [Apply]. Do one of the following:
• If you are sending a fax and an I-Fax, press [Fax Start].
• If you are scanning to the E-mail Server, load your document, press [Next], and then press [Start].
Related Information
•Configure and Operate LDAP Search
•Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
453
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is used to synchronize the time used by the machine for
authentication with the SNTP time server. (This is not the time displayed on the machine's LCD.) You can
automatically or manually synchronize the machine's time with the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) provided
by the SNTP time server.
•Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
•Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
•Change LDAP Configuration Using Web Based Management
•Perform an LDAP Search Using Your Machine's Control Panel
454
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management > Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure date and time to synchronize the time used by the machine with the SNTP time server.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click Date&Time in the left navigation bar.
Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list. For
example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00.
6. Verify the Time Zone settings.
7. Select the Synchronize with SNTP server check box.
8. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
455
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web
Based Management > Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP protocol to synchronize the time the machine uses for authentication with the time kept by
the SNTP time server.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the SNTP check box to activate the settings.
7. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
8. Next to the SNTP check box, click Advanced Settings and follow the instructions below:
Option Description
Status Displays whether the SNTP protocol is enabled or disabled.
Synchronization Status Confirm the latest synchronization status.
SNTP Server Method Select AUTO or STATIC.
•AUTO
If you have a DHCP server in your network, the SNTP server will obtain
the address from that server automatically.
•STATIC
Type the address you want to use.
456
Option Description
Primary SNTP Server
Address
Secondary SNTP Server
Address
Type the server address (up to 64 characters).
The secondary SNTP server address is used as a backup to the primary
SNTP server address. If the primary server is unavailable, the machine will
contact the secondary SNTP server.
Primary SNTP Server Port
Secondary SNTP Server
Port
Type the port number (1-65535).
The secondary SNTP server port is used as a backup to the primary SNTP
server port. If the primary port is unavailable, the machine will contact the
secondary SNTP port.
Synchronization Interval Type the number of hours between server synchronization attempts (1-168
hours).
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
457
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Reset the Network Settings to Factory
Default
Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all
information, such as the password and IP address.
• This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory
settings.
• You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using BRAdmin Light, BRAdmin Professional 3,
or Web Based Management.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset].
2. The message confirming reset will be displayed. Press [OK] for two seconds.
The machine will restart.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset].
2. The message confirming reset will be displayed. Press [OK] for two seconds.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
•Technical Information for Advanced Users
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
459
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report reflects your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code
on the printed report.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report] > [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report] > [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
•Technical Information for Advanced Users
•Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
•My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
•Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management
(Web Browser)
460
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN
Report Error Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see
the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-01 The wireless setting is not activated, change the wireless setting to ON.
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of
your machine to ON.
TS-02 The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
1. Check the following two points:
• Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug
it back in.
• If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC
address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/
encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect.
Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as
necessary.
This device does not support a 5GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/
ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
TS-03 The wireless network and security setting you entered may be incorrect. Reconfirm the wireless
network settings.
If you do not know this information, ask your network administrator.
TS-04 The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are
not supported by your machine.
Change the authentication and encryption methods of the wireless access point/router. Your
machine supports the following authentication methods:
• WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES
• WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES
• Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
• Shared key
WEP
If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect.
Confirm the wireless network settings.
TS-05 The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the SSID and Network Key.
TS-06 The wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network Key) is
incorrect.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
TS-07 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access
point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try
starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the
documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your
WLAN access point/router, or ask your network administrator.
461
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-08 Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
• Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active
and try again.
• Try again after a few minutes to avoid interference from other access points.
How to confirm wireless security information (SSID/authentication method/encryption method/Network Key)
of your WLAN access point/router:
1. The Default security settings may be provided on a label attached to the WLAN access point/router. Or
the manufacturer's name or model number of the WLAN access point/router may be used as the default
security settings.
2. See the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router for information on how to find the
security settings.
• If the WLAN access point/router is set to not broadcast the SSID, the SSID will not automatically be
detected. You will have to manually enter the SSID name.
• The Network key may also be described as the Password, Security Key or Encryption Key.
If you do not know the SSID and wireless security settings of your WLAN access point/router or how to
change the configuration, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the
manufacturer of your access point/router or ask to your Internet provider or network administrator.
Related Information
•Print the WLAN Report
•My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
462
Home > Security > Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your Brother machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today.
These network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and
prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the FTP and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these protocols is not
secure. However, note that if you disable FTP, the Scan to FTP feature will be disabled.
Related Information
•Security
464
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Brother's Secure Function Lock 3.0 increases security by restricting the functions available on your Brother
machine.
•Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
•Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
•Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
•Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
•Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
•Register a new ID Card Using Machine's Control Panel
465
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Secure Function Lock to configure passwords, set specific user page limits, and grant access to some or all
of the functions listed here.
You can configure and change the following Secure Function Lock 3.0 settings using Web Based Management
or BRAdmin Professional 3 (Windows®):
•Print
Print includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Google Cloud Print™ and Brother iPrint&Scan.
If you register users' logon names in advance, the users will not need to enter their passwords when they use
the print function.
•Copy
•Scan
Scan includes scan jobs sent via Brother iPrint&Scan.
•Fax (supported models only)
-Send
-Receive
•Media
-Print from
-Scan to
•Web Connect (supported models only)
•Apps (supported models only)
•Page Limits (*)
•Color Print
•Page Counters
•Card ID (NFC ID) (supported models only)
If you register users' Card IDs in advance, a registered user can activate the machine by touching his
registered card to the machine's NFC symbol.
Related Information
•Secure Function Lock 3.0
466
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based
Management
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu in the left navigation bar.
9. In the User List / Restricted Functions field, type a group name or user name.
10. In the Print and the other columns, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function
listed.
11. To configure the maximum page count, select the On check box in the Page Limits column, and then type
the maximum number in the Max. Pages field.
12. Click Submit.
13. Click the User List menu in the left navigation bar.
14. In the User List field, type the user name.
15. In the PIN Number field, type a four-digit password.
16. To register the user's Card ID, type the card number in the Card ID (NFC ID) field (Available only for certain
models) .
17. Select User List / Restricted Functions from the drop-down list for each user.
18. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Secure Function Lock 3.0
•Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Web Based Management
467
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Setting Scan restrictions (for administrators)
Secure Function Lock 3.0 allows an administrator to restrict which users are allowed to scan. When the Scan
feature is set to Off for the public user setting, only users who have the Scan check box selected will be able to
scan.
Using the Scan feature (for restricted users)
• To scan using the machine's control panel:
Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel to access Scan mode.
• To scan from a computer:
Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel before scanning from their computers.
If the PIN is not entered on the machine's control panel, an error message will appear on the user's computer.
If the machine supports ID card authentication, restricted users can also access Scan mode by touching the
NFC symbol on the machine's control panel with their registered ID cards.
Related Information
•Secure Function Lock 3.0
468
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use the Secure Function Lock screen to set up Public Mode, which limits the functions available to public users.
Public users will not need to enter a password to access the features made available through Public Mode
settings.
Public Mode includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Google Cloud Print™ and Brother iPrint&Scan.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu.
9. In the Public Mode row, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function listed.
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Secure Function Lock 3.0
469
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Configure the following features in the Secure Function Lock screen:
All Counter Reset
Click All Counter Reset, in the Page Counters column, to reset the page counter.
Export to CSV file
Click Export to CSV file, to export the current page counter including User List / Restricted Functions
information as a CSV file.
Card ID (NFC ID) (supported models only)
Click the User List menu, and then type a users' Card ID in the Card ID (NFC ID) field. You can use your ID
card for authentication.
Last Counter Record
Click Last Counter Record if you want the machine to retain the page count after the counter has been reset.
Counter Auto Reset
Click Counter Auto Reset to configure the time interval you want between page counter reset. Choose a
daily, weekly, or monthly interval.
Related Information
•Secure Function Lock 3.0
470
Home > Security > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Register a new ID Card Using Machine's Control Panel
Register a new ID Card Using Machine's Control Panel
Related Models: MFC-J5930DW
1. Touch the NFC symbol on the machine's control panel with a registered ID Card.
2. Press displayed at the top left of the screen.
3. Press [Register Card].
4. Touch a new ID Card to the NFC symbol.
The new ID Card's number is registered to the machine.
For the supported ID Card types, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see FAQs &
Troubleshooting.
5. Press [OK].
Related Information
•Secure Function Lock 3.0
471
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management
Certificates and Web Based Management
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked Brother machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must
use Web Based Management to configure a certificate.
•Supported Security Certificate Features
•Create and Install a Certificate
•Manage Multiple Certificates
473
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your Brother machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure authentication and
communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with the machine:
• SSL/TLS communication
• SSL communication for SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 (only available for certain models)
• IEEE 802.1x authentication
The Brother machine supports the following:
• Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate cannot protect your communication from being compromised. We
recommend using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organisation for better security.
• Self-signed certificate
This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
• Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if
you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA:
- When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server.
- When importing a certificate and a private key.
• Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate
To use a CA certificate that identifies the CA and owns its private key, you must import that CA certificate
from the CA before configuring the security features of the Network.
• If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator
first.
• When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key
that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after
resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
•Certificates and Web Based Management
•Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management
(Web Browser)
474
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate
Create and Install a Certificate
•Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
•Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
•Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
•Import and Export a CA Certificate
475
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA).
These are a brief summary of the actions required, based on the option you choose.
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management.
2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management.
2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management.
3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
•Create and Install a Certificate
476
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
•Create a Self-signed Certificate
•Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
•Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
477
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate > Create a Self-
signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate.
8. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date.
• The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node
name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node
name is displayed by default.
• A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than
the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
12. Click Network.
13. Click Protocol.
14. Click HTTP Server Settings.
15. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list.
16. Click Submit.
The following screen appears.
478
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate > Install the Self-
signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with
Administrator Rights
The following steps are for Microsoft® Internet Explorer®. If you use another web browser, consult the
documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.
1. Do one of the following:
• (Windows Vista®, Windows® 7, Windows Server® 2008)
Click (Start) > All Programs.
• (Windows® 8 )
Right-click the (Internet Explorer) icon on the taskbar.
• (Windows® 10)
Click (Start) > All apps > Windows Accessories > Internet Explorer.
• (Windows Server® 2012 and Windows Server® 2012 R2)
Click (Internet Explorer), and then right-click the (Internet Explorer) icon that appears on the
taskbar.
2. Right-click Internet Explorer, and then click Run as administrator.
If the User Account Control screen appears,
• (Windows Vista®) Click Continue (Allow).
• (Windows® 7/Windows® 8/Windows® 10) Click Yes.
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where "machine's
IP address" is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
480
4. Click Continue to this website (not recommended).
5. Click Certificate error, and then click View certificates.
6. Click Install Certificate….
481
7. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next.
8. Select Place all certificates in the following store, and then click Browse….
9. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities, and then click OK.
10. Click Next.
482
11. Click Finish.
12. Click Yes, if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct.
The fingerprint (thumbprint) is printed on the Network Configuration Report.
13. Click OK.
The self-signed certificate is now installed on your computer, and SSL/TLS communication is available.
Related Information
•Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
•Import the Self-signed Certificate
483
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate > Import and
Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
You can store the self-signed certificates on your Brother machine and manage them by importing and exporting.
•Import the Self-signed Certificate
•Export the Self-signed Certificate
484
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate > Import and
Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Import the Self-signed Certificate
Import the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The self-signed certificate is imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must also be installed on your computer. Contact your
network administrator.
Related Information
•Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
•Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
485
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate > Import and
Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Export the Self-signed Certificate
Export the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. If you want to encrypt the file, type a password in the Enter password field.
If the Enter password field is blank, your output file will not be encrypted.
9. Type the password again in the Retype password field, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The self-signed certificate is exported to your computer.
You can also import the self-signed certificate to your computer.
Related Information
•Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
486
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority
(CA)
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
If you already have a certificate from an external trusted CA, you can store the certificate and private key on the
machine and manage them by importing and exporting. If you do not have a certificate from an external trusted
CA, create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), send it to a CA for authentication, and install the returned
certificate on your machine.
•Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
•Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
•Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
487
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority
(CA) > Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the
credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Create CSR.
8. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
• Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside
world.
• The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP
address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS
communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
• A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for
the certificate.
• The length of the Organization, the Organization Unit, the City/Locality and the State/Province must
be less than 64 bytes.
• The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code.
• If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check
box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form
offered by a Certificate Authority.
488
12. Click Save.
• Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA.
• If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server® 2008/2012/2012 R2, we recommend using
the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate. If you are creating a
Client Certificate for an IEEE 802.1x environment with EAP-TLS authentication, we recommend using
User for the certificate template. For more information, go to your model's page on the Brother Solutions
Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
•Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
489
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority
(CA) > Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create
another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only
after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Install Certificate.
8. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit.
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact
your network administrator.
Related Information
•Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
490
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority
(CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
•Import a Certificate and Private Key
•Export the Certificate and Private Key
491
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority
(CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Import a Certificate and Private Key
Import a Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The certificate and private key are imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must also be installed on your computer.
Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
•Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
492
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority
(CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Export the Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. Enter the password if you want to encrypt the file.
If a blank password is used, the output is not encrypted.
9. Enter the password again for confirmation, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The certificate and private key are exported to your computer.
You can also import the certificate to your computer.
Related Information
•Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
493
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA Certificate
Import and Export a CA Certificate
You can import, export and store CA certificates on your Brother machine.
•Import a CA Certificate
•Export a CA Certificate
494
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA Certificate > Import a CA Certificate
Import a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Click Import CA Certificate.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Import and Export a CA Certificate
495
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA Certificate > Export a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Select the certificate you want to export and click Export.
8. Click Submit.
9. Click Save.
10. Specify where on your computer you want to save the exported certificate, and save it.
Related Information
•Import and Export a CA Certificate
496
Home > Security > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS > Certificates and Web Based
Management > Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates
The multiple certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed
on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate or CA Certificate screen to view
certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.
Maximum Number of Certificates Stored UP on Brother Machine
Self-signed Certificate or
Certificate Issued by a CA
5
CA Certificate 6
We recommend storing one less certificate than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration.
When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate.
This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.
• When you use HTTPS/IPPS, IEEE 802.1x, or Signed PDF, you must select which certificate you are
using.
• When you use SSL for SMTP/POP3/IMAP4 communications (only available for certain models), you do
not have to choose the certificate. The necessary certificate will be chosen automatically.
Related Information
•Certificates and Web Based Management
497
Home > Security > Send or Receive an Email Securely > Configure Email Sending or Receiving Using Web
Based Management
Configure Email Sending or Receiving Using Web Based Management
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure secured email sending with user authentication,
or email sending and receiving using SSL/TLS.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP field, click Advanced Settings and make sure the status of POP3/IMAP4/SMTP
is Enabled.
7. Configure the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP settings.
• Confirm that the email settings are correct after configuration by sending a test email.
• If you do not know the POP3/IMAP4/SMTP server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet
Service Provider (ISP).
8. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send/Receive E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
9. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
•Send or Receive an Email Securely
•Send or Receive an Email Securely Using SSL TLS
499
Home > Security > Send or Receive an Email Securely > Send an Email with User Authentication
Send an Email with User Authentication
Your Brother machine supports the SMTP-AUTH method to send email via an email server that requires user
authentication. This method prevents unauthorised users from accessing the email server.
You can use SMTP-AUTH for email notification, email reports and I-Fax.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the SMTP authentication.
Email Server Settings
You must configure your machine's SMTP authentication method to match the method used by your email server.
For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider
(ISP).
To enable SMTP server authentication: in the Web Based Management POP3/IMAP4/SMTP screen, under
Server Authentication Method, you must select SMTP-AUTH.
Related Information
•Send or Receive an Email Securely
500
Home > Security > Send or Receive an Email Securely > Send or Receive an Email Securely Using SSL
TLS
Send or Receive an Email Securely Using SSL TLS
Your Brother machine supports SSL/TLS methods to send or receive an email via an email server that requires
secure SSL/TLS communication. To send or receive email via an email server that is using SSL/TLS
communication, you must configure SMTP over SSL/TLS, POP3 over SSL/TLS, or IMAP4 over SSL/TLS.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure SSL/TLS.
Verify Server Certificate
Under SSL/TLS, if you choose SSL or TLS, the Verify Server Certificate check box will be selected
automatically.
• Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed
the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to
confirm if importing a CA certificate is necessary.
• If you do not need to verify the server certificate, clear the Verify Server Certificate check box.
Port Number
If you select SSL or TLS for SMTP, POP3, or IMAP4, the Port value will be changed to match the protocol. To
change the port number manually, type the port number after you choose SSL or TLS for the SSL/TLS settings.
You must configure your machine's POP3/IMAP4/SMTP communication method to match the method used by
your email server. For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or your ISP.
501
In most cases, the secured webmail services require the following settings:
SMTP Port 25
Server Authentication Method SMTP-AUTH
SSL/TLS TLS
POP3 Port 995
SSL/TLS SSL
IMAP4 Port 993
SSL/TLS SSL
Related Information
•Send or Receive an Email Securely
•Configure Email Sending or Receiving Using Web Based Management
502
Home > Security > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
•What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
•Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
•IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
503
Home > Security > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network > What Is IEEE
802.1x Authentication?
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
IEEE 802.1x is an IEEE standard for wired and wireless networks that limits access from unauthorised network
devices. Your Brother machine (supplicant) sends an authentication request to a RADIUS server (Authentication
server) through your access point or HUB. After your request has been verified by the RADIUS server, your
machine can access the network.
Related Information
•Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
504
Home > Security > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network > Configure IEEE
802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
• If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate issued
by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client certificate. If
you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate name you want to
use.
• Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate that has been issued by the CA
that signed the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider
(ISP) to confirm whether a CA certificate import is necessary.
You can also configure IEEE 802.1x authentication using:
• BRAdmin Professional 3 (Wired and wireless network)
• Wireless setup wizard from the control panel (Wireless network)
• Wireless setup wizard on the CD-ROM (Wireless network)
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Wired network Click the Wired tab, and then select Wired 802.1x Authentication in the left navigation
bar.
Wireless network Click the Wireless tab, and then select Wireless (Enterprise) in the left navigation bar.
6. Configure the IEEE 802.1x authentication settings.
505
• To enable IEEE 802.1x authentication for wired networks, select Enabled for Wired 802.1x status on
the Wired 802.1x Authentication page.
• If you are using EAP-TLS authentication, you must select the client certificate that has been installed
(shown with certificate name) for verification from the Client Certificate drop-down list.
• If you select EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TTLS, or EAP-TLS authentication, select the verification method
from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list. Verify the server certificate using the CA
certificate, imported to the machine in advance, that has been issued by the CA that signed the server
certificate.
Select one of the following verification methods from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list:
Option Description
No Verification The server certificate can always be trusted. The verification is not performed.
CA Cert. The verification method to check the CA reliability of the server certificate, using the
CA certificate that has been issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.
CA Cert. + ServerID The verification method to check the common name 1 value of the server certificate,
in addition to the CA reliability of the server certificate.
7. When finished with configuration, click Submit.
For wired networks: After configuring, connect your machine to the IEEE 802.1x supported network. After a
few minutes, print the Network Configuration Report to check the <Wired IEEE 802.1x> Status.
Option Description
Success The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled and the authentication was successful.
Failed The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled; however, the authentication failed.
Off The wired IEEE 802.1x function is not available.
Related Information
•Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
•Print the Network Configuration Report
•Print the WLAN Report
•Supported Security Certificate Features
1The common name verification compares the common name of the server certificate to the character string configured for the Server ID.
Before you use this method, contact your system administrator about the server certificate's common name and then configure Server ID.
506
Home > Security > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network > IEEE 802.1x
Authentication Methods
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
LEAP (Wireless network)
Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol (LEAP) is a proprietary EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication.
EAP-FAST
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secured Tunneling (EAP-FAST) has been
developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication, and symmetric key
algorithms to achieve a tunnelled authentication process.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentication methods:
• EAP-FAST/NONE
• EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
• EAP-FAST/GTC
EAP-MD5 (Wired network)
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Message Digest Algorithm 5 (EAP-MD5) uses a user ID and password for
challenge-response authentication.
PEAP
Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is a version of EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., Microsoft® Corporation and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL)/Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel between a client and an authentication server, for sending a user
ID and password. PEAP provides mutual authentication between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
• PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
• PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Tunneled Transport Layer Security (EAP-TTLS) has been developed by
Funk Software and Certicom. EAP-TTLS creates a similar encrypted SSL tunnel to PEAP, between a client
and an authentication server, for sending a user ID and password. EAP-TTLS provides mutual authentication
between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
• EAP-TTLS/CHAP
• EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP
• EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2
• EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) requires digital certificate
authentication both at a client and an authentication server.
Related Information
•Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
507
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
•Brother Web Connect Overview
•Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
•Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
•Set Up Brother Web Connect
•Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
•Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using Brother Web
Connect
•FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
•Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•NotePrint and NoteScan
509
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Press (Web) or (Apps) on the Touchscreen to use Brother Web Connect.
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the website. Your
Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download from and print images
that are already uploaded to these services.
1
2
4
3
1. Printing
2. Scanning
3. Photos, images, documents and other files
4. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you
are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet
connection, and the Internet.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
510
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Use Brother Web Connect to access online services from your Brother machine. Some of these web services
offer business versions.
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not
already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother CreativeCenter. (Brother CreativeCenter is available only
for some models.)
Google Drive™
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronisation service.
URL: drive.google.com
Flickr®
An online photo sharing service. Images can be uploaded, organised into albums, and shared with other
users.
URL: www.flickr.com
Facebook
A social networking service that also allows images to be uploaded and shared with other users.
URL: www.facebook.com
Evernote®
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronisation service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive®
An online file storage, sharing and management service.
URL: https://onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote®
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.onenote.com
Brother CreativeCenter
A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on
your Brother machine. (available only for certain countries and models)
www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
511
Accessible Services Flickr®
Facebook
Google Drive™
Evernote®
Dropbox
OneDrive®
Box
OneNote®Brother
CreativeCenter
Download and print
images or save them
to media
JPEG
JPEG
PDF
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
PPTX
JPEG
PDF
DOC
DOCX
XLS
XLSX
PPT
PPTX
(Print only)
Upload scanned
images JPEG
JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX
-
Upload images saved
on media JPEG JPEG - -
FaxForward to the
online services
(available only for
certain countries and
models)
JPEG
JPEG
PDF
TIFF
JPEG
PDF
TIFF
-
• Not all services are available in all countries.
• For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will
not be downloaded.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
512
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
•Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
•Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
•Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
513
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the
Brother machine's software installed.
For Windows®:
To install the Brother Software and configure the machine to be able to print over your wired or wireless network,
see the Quick Setup Guide included with your Brother machine.
For Macintosh:
To install the Brother Software, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
•Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
514
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy
Settings] > [Proxy Connection].
2. Press [On].
3. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information.
Press [OK].
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy
Settings] > [Proxy Connection].
2. Press [On].
3. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information.
Press [OK].
4. Press .
Related Information
•Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
515
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web
Based Management:
• Proxy server address
• Port number
• User Name
• Password
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 8/11 for Windows® and Safari 9 for Macintosh. Make sure
that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use. If you use different web
browser, make sure it is compatible with HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit.
7. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings.
8. Enter the proxy server information.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
•Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
516
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
•Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
•Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
•Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
•Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
•Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
517
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter,
this procedure is not necessary):
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there
is no need to create an additional account.)
3 2
1
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
3 2
1
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to
use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it
to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1
2
1. Enter temporary ID
2. Web Service
Your Brother machine can now use the service.
518
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If
you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect
access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services
as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
•Set Up Brother Web Connect
520
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access
using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows Vista®
Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities, and then click the drop-
down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left
navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.
Windows® 8
Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Windows® 8.1 Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are
using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the
Apps screen).
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Macintosh Click Go in the Finder bar, Applications > Brother > Utilities > Brother Web Connect.
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
The first time you launch Brother Web Connect, you must select your country, language, and model name,
and then click Next to move to the next step, selecting the service you want.
521
2. Select the service you want to use.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID
is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use
your machine to access the web service you want to use.
522
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
• You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
• Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's control
panel.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service with which you want to register.
Press the service name.
3. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
4. Press [Register/Delete Account] > [Register Account].
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
Press [OK].
6. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD, and then press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again and receive a new temporary ID.
7. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
Press [OK].
8. Enter the name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
9. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number, and then press [OK].
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
10. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
11. Press [OK].
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
12. Press .
524
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service with which you want to register.
Press the service name.
3. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
4. Press [Register/Delete Account] > [Register Account].
5. The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
Press [OK].
6. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD, and then press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Either enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again and receive a new temporary ID.
7. The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
Press [OK].
8. Enter the name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
9. Do one of the following:
• To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorized access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number and press [OK].
• If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
10. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
11. Press [OK].
Account registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
12. Press .
Related Information
•Set Up Brother Web Connect
525
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother
Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to
create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter.
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
•Set Up Brother Web Connect
526
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web
Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, monochrome scanning is not available.
• When scanning and uploading Searchable PDF or Microsoft® Office files, monochrome and grey scanning is
not available.
• When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models),
you cannot upload the scanned data.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your document.
2. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• You can also press [Scan] > [to Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press a or b to display [Upload from Scanner].
Press [Upload from Scanner].
• If you pressed [Scan] > [to Web], this option does not appear.
• This option may not appear depending on the service.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your document.
2. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• You can also press [Scan] > [to Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
527
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press [Upload from Scanner].
This option may not appear depending on the service.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
528
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Upload a Document from an External Memory
Device Using Brother Web Connect
Upload a Document from an External Memory Device Using Brother
Web Connect
Documents saved on media (such as a USB flash drive) connected to the machine can be uploaded directly to a
web service.
• Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice.
• USB flash drive support is available only for some models.
For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to
the respective service's website.
If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models),
you cannot upload documents saved on media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive while the message appears on the LCD. Otherwise, the USB flash
drive, or data stored on the USB flash drive could be damaged.
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be uploaded.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
2. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press a or b to display [Upload from Media].
Press [Upload from Media].
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
2. Press [Web].
529
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload.
Press the service name.
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
5. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
6. Press [Upload from Media].
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
530
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your
machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest
users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view
documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
If you are a restricted user for Web Connect due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot download the data.
The Secure Function Lock Page Limit feature applies to the print job using Web Connect.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
•Download and Print Using Web Services
•Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
531
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see Related Information.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and print.
Press the service name.
3. Do one of the following:
• To log on to the service, press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry
screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
• To access the service as a guest user, press a or b to display [Use Service as a Guest User],
and then press it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Download to Print].
Press [Download to Print].
• If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose
documents you want to download.
• For Flickr®:
- To download your own documents from the service, press [Your album].
- To download other users’ documents from the service, press [Other user's album], and then
enter the account name of the user whose documents you want to download.
5. Press a or b to display the desired album, and then press it.
• An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote®, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
• Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [Show Unsorted Files] or [Show Unsorted Photos] to select documents. You cannot
download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
6. Press the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and press [OK].
Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
532
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and
print.
Press the service name.
3. Do one of the following:
• To log on to the service with your account, swipe up or down or press a or b to display your account
name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
• To access the service as a guest user, swipe up or down or press a or b to display [Use Service as a
Guest User], and then press it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press
[OK].
4. Press [Download to Print].
• If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose
documents you want to download.
• For Flickr®:
- To download your own documents from the service, press [Your album].
- To download other users’ documents from the service, press [Other user's album], and then
enter the account name of the user whose documents you want to download.
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the desired album, and then press it.
• An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote®, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
• Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [Show Unsorted Files] or [Show Unsorted Photos] to select documents. You cannot
download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
6. Press the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and press [OK].
Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
7. When finished, press [OK].
8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
533
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
Press [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
3. Press a or b to display the desired category, and then press it.
4. Select the desired file. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step
until you have selected all the files that you want to print.
5. When finished, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the
information and press [OK].
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates].
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the desired category, and then press it.
4. Select the desired file. Enter the number of copies to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step until you
have selected all the files that you want to print.
5. When finished, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine’s LCD, read the
information and press [OK].
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
•Download and Print Using Web Services
534
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Save a Document to an External
Memory Device Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Save a Document to an External Memory Device Using
Brother Web Connect
JPEG, PDF and Microsoft® Office files can be downloaded from a service and saved directly on media
connected to the machine. Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also
be downloaded to your machine as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services
allow guest users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user,
you can view documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
• Make sure there is enough available space on your USB flash drive.
• To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
• USB flash drive support is available only for some models.
• Downloaded files are renamed based on the current date. For example, the first image saved on July 1,
would be named 07010001.jpg. Note that the region setting also determines the date format of the file name.
• Images are saved in the “BROTHER” folder, which can be found on the root level of the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive while the message appears on the LCD. Otherwise, the USB flash
drive, or data stored on the USB flash drive could be damaged.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes.
2. Press d or c to display [Web].
Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download.
Press the service name.
4. Do one of the following:
• To log on to the service, press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry
screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
• To access the service as a guest user, press a or b to display [Use Service as a Guest User],
and then press it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press [OK].
5. Press a or b to display [Download to Media].
Press [Download to Media].
535
• If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose
documents you want to download.
• For Flickr®:
- To download your own documents from the service, press [Your album].
- To download other users’ documents from the service, press [Other user's album], and then
enter the account name of the user whose documents you want to download.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
• An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote®, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
• Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [Show Unsorted Files] or [Show Unsorted Photos] to select documents. You cannot
download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD screen automatically changes.
2. Press [Web].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service that hosts the document you want to download.
Press the service name.
4. Do one of the following:
• To log on to the service with your account, swipe up or down or press a or b to display your account
name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
• To access the service as a guest user, swipe up or down or press a or b to display [Use Service as a
Guest User], and then press it. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press
[OK].
5. Press [Download to Media].
• If you accessed the service as a guest user, enter or select the account name of the user whose
documents you want to download.
• For Flickr®:
- To download your own documents from the service, press [Your album].
- To download other users’ documents from the service, press [Other user's album], and then
enter the account name of the user whose documents you want to download.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
• An album is a collection of documents. However, the actual term may differ depending on the service
you use. When using Evernote®, you must select the notebook, and then select the note.
• Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents not saved in albums,
select [Show Unsorted Files] or [Show Unsorted Photos] to select documents. You cannot
download documents from other users if the documents are not saved in an album.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
536
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
• Use the FaxForward to Cloud feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to your accounts with the
available online services.
1
1. Web Service
• Use the FaxForward to E-mail feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to an inbox as email
attachments.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
•Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
•Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
537
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn On
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn on the FaxForward feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to either an online service or an inbox
as email attachments.
• This feature is available only for monochrome faxes.
• If you turn on FaxForward, you cannot use the following features:
-[Fax Forward]
-[Fax Storage]
-[PC Fax Receive]
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [On].
4. Press [Forward to Cloud] or [Forward to E-mail].
• If you selected [Forward to Cloud], choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and
then specify your account name.
• If you selected [Forward to E-mail], select the email address you want to receive the faxes as email
attachments.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [On].
4. Press [Forward to Cloud] or [Forward to E-mail].
538
• If you selected [Forward to Cloud], choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and
then specify your account name.
• If you selected [Forward to E-mail], select the email address you want to receive the faxes as email
attachments.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
•Memory Receive Options
539
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn Off
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn off FaxForward when you want to stop incoming faxes from automatically going to either an online service
or an inbox as email attachments.
If there are received faxes still in your machine's memory, you cannot turn off FaxForward.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Off].
4. Press [OK].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Off].
4. Press [OK].
Related Information
•FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
540
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your
Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
When you outline specific areas of a document using a red pen and then scan the document, the outlined areas
will be captured and can be processed as images in various ways.
Outline and Scan
When you use a red pen to outline sections of a document and then scan the document, the outlined areas
are extracted and saved to media or a cloud service as separate JPEG files.
Web Service
Copy Outlined Area (available only for some models)
When you use a red pen to outline sections of a document and then scan the document, the outlined areas
are extracted, rearranged and printed together.
Cut Outlined Area (available only for some models)
When you use a red pen to outline sections of a document and then scan the document, the outlined areas
are deleted and the remaining information is printed.
541
Outlining
Correct outline style Incorrect outline style
• Use a red pen or marker with a tip width of 1.0 mm-10.0 mm, that is, from an extra-fine tip up to an extra-
thick marker tip.
• Outlined areas with thick red lines are easier to recognise. However, do not use a pen or marker with a tip
wider than indicated above.
• The red outline must not be broken and the line must not cross more than once.
• The outlined area must have a length and width of at least 1 cm.
• If the paper has a dark background colour, the outlined area may be difficult to recognize.
Related Information
•Brother Web Connect
•Outline and Scan a Document to the Cloud
•Outline and Scan a Document to a USB Flash Drive Using Brother Web Connect
•Copy an Outlined Section Using Brother Web Connect
•Cut an Outlined Section Using Brother Web Connect
542
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your
Documents Using Brother Web Connect > Outline and Scan a Document to the Cloud
Outline and Scan a Document to the Cloud
The areas outlined using a red pen are extracted and saved to a cloud service as separate JPEG files.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Using a thick red pen or marker, outline the areas of the document that you want to scan.
2. Load your document.
3. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Outline&Scan].
Press [Outline&Scan].
If information regarding [Outline&Scan] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Save to Cloud].
6. Press a or b to display the service you want, and then press it.
7. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
8. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
9. If you are prompted to specify your document's scan size, select the size of the document you are scanning.
10. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document and starts uploading. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow
the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
11. Press [OK].
12. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Using a thick red pen or marker, outline the areas of the document that you want to scan.
2. Load your document.
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Outline&Scan] > [Save to Cloud].
If information regarding [Outline&Scan] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service you want, and then press it.
543
6. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
7. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
8. If you are prompted to specify your document's scan size, select the size of the document you are scanning.
9. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document and starts uploading.
Related Information
•Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your Documents Using Brother Web Connect
544
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your
Documents Using Brother Web Connect > Outline and Scan a Document to a USB Flash Drive Using Brother
Web Connect
Outline and Scan a Document to a USB Flash Drive Using Brother Web
Connect
The areas outlined using a red pen are extracted and saved to media as separate JPEG files.
• Insert the USB flash drive before scanning.
• USB flash drive support is available only for some models.
• Scanned files are renamed based on the current date. For example, the first image saved on July 1, would be
named 07010001.jpg. Note that the region setting also determines the date format of the file name.
• Images are saved in the “BROTHER” folder, which can be found on the root level of the media.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive while the message appears on the LCD. Otherwise, the USB flash
drive, or data stored on the USB flash drive could be damaged.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Using a thick red pen or marker, outline the areas of the document that you want to scan.
2. Load your document.
3. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Outline&Scan].
Press [Outline&Scan].
If information regarding [Outline&Scan] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Press [Save to Media].
6. If you are prompted to specify your document's scan size, select the size of the document you are scanning.
7. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions
to complete the scanning job.
8. Press [OK].
9. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Using a thick red pen or marker, outline the areas of the document that you want to scan.
2. Load your document.
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
545
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Outline&Scan] > [Save to Media].
If information regarding [Outline&Scan] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. If the LCD prompts you to specify scan size, select the scan size of the document you are scanning.
6. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document.
Related Information
•Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your Documents Using Brother Web Connect
546
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your
Documents Using Brother Web Connect > Copy an Outlined Section Using Brother Web Connect
Copy an Outlined Section Using Brother Web Connect
After scanning the document, your machine prints the outlined area(s).
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Using a thick red pen or marker, outline the areas of the document that you want to copy.
2. Load your document.
3. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Outline&Copy].
Press [Outline&Copy].
5. Press [Copy outlined area].
If information regarding [Copy outlined area] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
6. Change [Print Quality] or [Paper Size] if needed. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions
to complete the scanning job.
8. Press [OK].
9. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Using a red pen, outline the areas of the document that you want to copy.
2. Load your document.
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Outline&Copy] > [Copy outlined area].
If information regarding [Copy outlined area] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Change [Print Quality] or [Paper Size] if needed. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document.
547
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Outline, Scan, and Copy or Cut Parts of Your
Documents Using Brother Web Connect > Cut an Outlined Section Using Brother Web Connect
Cut an Outlined Section Using Brother Web Connect
After scanning the document, your machine prints the document without the outlined area(s).
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Using a thick red pen or marker, outline the areas of the document that you want to cut.
2. Load your document.
3. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display [Outline&Copy].
Press [Outline&Copy].
5. Press [Cut outlined area].
If information regarding [Cut outlined area] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
6. Change [Print Quality] or [Paper Size] if needed. Press [OK].
7. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions
to complete the scanning job.
8. Press [OK].
9. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Using a red pen, outline the areas of the document that you want to cut.
2. Load your document.
3. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Outline&Copy] > [Cut outlined area].
If information regarding [Cut outlined area] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Change [Print Quality] or [Paper Size] if needed. Press [OK].
6. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document.
549
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > NotePrint and NoteScan > NotePrint and NoteScan
Overview
NotePrint and NoteScan Overview
Use this function to print note sheets and the folders designed to hold them, and to scan note sheets so that
each page of notes is saved as a JPEG file.
The printed note sheets can be folded in half or quarters, used, and stored in the folders. After writing on the note
sheets pre-printed with lines or a grid, scan the sheets and save your notes to media or to a cloud service.
NotePrint
Select a specific style of note sheet or note folder to print.
1
1. Brother Cloud
NoteScan
After writing on your note sheet, scan it to save each section of notes as a JPEG file. If you use our 2-, 4-, or
8‑in‑1 style, each page of notes is saved as a separate JPEG file.
1. Web Service
You must use Brother note sheet templates to successfully use the NoteScan feature.
Note Sheet templates:
1 in 1, Note style 2 in 1, Dot graph style 4 in 1, Note style 8 in 1, Grid style
552
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > NotePrint and NoteScan > Print Note Sheet and
Folder Templates
Print Note Sheet and Folder Templates
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display [NoteScan].
Press [NoteScan].
3. Press [Print Note & Folder template].
If information regarding [Print Note & Folder template] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Note Format] or [Note Folder].
5. Select the category and page layout you want.
• A Note Folder is specially designed to match the type of Notes you print.
• After the folder is printed, fold the paper along the dotted lines and secure the folded areas with tape or
other adhesive. You can use a hole punch to make the folder suitable for use in a binder.
6. Indicate the number of copies you want to print and press [OK].
7. Repeat the last two steps to select other formats if needed.
8. Press [OK].
9. Press [OK].
The machine starts printing.
10. Press [OK].
11. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press [NoteScan] > [Print Note & Folder template].
If information regarding [Print Note & Folder template] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Note Format] or [Note Folder].
4. Select the category and page layout you want.
554
• A Note Folder is specially designed to coordinate with the type of Notes you print.
• After the folder is printed, fold the paper along the dotted lines and secure the folded areas with tape or
other adhesive. You can use a three-hole punch to make the folder suitable for use in a binder.
5. Indicate the number of copies you want to print and press [OK].
6. Repeat the last two steps to select other formats if needed.
7. Press [OK].
8. Press [OK].
The machine starts printing.
Related Information
•NotePrint and NoteScan
555
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > NotePrint and NoteScan > Scan a Note Sheet to
the Cloud
Scan a Note Sheet to the Cloud
Each page of your Note Sheet is saved as a separate JPEG file.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your Note Sheet.
2. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display [NoteScan].
Press [NoteScan].
4. Press [Scan Notes] > [Save to Cloud].
If information regarding [Scan Notes] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Press a or b to display the service you want, and then press it.
6. Press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your notes.
2. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press [NoteScan] > [Scan Notes] > [Save to Cloud].
If information regarding [Scan Notes] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
4. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display the service you want, and then press it.
5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display your account name, and then press it.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
•NotePrint and NoteScan
556
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > NotePrint and NoteScan > Scan a Note Sheet to a
USB Flash Drive
Scan a Note Sheet to a USB Flash Drive
Each page of your Note Sheet is saved as a separate JPEG file.
• Insert the USB flash drive before scanning.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive while the message appears on the LCD. Otherwise, the USB flash
drive, or data stored on the USB flash drive could be damaged.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Load your Note Sheet.
2. Press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press a or b to display [NoteScan].
Press [NoteScan].
4. Press [Scan Notes] > [Save to Media].
If information regarding [Scan Notes] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
5. Press [OK].
The machine scans the document. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions
to complete the scanning job.
6. Press [OK].
7. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Load your notes.
2. Swipe left or right or press d or c to display [Apps].
Press [Apps].
• If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read it, and then press
[OK].
• Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press [NoteScan] > [Scan Notes] > [Save to Media].
If information regarding [Scan Notes] appears, read it, and then press [OK].
557
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Google Cloud Print™ Overview
Google Cloud Print™ Overview
Google Cloud Print™ is a Google service that allows you to print to a printer registered to your Google account
using a network-compatible device (such as a mobile phone or computer) without installing the printer driver on
the device.
Printing from Android™ applications requires installing the Google Cloud Print™ application from the Google
Play™ Store app.
1
2
3 4
1. Print request
2. Internet
3. Google Cloud Print™
4. Printing
Related Information
•Google Cloud Print™
560
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Before Using Google Cloud Print™
Before Using Google Cloud Print™
•Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print™
•Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Google Chrome™
•Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Web Based Management
561
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Before Using Google Cloud Print™ > Network
Settings for Using Google Cloud Print™
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print™
In order to use Google Cloud Print™, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to
the Internet, either through a wired or wireless connection. To connect and configure your machine correctly, see
the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this guide.
Related Information
•Before Using Google Cloud Print™
562
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Before Using Google Cloud Print™ > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Google Chrome™
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Google
Chrome™
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
The steps in this section are examples for Windows users.
Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and environment.
1. Open Google Chrome™ on your computer.
2. Click the Google Chrome™ menu icon, and then Settings > Show advanced settings….
3. In the Google Cloud Print section, click Manage.
You must sign in to your Google Account to see available devices.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
5. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the OK button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
6. When your Brother machine is successfully registered, it will appear in the My devices field.
Related Information
•Before Using Google Cloud Print™
563
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Before Using Google Cloud Print™ > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Web Based Management
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Web Based
Management
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
Before you begin to register your machine, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine's
control panel. See Related Information.
1. Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer or mobile device.
2. Start your web browser.
3. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• You can see your machine’s IP address in the Network menu on the control panel of your machine.
• If you have set a login password for Web Based Management, type your password in the Login box,
then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Make sure that Google Cloud Print is selected, and then click Advanced Settings.
564
7. Make sure that Status is set to Enabled. Click Register.
8. When a confirmation message appears on your machine's LCD, press [OK].
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
9. Click Google.
10. The sign-in screen for Google Cloud Print™ appears. Sign in with your Google Account and follow the on-
screen instructions to register your machine.
11. When you have finished registering your machine, return to the Web Based Management screen and make
sure that Registration Status is set to Registered.
If your machine supports the Secure Function Lock feature, printing via Google Cloud Print™ is possible
even if PC print for each user is restricted. To restrict printing via Google Cloud Print™, disable Google
Cloud Print™ using Web Based Management or set the Secure Function Lock feature to Public Mode, and
then restrict print for public users. See Related Information.
565
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Print from Google Chrome™ or Chrome OS™
Print from Google Chrome™ or Chrome OS™
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Open the web page that you want to print.
3. Click the Google Chrome™ menu icon.
4. Click Print.
5. Select your machine from the printer list.
6. Change print options, if needed.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
•Google Cloud Print™
567
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Print from Google Drive™ for Mobile
Print from Google Drive™ for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access Google Drive™ from your Android™ or Apple device’s web browser.
3. Open the document that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap Print.
Related Information
•Google Cloud Print™
568
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print™ > Print from Gmail™ Webmail Service for Mobile
Print from Gmail™ Webmail Service for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access the Gmail™ webmail service from your Android™ or Apple device’s web browser.
3. Open the email that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
If Print appears beside the attachment name, you can also print the attachment. Tap Print, and then follow
the instructions on your mobile device.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap Print.
Related Information
•Google Cloud Print™
569
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a mobile printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you to wirelessly print
photos, email, web pages and documents from your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Macintosh
computer without the need to install a driver.
AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Macintosh computer without printing them and lets
you scan documents to your Macintosh computer.
For more information, visit Apple’s website.
Related Information
•AirPrint
571
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint > Network Settings for Using AirPrint
Network Settings for Using AirPrint
In order to use AirPrint, your mobile device must connect to the wireless network to which your Brother machine
is connected. AirPrint supports wireless connections that use infrastructure mode or Wi-Fi Direct®.
To configure your mobile device for a wireless network, refer to your mobile device’s user’s guide. A link to your
mobile device’s user’s guide on Apple’s website can be found by tapping in Safari.
To configure your Brother machine for a wireless network, see the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this
guide. If your Brother machine supports a wired network, you can use a network cable to connect to the wireless
access point/router.
If your Brother machine supports Wi-Fi Direct® and you want to configure your Brother machine for a Wi-Fi
Direct® network, see related topics in this Online Guide.
Related Information
•Before Using AirPrint
•Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup™
(WPS)
•Use Wi-Fi Direct®
573
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint > Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web Based Management (Web
Browser)
Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. To disable AirPrint, clear the AirPrint check box. To enable AirPrint, select the AirPrint check box.
By default, AirPrint is enabled.
7. Click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Related Information
•Before Using AirPrint
•Print the Network Configuration Report
574
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap or .
4. Tap Print.
5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
9. Tap Print.
Related Information
•Print Using AirPrint
576
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Before Printing Using AirPrint (OS X)
Before Printing Using AirPrint (OS X)
Before printing using OS X, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Macintosh computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Print & Scan or Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner…. The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
•Print Using AirPrint
577
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint (OS X)
Print Using AirPrint (OS X)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing,
make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Macintosh computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Macintosh computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
6. Click Print.
Related Information
•Print Using AirPrint
578
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint > Before Scanning Using AirPrint (OS X)
Before Scanning Using AirPrint (OS X)
• Before scanning using OS X, add your Brother machine to the scanner list on your Macintosh computer.
• Monochrome scan is not currently supported by OS X v10.9.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Scanners pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner….
The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
•Scan Using AirPrint
580
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (OS X)
Scan Using AirPrint (OS X)
Before scanning, make sure your Brother machine is in the scanner list on your Macintosh computer.
1. Load your document.
2. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
3. Click Printers & Scanners.
4. Select your Brother machine from the scanner list.
5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner… button.
The Scanner screen appears.
6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of
your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu.
7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu.
8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when
scanning from the scanner glass.
9. Click Scan.
Related Information
•Scan Using AirPrint
581
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models) > Before Sending a
Fax Using AirPrint (OS X)
Before Sending a Fax Using AirPrint (OS X)
Before sending a fax, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Macintosh computer. Make sure your
Brother machine is connected to the telephone line and works correctly.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Print & Scan or Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner…. The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
•Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models)
583
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models) > Send a Fax Using
AirPrint (OS X)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (OS X)
Make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Macintosh computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the
example below.
• AirPrint supports only monochrome fax documents.
• Your machine supports the Secure Function Lock feature. Sending faxes via AirPrint is not available if
Fax Tx for each user is restricted.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Macintosh computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother MFC-XXXX - Fax (where XXXX is your model
name).
5. Type the fax recipient information.
6. Click Fax.
Related Information
•Send a Fax Using AirPrint (For MFC Models)
584
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mobile printing for Windows® is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows® mobile device. You can
connect to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer
driver on the device. Many Windows® apps support this function.
2
1 3
1
1. Windows® mobile device (Windows® 10 Mobile or later)
2. Wi-Fi® connection
3. Your Brother machine
Related Information
•Mobile/Web Connect
585
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria® Print Service
Mopria® Print Service
Mopria® Print Service is a print feature on Android™ mobile devices (Android™ version 4.4 or later) developed by
the Mopria® Alliance. With this service, you can connect to the same network as your machine and print without
additional setup. Many native Android™ apps, including Google Chrome™, Gmail™, and Gallery, support printing.
2
13
1. Android™ 4.4 or later
2. Wi-Fi® Connection
3. Your Brother machine
You must download the Mopria® Print Service from the Google Play™ Store and install it on your Android™
device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
Related Information
•Mobile/Web Connect
586
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan
Brother iPrint&Scan
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices.
• For Android™ Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android™ device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play™ Store app.
• For Apple Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Apple device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
• For Windows® Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Windows® device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Microsoft® Store.
For more information, see the Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan. Go to your model's Manuals
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
•Mobile/Web Connect
587
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: MFC-J5930DW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange and wireless connections
between two devices that are close to each other.
If your Android™ device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email
messages) from the device or scan photos and documents to the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the
machine's control panel.
You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan to your Android™ device to use this feature. For more
information, see the Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan. Go to your model's Manuals page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
•Mobile/Web Connect
•Control Panel Overview
588
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
590
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4
(Windows®)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 has two operation modes: Home Mode and Advanced Mode. You can change modes at any
time.
Home Mode
Advanced Mode
•Home Mode
ControlCenter4 Home Mode lets you access your machine's main features easily.
591
•Advanced Mode
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and
allows you to customise one-button scan actions.
To change operation mode:
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then select Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Mode Select.
3. The mode selection dialog box appears. Select either the Home Mode or Advanced Mode option.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
•ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
592
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
•Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
•Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
593
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows
you to customise one-button scan actions.
•Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
•Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
•Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
594
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows®)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
595
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows® Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the CD-ROM, the
necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
•ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Remote Setup (Windows®)
596
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4
Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode
(Windows®)
You can create up to three customised tabs, each including up to five customised buttons, with your preferred
settings.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Create custom tab.
A custom tab is created.
3. To change the name of a custom tab, right-click the custom tab, and then select Rename custom tab.
4. Click the Configuration button, select Create custom button, and then select the button you want to create.
The settings dialog box appears.
5. Type the button name, and then change the settings, if needed. Click OK.
The setting options vary depending on the button you select.
597
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Use Brother's ControlCenter software to scan photos and save them as JPEGs, PDFs, or other file formats.
•Scan Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan to an Office File Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Scan Settings for ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
600
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter2
(Macintosh)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
2. Click the DEVICE SETTINGS tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
601
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, enter the correct data again, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
•ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Remote Setup (Macintosh)
602
Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter2 (Macintosh) > Turn the AutoLoad Feature On (Macintosh)
Turn the AutoLoad Feature On (Macintosh)
Turn AutoLoad on to launch ControlCenter2 automatically each time you start your Macintosh.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Preferences.
3. Select the Start ControlCenter on computer startup check box.
4. Click OK.
Related Information
•ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
603
Home > Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
If you think there is a problem with your machine, first check each of the items below, then try to identify the
problem, and follow our troubleshooting tips.
You can correct most problems yourself. If you need additional help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the
latest FAQs and troubleshooting tips.
Visit us at support.brother.com.
Click FAQs & Troubleshooting and search for your model name.
First, check the following:
• The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on.
• All of the machine's orange protective parts have been removed.
• The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
• The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer.
• (For network models) The access point (for wireless), router, or hub is turned on and its link button is blinking.
• The machine's LCD is displaying messages.
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Document Jams
•Printer Jam or Paper Jam
•If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•Check the Machine Information
•Reset Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Telephone and Fax problems
•Other Problems
•Network Problems
•Google Cloud Print™ Problems
•AirPrint Problems
604
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this
happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance yourself. If you need more tips, go to your model's
FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
• (MFC-J5930DW)
If the Touchscreen displays errors and your Android™ device supports the NFC feature, touch your
device to the NFC symbol on the control panel to access the Brother Solutions Center and browse the
latest FAQs from your device. (Your mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your Android™ device are set to On.
•Related Information references are at the bottom of this page.
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Error Message Cause Action
B&W Print Only
Replace ink.
One or more of the colour ink cartridges
have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in monochrome
mode for approximately four weeks
depending on the number of pages you
print.
While this message appears on the
Touchscreen, each operation works in the
following way:
• Printing
If the media type is set to Plain Paper
in the Basic tab, and Greyscale is
chosen in the Advanced tab of the
printer driver, you can use the machine
as a monochrome printer.
• Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, you can make copies in
monochrome.
• Faxing
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, the machine will receive and
print the faxes in monochrome.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Although the Cause column lists options
for using the machine after this error
appears, you may not be able to use the
machine until you replace the ink
cartridge(s) under the following
conditions:
• If you unplug the machine or remove
the ink cartridge.
• If you select the Slow Drying Paper
option on the machine or in the printer
driver.
BT Call Sign On BT Call Sign is set to On. You cannot
change the Receive Mode from Manual to
another mode.
Set BT Call Sign to Off.
See Related Information: Enable the
Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with
Your External Telephone only).
Cannot Detect You installed a new ink cartridge too
quickly and the machine did not detect it.
Take out the new ink cartridge and
reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks
into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
A used ink cartridge was reinstalled. Remove the used ink cartridge and install
a new one.
605
Error Message Cause Action
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
cartridge.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
The ink cartridge must be replaced. Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge.
The new ink cartridge has an air bubble. Slowly turn the ink cartridge so that the
ink supply port is pointing downwards,
and then reinstall the cartridge.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge
was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink
cartridges and install the correct ink
cartridges.
Cannot Detect Ink
Volume
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
volume.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
Comm.Error Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If the
problem continues, contact the telephone
company and ask them to check your
telephone line.
Connection Error Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices
trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed The Brother machine and your mobile
device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the
correct PIN.
Cover is Open. The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it
again.
Make sure the telephone line cord and
interface cable (if used) have been guided
correctly through the cable channel and
out the back of the machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it
locks into place.
Data Remaining in
Memory
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press . The machine will cancel the
job and clear it from the memory. Try to
print again.
Disconnected The other person or other person's fax
machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you
are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system,
try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP.
Document Jam/too Long The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned from
the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then
press . Set the document in the ADF
correctly.
606
Error Message Cause Action
See Related Information: Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF).
See Related Information: Document
Jams.
High Temperature The room temperature is too high. After cooling the room, allow the machine
to cool down to room temperature. Try
again when the machine has cooled
down.
Hub is Unusable. A hub or USB flash drive with hub has
been connected to the USB direct
interface.
Hubs, including a USB flash drive with a
built-in hub, are not supported. Unplug the
device from the USB direct interface.
Ink Absorber NearFull The ink absorber box or flushing box is
nearly full.
The ink absorber box or flushing box must
be replaced soon. Contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother
dealer.
Ink Absorber Pad Full The ink absorber box or flushing box is
full. These components are periodic
maintenance items that may require
replacement after a period of time to
ensure optimum performance from your
Brother machine. Because these
components are periodic maintenance
items, the replacement is not covered
under the warranty. The need to replace
these items and the time period before
replacement is dependent on the number
of purges and flushes required to clean
the ink system. These boxes acquire
amounts of ink during the different purging
and flushing operations. The number of
times a machine purges and flushes for
cleaning varies depending on different
situations. For example, frequently
powering the machine on and off will
cause numerous cleaning cycles since the
machine automatically cleans upon power
up. The use of non-Brother ink may cause
frequent cleanings because non-Brother
ink could cause poor print quality which is
resolved by cleaning. The more cleaning
the machine requires, the faster these
boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered
under the stated product warranty.
The ink absorber box or flushing box must
be replaced. Contact Brother customer
service or your local Brother Authorised
Service Centre to have your machine
serviced.
Reasons for cleaning are:
1. The machine automatically cleans
itself after you remove the power cord
and plug it back in.
2. After a paper jam has been cleared,
the machine automatically cleans itself
before the next received page is
printed.
3. The machine automatically cleans
itself after sitting idle for more than 30
days (infrequent use).
4. The machine automatically cleans
itself after ink cartridges of the same
colour have been replaced 12 times.
Ink Low One or more of the ink cartridges are near
the end of their lives. If the sending
machine has the ability to convert it, the
colour fax will be printed at your machine
as a monochrome fax.
Order a new ink cartridge. You can
continue printing until the Touchscreen
displays Replace Ink.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
Install Ink An ink cartridge is not installed correctly. Remove the new ink cartridge and re-
install it slowly and firmly until it locks into
place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Jam Front/Rear The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
607
Error Message Cause Action
Jam Front
Jam Rear
Jam Manual Feed Slot
Jam Front/Manual Feed
Slot
Jam Tray2
Repeat Jam XX
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
If there is a repeat paper jam, try another
paper jam clear operation.
See Related Information: Remove Paper
Scraps.
The paper guides are not set to the
correct paper size.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
The machine's paper support is not set
correctly.
Make sure the paper support is fully
inserted into the machine.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine.
More than one sheet of paper was placed
in the manual feed slot.
-OR-
Another sheet of paper was placed in the
manual feed slot before the Touchscreen
prompted you to load another sheet of
paper.
Do not put more than one sheet of paper
in the manual feed slot at any one time.
Wait until the Touchscreen prompts you to
load another sheet of paper before you
feed the next sheet of paper in the manual
feed slot.
Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Low Temperature The room temperature is too low. After warming the room, allow the
machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed
up.
Media is Full. The USB flash drive you are using already
contains 999 files.
Your machine can only save to your USB
flash drive if it contains fewer than 999
files. Delete unused files and try again.
The USB flash drive you are using does
not have enough free space to scan the
document.
Delete unused files from your USB flash
drive to make some free space, and then
try again.
No Caller ID There is no incoming call history. You did
not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service from
your telephone company.
To use the Caller ID feature, contact your
telephone company.
See Related Information: Caller ID.
No Device When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Brother machine cannot find
your mobile device.
• Make sure your machine and mobile
device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have
entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a
configuration page for how to obtain
an IP address, make sure the IP
address of your mobile device has
been configured via DHCP.
No File The USB flash drive in the media drive
does not contain a .JPG file.
Put the correct USB flash drive into the
slot again.
608
Error Message Cause Action
No Paper Fed
No Paper Fed [Tray
#1]
No Paper Fed [Tray
#2]
The machine is out of paper or paper is
not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
• Refill the paper tray, and then follow
the LCD instructions.
• Remove and reload the paper, and
then follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
The paper was not inserted in the centre
position of the manual feed slot.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the
centre of the manual feed slot, and then
follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper in
the Manual Feed Slot.
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed
correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed
evenly at both ends.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
No Response/Busy The number you dialled does not answer
or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
Out of Fax Memory The fax memory is full. Do one of the following:
• Clear the data from the memory. To
gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
• Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress:
• Press or Quit or Close and wait
until the other operations that are in
progress finish, and then try again.
• Press Send Now to send the pages
scanned so far.
• Press Partial Print to copy the
pages scanned so far.
• Clear the data in the memory. To gain
extra memory, you can turn Memory
Receive off.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
• Print the faxes stored in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Paper Size Mismatch
Paper Size Mismatch
[Tray #1]
Paper Size Mismatch
[Tray #2]
The paper size setting does not match the
size of paper in the tray.
-OR-
The paper orientation is not proper for the
paper size.
-OR-
1. Check that the paper size you selected
on the machine's display matches the
size of the paper in the tray.
See Related Information: Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in the
proper orientation and set the paper
609
Error Message Cause Action
You did not set the paper guides in the
tray to the indicators for the paper size
you are using.
guides at the indicators for your paper
size.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
3. After you have checked the paper size
and the paper orientation, follow the
LCD instructions.
If printing from your computer, make sure
the paper size you selected in the printer
driver matches the size of paper in the
tray.
See Related Information: Print Settings
(Windows®) or Print Options (Macintosh).
Paper Tray not
detected
Paper Tray #1 not
detected
Paper Tray #2 not
detected
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into
the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented
the paper tray from being inserted
properly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine,
and remove the jammed paper or foreign
object. If you cannot find or remove the
jammed paper, see Related Information:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Repetitive No Paper
Fed
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Repetitive Paper Jams A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Remove any foreign objects and paper
scraps in the machine.
See Related Information: Remove Paper
Scraps.
Replace Ink One or more of the ink cartridges have
reached the end of their lives. The
machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, monochrome
faxes will be stored in the memory. If the
sending machine has the ability to convert
it, the colour fax will be stored in the
memory as a monochrome fax.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
The maximum number of
devices are already
connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
Two mobile devices are already
connected to the Wi-Fi Direct network
when the Brother machine is the Group
Owner (G/O).
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can
confirm the connection status by printing
the Network Configuration Report.
See Related Information: Print the
Network Configuration Report.
Touchscreen Init.
Failed
The Touchscreen was pressed before the
power on initialisation was completed.
Make sure nothing is touching or resting
on the Touchscreen, especially when
plugging the machine in.
Debris may be stuck between the lower
part of the Touchscreen and its frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the
lower part of the Touchscreen and its
frame and slide it back and forth to push
out the debris.
Tray Settings
Tray #1 Settings
Tray #2 Settings
This message is displayed when the
setting to confirm the paper type and size
is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message,
change the setting to Off.
See Related Information: Change the
Check Paper Size Setting.
Unable to Clean XX
Unable to Initialize
XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
-OR-
Open the scanner cover and remove any
foreign objects and paper scraps from
inside the machine. If the error message
610
Error Message Cause Action
Unable to Print XX A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
continues, disconnect the machine from
the power for several minutes, and then
reconnect it.
You can try additional paper jam clear
operations.
See Related Information: Remove Paper
Scraps.
(If you cannot print received faxes,
transfer them to another fax machine or to
your computer.)
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unable to Scan XX The machine has a mechanical problem. Disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
(If you cannot print received faxes,
transfer them to another fax machine or to
your computer.)
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unusable Device
Disconnect device
from front connector
& turn machine off &
then on
A broken device is connected to the USB
direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface, then press to turn the
machine off and then on again.
Unusable Device
Please disconnect USB
device.
A USB device or USB flash drive that is
not supported has been connected to the
USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface. Turn the machine off and then
on again.
Wrong Ink Cartridge The ink cartridge model number is not
compatible with your machine.
Verify whether the cartridge model
number will work with your machine.
Wrong Ink Colour An ink cartridge has been installed in the
wrong position.
Check which ink cartridges are not
matched by colour to their ink cartridge
positions and move them to their correct
positions.
Wrong Tray Settings The machine's Paper Size and Tray Use
settings do not match the size of paper in
the tray you are using.
Follow the instructions on the
Touchscreen and try to print again.
Configure the paper size setting for the
tray according to the LCD instructions.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Error Message Cause Action
Black and White Print
Only
Replace ink.
One or more of the colour ink cartridges
have reached the end of their lives.
You can use the machine in monochrome
mode for approximately four weeks
depending on the number of pages you
print.
While this message appears on the
Touchscreen, each operation works in the
following way:
• Printing
If the media type is set to Plain Paper
in the Basic tab, and Greyscale is
chosen in the Advanced tab of the
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Although the Cause column lists options
for using the machine after this error
appears, you may not be able to use the
machine until you replace the ink
cartridge(s) under the following
conditions:
• If you unplug the machine or remove
the ink cartridge.
• If you select the Slow Drying Paper
option on the machine or in the printer
driver.
611
Error Message Cause Action
printer driver, you can use the machine
as a monochrome printer.
• Copying
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper you can make copies in
monochrome.
• Faxing
If the paper type is set to Plain
Paper, the machine will receive and
print the faxes in monochrome.
BT Call Sign On BT Call Sign is set to On. You cannot
change the Receive Mode from Manual to
another mode.
Set BT Call Sign to Off.
See Related Information: Enable the
Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with
Your External Telephone only).
Cannot Detect You installed a new ink cartridge too
quickly and the machine did not detect it.
Take out the new ink cartridge and
reinstall it slowly and firmly until it locks
into place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
An ink cartridge is not installed correctly.
A used ink cartridge was reinstalled. Remove the used ink cartridge and install
a new one.
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
cartridge.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
The ink cartridge must be replaced. Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge.
The new ink cartridge has an air bubble. Slowly turn the ink cartridge so that the
ink supply port is pointing downwards,
and then reinstall the cartridge.
The wrong Brother model ink cartridge
was installed.
Check the model numbers of the ink
cartridges and install the correct ink
cartridges.
Cannot Detect Ink
Volume
If you are using non Brother Original ink,
the machine may not detect the ink
volume.
Replace the cartridge with a Brother
Original ink cartridge. If the error message
remains, contact Brother customer service
or your local Brother dealer.
Comm.Error Poor telephone line quality caused a
communication error.
Send the fax again or connect the
machine to another telephone line. If the
problem continues, contact the telephone
company and ask them to check your
telephone line.
Connection Error Other devices are trying to connect to the
Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices
trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed The Brother machine and your mobile
device cannot communicate during the
Wi-Fi Direct network configuration.
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
• If you are using the PIN Method of
WPS, make sure you have entered the
correct PIN.
612
Error Message Cause Action
Cover is Open. The scanner cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Lift the scanner cover and then close it
again.
Make sure the telephone line cord and
interface cable (if used) have been guided
correctly through the cable channel and
out the back of the machine.
The ink cartridge cover is not locked in the
closed position.
Firmly close the ink cartridge cover until it
locks into place.
Data Remaining in
Memory
Print data is left in the machine's memory. Press . The machine will cancel the
job and clear it from the memory. Try to
print again.
Disconnected The other person or other person's fax
machine stopped the call.
Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you
are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system,
try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for
VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line
Interference/VoIP.
Document Jam/too Long The document was not inserted or fed
correctly, or the document scanned from
the ADF was too long.
Remove the jammed document, and then
press . Set the document in the ADF
correctly.
See Related Information: Load
Documents in the Automatic Document
Feeder (ADF).
See Related Information: Document
Jams.
High Temperature The room temperature is too high. After cooling the room, allow the machine
to cool down to room temperature. Try
again when the machine has cooled
down.
Hub is Unusable. A hub or USB flash drive with hub has
been connected to the USB direct
interface.
Hubs, including a USB flash drive with a
built-in hub, are not supported. Unplug the
device from the USB direct interface.
Ink Absorber NearFull The ink absorber box or flushing box is
nearly full.
The ink absorber box or flushing box must
be replaced soon. Contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother
dealer.
Ink Absorber Pad Full The ink absorber box or flushing box is
full. These components are periodic
maintenance items that may require
replacement after a period of time to
ensure optimum performance from your
Brother machine. Because these
components are periodic maintenance
items, the replacement is not covered
under the warranty. The need to replace
these items and the time period before
replacement is dependent on the number
of purges and flushes required to clean
the ink system. These boxes acquire
amounts of ink during the different purging
and flushing operations. The number of
times a machine purges and flushes for
cleaning varies depending on different
situations. For example, frequently
powering the machine on and off will
cause numerous cleaning cycles since the
The ink absorber box or flushing box must
be replaced. Contact Brother customer
service or your local Brother Authorised
Service Centre to have your machine
serviced.
Reasons for cleaning are:
1. The machine automatically cleans
itself after you remove the power cord
and plug it back in.
2. After a paper jam has been cleared,
the machine automatically cleans itself
before the next received page is
printed.
3. The machine automatically cleans
itself after sitting idle for more than 30
days (infrequent use).
613
Error Message Cause Action
machine automatically cleans upon power
up. The use of non-Brother ink may cause
frequent cleanings because non-Brother
ink could cause poor print quality which is
resolved by cleaning. The more cleaning
the machine requires, the faster these
boxes will fill up.
Repairs resulting from the use of non-
Brother supplies may not be covered
under the stated product warranty.
4. The machine automatically cleans
itself after ink cartridges of the same
colour have been replaced 12 times.
Ink Low One or more of the ink cartridges are near
the end of their lives. If the sending
machine has the ability to convert it, the
colour fax will be printed at your machine
as a monochrome fax.
Order a new ink cartridge. You can
continue printing until the Touchscreen
displays Replace Ink.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
Install Ink An ink cartridge is not installed correctly. Remove the new ink cartridge and re-
install it slowly and firmly until it locks into
place.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
Jam Front/Rear
Jam Front
Jam Rear
Jam MP Tray
Jam Front/MP Tray
Jam Tray2
Repeat Jam XX
The paper is jammed in the machine. Remove the jammed paper.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
If there is a repeat paper jam, try another
paper jam clear operation.
See Related Information: Remove Paper
Scraps.
The paper guides are not set to the
correct paper size.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the
correct paper size.
The machine's paper support is not set
correctly.
Make sure the paper support is fully
inserted into the machine.
See Related Information: Paper is
Jammed in the Front of the Machine.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Low Temperature The room temperature is too low. After warming the room, allow the
machine to warm up to room temperature.
Try again when the machine has warmed
up.
Media is Full. The USB flash drive you are using already
contains 999 files.
Your machine can only save to your USB
flash drive if it contains fewer than 999
files. Delete unused files and try again.
The USB flash drive you are using does
not have enough free space to scan the
document.
Delete unused files from your USB flash
drive to make some free space, and then
try again.
No Caller ID There is no incoming call history. You did
not receive calls or you have not
subscribed to the Caller ID service from
your telephone company.
To use the Caller ID feature, contact your
telephone company.
See Related Information: Caller ID.
No Device When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, the Brother machine cannot find
your mobile device.
• Make sure your machine and mobile
device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
614
Error Message Cause Action
• Move the mobile device closer to your
Brother machine.
• Move your Brother machine and the
mobile device to an obstruction-free
area.
• If you are manually configuring the Wi-
Fi Direct network, make sure you have
entered the correct password.
• If your mobile device has a
configuration page for how to obtain
an IP address, make sure the IP
address of your mobile device has
been configured via DHCP.
No File The USB flash drive in the media drive
does not contain a .JPG file.
Put the correct USB flash drive into the
slot again.
No Paper Fed
No Paper Fed [Tray
#1]
No Paper Fed [MP
Tray]
No Paper Fed [Tray
#2]
The machine is out of paper or paper is
not correctly loaded in the paper tray.
Do one of the following:
• Refill the paper tray, and then follow
the LCD instructions.
• Remove and reload the paper, and
then follow the LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
The paper was not inserted in the centre
position of the MP tray.
Remove the paper and reinsert it in the
centre of the MP tray, and then follow the
LCD instructions.
See Related Information: Load Paper in
the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray).
The Jam Clear Cover is not closed
correctly.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed
evenly at both ends.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or
Paper Jam.
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
No Response/Busy The number you dialled does not answer
or is busy.
Verify the number and try again.
Out of Fax Memory The fax memory is full. Do one of the following:
• Clear the data from the memory. To
gain extra memory, you can turn off
Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
• Print the faxes that are in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Out of Memory The machine's memory is full. If a fax-sending or copy operation is in
progress:
• Press or Quit or Close and wait
until the other operations that are in
progress finish, and then try again.
• Press Send Now to send the pages
scanned so far.
• Press Partial Print to copy the
pages scanned so far.
615
Error Message Cause Action
• Clear the data in the memory. To gain
extra memory, you can turn Memory
Receive off.
See Related Information: Turn Off
Memory Receive.
• Print the faxes stored in the memory.
See Related Information: Print a Fax
Stored in the Machine's Memory.
Paper Low Tray #1
Paper Low Tray #2
The paper tray is nearly empty. Refill the paper in the paper tray indicated
on the LCD.
Paper Size Mismatch
Paper Size Mismatch
[Tray #1]
Paper Size Mismatch
[MP Tray]
Paper Size Mismatch
[Tray #2]
The paper size setting does not match the
size of paper in the tray.
-OR-
The paper orientation is not proper for the
paper size.
-OR-
You did not set the paper guides in the
tray to the indicators for the paper size
you are using.
1. Check that the paper size you selected
on the machine's display matches the
size of the paper in the tray.
See Related Information: Change the
Paper Size and Paper Type.
2. Make sure you loaded the paper in the
proper orientation and set the paper
guides at the indicators for your paper
size.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
3. After you have checked the paper size
and the paper orientation, follow the
LCD instructions.
If printing from your computer, make sure
the paper size you selected in the printer
driver matches the size of paper in the
tray.
See Related Information: Print Settings
(Windows®) or Print Options (Macintosh).
Paper Tray #1 not
detected
Paper Tray #2 not
detected
The paper tray is not completely inserted. Slowly push the paper tray completely into
the machine.
Paper or a foreign object has prevented
the paper tray from being inserted
properly.
Pull the paper tray out of the machine,
and remove the jammed paper or foreign
object. If you cannot find or remove the
jammed paper, see Related Information:
Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Repetitive No Paper
Fed
Paper dust has accumulated on the
surface of the paper pick-up rollers.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper
Pick-up Rollers.
Repetitive Paper Jams A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Remove any foreign objects and paper
scraps in the machine.
See Related Information: Remove Paper
Scraps.
Replace Ink One or more of the ink cartridges have
reached the end of their lives. The
machine will stop all print operations.
While memory is available, monochrome
faxes will be stored in the memory. If the
sending machine has the ability to convert
it, the colour fax will be stored in the
memory as a monochrome fax.
Replace the ink cartridges.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink
Cartridges.
•You can still scan even if the ink is
low or needs to be replaced.
The maximum number of
devices are already
connected using Wi-Fi
Direct.
Two mobile devices are already
connected to the Wi-Fi Direct network
when the Brother machine is the Group
Owner (G/O).
After the current connection between your
Brother machine and another mobile
device has shut down, try to configure the
Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can
616
Error Message Cause Action
confirm the connection status by printing
the Network Configuration Report.
See Related Information: Print the
Network Configuration Report.
Touchscreen
Initialisation Failed
The Touchscreen was pressed before the
power on initialisation was completed.
Make sure nothing is touching or resting
on the Touchscreen, especially when
plugging the machine in.
Debris may be stuck between the lower
part of the Touchscreen and its frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the
lower part of the Touchscreen and its
frame and slide it back and forth to push
out the debris.
Tray #1 Settings
Tray #2 Settings
MP Tray Settings
This message is displayed when the
setting to confirm the paper type and size
is enabled.
To not display this confirmation message,
change the setting to Off.
See Related Information: Change the
Check Paper Size Setting.
Unable to Clean XX
Unable to Initialize
XX
Unable to Print XX
The machine has a mechanical problem.
-OR-
A foreign object, such as a paper clip or a
piece of ripped paper, is in the machine.
Open the scanner cover and remove any
foreign objects and paper scraps from
inside the machine. If the error message
continues, disconnect the machine from
the power for several minutes, and then
reconnect it.
You can try additional paper jam clear
operations.
See Related Information: Remove Paper
Scraps.
(If you cannot print received faxes,
transfer them to another fax machine or to
your computer.)
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unable to Scan XX The machine has a mechanical problem. Disconnect the machine from the power
for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
(If you cannot print received faxes,
transfer them to another fax machine or to
your computer.)
See Related Information: Transfer Your
Faxes or Fax Journal Report.
Unusable Device
Disconnect device
from front connector
& turn machine off &
then on
A broken device is connected to the USB
direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface, then press to turn the
machine off and then on again.
Unusable Device
Please disconnect USB
device.
A USB device or USB flash drive that is
not supported has been connected to the
USB direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface. Turn the machine off and then
on again.
Wrong Ink Cartridge The ink cartridge model number is not
compatible with your machine.
Verify whether the cartridge model
number will work with your machine.
Wrong Ink Colour An ink cartridge has been installed in the
wrong position.
Check which ink cartridges are not
matched by colour to their ink cartridge
positions and move them to their correct
positions.
Wrong Tray Settings The machine's Paper Size and Tray Use
settings do not match the size of paper in
the tray you are using.
Follow the instructions on the
Touchscreen and try to print again.
Configure the paper size setting for the
tray according to the LCD instructions.
617
Related Information
•Troubleshooting
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
•Touchscreen LCD Overview
•Print the Network Configuration Report
•Replace the Ink Cartridges
•Change the Check Paper Size Setting
•Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
•Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•Document Jams
•Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign (with Your External Telephone only)
•Caller ID
•Load Paper
•Load Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
•Printer Jam or Paper Jam
•Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine
•Remove Paper Scraps
•Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•Turn Off Memory Receive
•Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•Print Settings (Windows®)
•Print Options (Macintosh)
•Load Paper in the Multi-purpose Tray (MP Tray)
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
618
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
If the LCD shows:
•[Unable to Clean XX]
•[Unable to Initialize XX]
•[Unable to Print XX]
•[Unable to Scan XX]
We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer.
See Related Information: Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine.
See Related Information: Transfer Faxes to Your Computer.
You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
See Related Information: Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine.
Related Information
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
•Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
•Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
•Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
•Reset the Network Settings to Factory Default
•Reset Your Brother Machine
•Reset Functions Overview
•Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine
•Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
619
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Fax Transfer].
3. Do one of the following:
• If the Touchscreen displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory.
Press [Close], and then press .
• Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Fax Transfer].
3. Do one of the following:
• If the Touchscreen displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine’s memory.
Press [Close], and then press .
• Enter the fax number where faxes will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•Set Your Station ID
620
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
You can transfer the faxes from your machine's memory to your computer.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
From the (Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
3. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the Touchscreen will ask if you
want to transfer the faxes to your computer. If Fax Preview is set to Off, you will be asked if you want to
print backup copies.
Press [Yes] to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX
Receive on the computer. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
From the (Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left
navigation bar, and then click Receive.
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
3. Read and confirm the instructions on your computer.
Faxes in the machine's memory will be sent to your computer automatically.
621
When faxes in the machine's memory are not sent to your computer:
Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.
If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the Touchscreen will ask if you
want to transfer the faxes to your computer. If Fax Preview is set to Off, you will be asked if you want to
print backup copies.
Press [Yes] to transfer all faxes in the memory to your computer.
Related Information
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
622
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal
Report > Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Report
Transfer].
3. Enter the fax number where the Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press to interrupt the error temporarily.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Report
Transfer].
3. Enter the fax number where the Fax Journal report will be forwarded.
4. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
•Set Your Station ID
623
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Error Messages When Using the Brother
Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the following chart.
You can correct most errors yourself. If, after reading this table, you still need help, the Brother Solutions Center
offers the latest FAQs and troubleshooting tips.
Visit us at support.brother.com.
Connection Error
Error Messages Cause Action
(MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/
MFC-J5335DW)
Connection Error 02
Network is not connected.
Check that the machine is
connected to the network.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
Connection Error 02
Network is not connected.
Check that the machine is
connected to the network.
The machine is not connected to a
network.
• Verify that the network connection
is good.
• If the Web or Apps option was
pressed soon after the machine
was turned on, the network
connection may not have been
established yet. Wait and try
again.
(MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/
MFC-J5335DW)
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
• Network or server settings are
incorrect.
• There is a problem with the
network or server.
• Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
• If the Web or Apps option was
pressed soon after the machine
was turned on, the network
connection may not have been
established yet. Wait and try
again.
(MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/
MFC-J5335DW)
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Set the correct Date&Time.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Set the correct Date&Time.
Date and time settings are incorrect. Set the date and time correctly. Note
that if the machine's power cord is
disconnected, the date and time
settings may have reset to factory
settings.
624
Authentication Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter
PIN correctly.
The PIN you entered to access the
account is incorrect. The PIN is the
four-digit number that was entered
when registering the account to the
machine.
Enter the correct PIN.
Authentication Error 02
Incorrect or expired ID, or
this temporary ID is already
used. Enter correctly or
reissue temporary ID.
Temporary ID is valid for 24
hours after it is issued.
The temporary ID that was entered is
incorrect .
Enter the correct temporary ID.
The temporary ID that was entered
has expired. A temporary ID is valid
for 24 hours.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again and receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Authentication Error 03
Display name has already
been registered. Enter
another display name.
The name you entered as the display
name has already been registered to
another service user.
Enter a different display name.
Server Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Server Error 01
Authentication failed. Do
the following: 1. Go to
http://bwc.brother.com to
get a new temporary ID. 2.
Press OK and enter your new
temporary ID in the next
screen.
The machine's authentication
information (needed to access the
service) has expired or is invalid.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again to receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Server Error 03
Failed to upload.
Unsupported file or corrupt
data. Confirm data of file.
The file you are trying to upload may
have one of the following problems:
• The file exceeds the service's limit
on number of pixels, file size, etc.
• The file type is not supported.
• The file is corrupted.
The file cannot be used:
• Check the service's size or format
restrictions.
• Save the file as a different type.
• If possible, get a new, uncorrupted
version of the file.
Server Error 13
Service temporarily
unavailable. Try again
later.
There is a problem with the service
and it cannot be used now.
Wait and try again. If you get the
message again, access the service
from a computer to confirm if it is
unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Shortcut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please
register account and
shortcut again after
deleting this shortcut.
The shortcut cannot be used because
the account was deleted after the
shortcut was registered.
Delete the shortcut, and then register
the account and shortcut again.
Related Information
•Error and Maintenance Messages
625
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
1. Remove any paper that is not jammed from the ADF.
2. Open the ADF cover.
3. Remove the jammed document by pulling it upwards.
4. Close the ADF cover.
5. Press .
IMPORTANT
To avoid future document jams, close the ADF cover correctly by pressing it down in the centre.
Related Information
•Document Jams
627
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed inside the ADF Unit
1. Remove any paper that is not jammed from the ADF.
2. Lift the document cover.
3. Pull the jammed document out to the right.
4. Close the document cover.
5. Press .
Related Information
•Document Jams
629
Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
Remove Paper Scraps Jammed in the ADF
1. Lift the document cover.
2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.
3. Close the document cover.
4. Press .
Related Information
•Document Jams
630
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine
Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine
If the LCD displays the following paper jam messages, follow these steps:
•[Jam Front/Rear], [Repeat Jam Front/Rear]
•[Jam Front], [Repeat Jam Front]
•[Jam Front/MP Tray], [Repeat Jam Front/MP Tray]
•[Jam Front/Manual Feed Slot], [Repeat Jam Front/Manual Feed]
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper is loaded in the MP tray, remove the paper. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
3. Pull Tray #1 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
If your LCD error message was repeat paper jam messages, for example [Repeat Jam Front/Rear],
lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
When finished, continue with the next step.
4. Slowly pull out the jammed paper (1).
1
632
If your LCD error message was repeat paper jam messages, for example [Repeat Jam Front/Rear],
do the following:
a. Lift the Jam Clear Flap, and remove the jammed paper.
b. Make sure you look carefully inside (1) for any scraps of paper.
1
When finished, continue with the next step.
5. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open
position.
1
6. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
633
1
If your LCD error message was repeat paper jam messages, for example [Repeat Jam Front/Rear],
move the print head (if necessary) to take out any paper remaining in this area. Make sure pieces of paper
are not left in the corners of the machine (1) and (2).
1 2
When finished, continue with the next step.
IMPORTANT
• If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration, you cannot move the print head.
Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord. Open the scanner cover again, and
then hold down until the print head moves to the centre. Then unplug the machine from the
power source and take out the paper.
• If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then
move the print head to take out the paper.
634
• If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
7. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
8. If your LCD error message was [Jam Front/Rear] or [Repeat Jam Front/Rear], do the following:
a. Open the Jam Clear Cover (1) at the back of the machine.
1
b. Make sure you look carefully inside for jammed paper and slowly pull it out of the machine.
c. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
635
9. If your LCD error message was [Jam Front/MP Tray] or [Repeat Jam Front/MP Tray], make sure
you look carefully inside the MP tray for jammed paper. Push the release lever (1) towards the back of the
machine, and then slowly pull the jammed paper out of the MP tray.
1
10. If your LCD error message was [Jam Front/Manual Feed Slot] or [Repeat Jam Front/Manual
Feed], make sure you look carefully inside the manual feed slot for jammed paper and slowly pull it out of
the machine.
11. If your LCD error message was repeat paper jam messages, for example [Repeat Jam Front/Rear],
and you removed the paper support, put it firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support
into the channels.
12. Slowly push Tray #1 completely into the machine.
636
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
If the LCD displays the following paper jam messages, follow these steps:
•[Jam Rear], [Repeat Jam Rear]
•[Jam MP Tray], [Repeat Jam MP Tray]
•[Jam Manual Feed Slot], [Repeat Jam Manual Feed Slot]
•[Jam Tray2], [Repeat Jam Tray2]
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper is loaded in the MP tray, remove the paper. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
3. Pull Tray #1 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
If your LCD error message was [Jam Tray2] or [Repeat Jam Tray2], also pull Tray #2 (2) completely
out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
2
When finished, continue with the next step.
4. If your LCD error message was [Jam Rear], [Repeat Jam Rear], [Jam Tray2] or [Repeat Jam
Tray2], do the following:
a. Open the Jam Clear Cover (1) at the back of the machine.
1
b. Slowly pull the jammed paper out of the machine.
638
c. Close the Jam Clear Cover. Make sure the cover is closed completely.
5. If your LCD error message was [Jam MP Tray] or [Repeat Jam MP Tray], push the release lever (1)
towards the back of the machine, and then slowly pull the jammed paper out of the MP tray.
1
6. If your LCD error message was [Jam Manual Feed Slot] or [Repeat Jam Manual Feed Slot],
slowly pull the jammed paper out of the manual feed slot.
7. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover (1) into the open
position.
639
1
8. Slowly pull the jammed paper (1) out of the machine.
1
If your LCD error message was repeat paper jam messages, for example [Repeat Jam Rear], move the
print head (if necessary) to take out any paper remaining in this area. Make sure pieces of paper are not left
in the corners of the machine (1) and (2).
1 2
When finished, continue with the next step.
IMPORTANT
• If the print head is in the right corner as shown in the illustration, you cannot move the print head.
Close the scanner cover, and then reconnect the power cord. Open the scanner cover again, and
then hold down until the print head moves to the centre. Then unplug the machine from the
power source and take out the paper.
640
• If the paper is jammed under the print head, unplug the machine from the power source, and then
move the print head to take out the paper.
• If ink gets on your skin or clothing, immediately wash it off with soap or detergent.
9. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
10. (MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW) Slowly push Tray #1 completely into the machine.
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW) Slowly push Tray #1 and Tray #2 (if removed) completely
into the machine.
11. Reconnect the power cord.
641
Home > Troubleshooting > Printer Jam or Paper Jam > Remove Paper Scraps
Remove Paper Scraps
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. If you repeatedly experience paper jams (3 times or more), the LCD displays a message asking if you want to
remove the scraps.
Press [Yes] to return to the Home screen.
2. Press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Remove Paper Scraps].
3. Follow the instructions on the LCD to locate and remove the jammed paper.
During the procedure, you must load the Maintenance sheet (included with your machine) in Landscape
orientation in the manual feed slot. (If you do not have the Maintenance sheet, use one sheet of A4 or
Letter size thicker paper, such as glossy paper.)
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. If you repeatedly experience paper jams (3 times or more), the LCD displays a message asking if you want to
remove the scraps.
Press [Yes] to return to the Home screen.
2. Press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Remove Paper Scraps].
3. Follow the instructions on the LCD to locate and remove the jammed paper.
Related Information
•Printer Jam or Paper Jam
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Paper is Jammed in the Front of the Machine
•Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
643
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
For technical help, you must contact Brother customer support.
If you think there is a problem with your machine, check the following topics. You can correct most problems
yourself.
If you need additional help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the latest FAQs and troubleshooting tips.
Visit support.brother.com.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Telephone and Fax problems
•Other Problems
•Network Problems
•Google Cloud Print™ Problems
•AirPrint Problems
644
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Paper Handling and Printing
Problems
Paper Handling and Printing Problems
Printing Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
No printout Check that the correct printer driver has been installed and selected.
Check to see if the machine's display is showing an error message.
See Related Information: Error and Maintenance Messages.
Check that the machine is online:
• Windows Vista® and Windows Server® 2008
Click /Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers. Right-
click Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is your model name). Make
sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is listed, click this option to set the
driver Online.
• Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click /Start > Devices and Printers . Right-click Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer (where XXXX is your model name) and click See what's printing.
Click Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX
Printer (where XXXX is your model name). Click See what's printing. If
printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware
and Sound group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother
MFC-XXXX Printer (where XXXX is your model name). Click See what’s
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click
Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer
(where XXXX is your model name). Click See what's printing. If printer driver
options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and
make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
•Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View
devices and printers. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer (where
XXXX is your model name). Click See what's printing. If printer driver
options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and
make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
One or more ink cartridges have reached the end of their life.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink Cartridges.
If old, unprinted data remains in the printer driver spooler, it will prevent new print
jobs from printing. Open the printer icon and delete all data as follows:
• Windows Vista® and Windows Server® 2008
Click /Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
645
Difficulties Suggestions
Click /Start > Devices and Printers > Printers and Faxes.
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound
group, click View devices and printers > Printers.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware
and Sound group, click View devices and printers > Printers.
• Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu
bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click
View devices and printers > Printers.
• Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View
devices and printers > Printers.
• OS X v10.9.5, 10.10.x, 10.11.x
Click the System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
The headers or footers appear
when the document is displayed
on the screen but do not appear
when the document is printed.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the page. Adjust the top
and bottom margins in your document to allow for this.
See Related Information: Unprintable Area.
Cannot perform ‘Page Layout’
printing.
Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer driver are
the same.
Print speed is too slow. Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest resolution needs longer data
processing, sending and printing time. Try the other quality settings in the printer
driver as follows:
• Windows®
In the printer driver, clear the Colour Enhancement check box on the
Advanced tab.
• Macintosh
In the printer driver, choose Color Settings, click Advanced Color Settings,
and make sure you clear the Color Enhancement check box.
Turn the Borderless feature off. Borderless printing is slower than normal printing.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows®) or Print a Photo (Macintosh).
Turn the Quiet Mode setting off. Print speed is slower in Quiet Mode.
See Related Information: Reduce Printing Noise.
Print Quality Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
Poor print quality Check the print quality.
See Related Information: Check the Print Quality.
Make sure the Media Type setting in the printer driver or the Paper Type setting
in the machine’s menu matches the type of paper you are using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
See Related Information: Print Settings (Windows®) or Print Options (Macintosh).
Make sure your ink cartridges are fresh. The following may cause ink to clog:
• The expiration date written on the cartridge package has passed.
• The ink cartridge has been in your machine for over six months.
• The ink cartridge may not have been stored correctly before use.
646
Difficulties Suggestions
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink. Brother does not recommend the
use of cartridges other than Brother Original cartridges or the refilling of used
cartridges with ink from other sources.
Make sure you are using one of the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
The recommended environment for your machine is between 20 °C to 33 °C.
White lines appear in text or
graphics.
Clean the print head.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine.
See Related Information: Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows®)
or Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Macintosh).
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
Try using the recommended types of paper.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain
print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or
leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend
using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the
machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
The machine prints blank pages. Check the print quality.
See Related Information: Check the Print Quality.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
To prolong print head life, provide the best ink cartridge economy and maintain
print quality, we do not recommend frequently unplugging the machine and/or
leaving the machine unplugged for extended periods of time. We recommend
using to power down the machine. Using allows minimal power to the
machine, resulting in periodic, but less frequent, cleaning of the print head.
Characters and lines are blurred. Check the printing alignment.
See Related Information: Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine.
See Related Information: Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer
(Windows®) or Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Macintosh).
Change the print setting options.
See Related Information: Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing
Problems.
Printed text or images are
skewed.
Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray and the paper guides
are adjusted correctly.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
Smudge or stain at the top centre
of the printed page.
Make sure the paper is not too thick or curled.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
Printing appears dirty or ink
seems to run.
Make sure you are using the recommended types of paper. Do not handle the
paper until the ink is dry.
See Related Information: Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media.
Make sure the printing surface is face down in the paper tray.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
If you are using photo paper, make sure the glossy side of the photo paper is
face down in the tray and you have set the correct paper type. If you are printing
a photo from your computer, set the Media Type in the printer driver.
Ink is smudged or wet when using
glossy photo paper.
Be sure to check the front and back of the paper. Place the glossy surface
(printing surface) face down.
647
Difficulties Suggestions
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
If you use glossy photo paper, make sure the paper type setting is correct.
Stains appear on the reverse side
or at the bottom of the page.
Make sure the printer platen is not dirty with ink.
See Related Information: Clean the Machine's Printer Platen.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
Make sure you are using the paper support flap.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the paper feed rollers are not dirty with ink.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
The machine prints dense lines on
the page.
Windows®
Select Reverse Order in the Basic tab of the printer driver.
The printouts are wrinkled. • Windows®
In the printer driver, choose the Advanced tab, click Other Print Options,
and then click Advanced Colour Settings. Clear the Bi-Directional Printing
check box.
• Macintosh
In the printer driver, choose Print Settings, click Advanced, choose Other
Print Options, and clear the Bi-Directional Printing check box.
Make sure you are using Brother Original ink.
Paper Handling Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine does not feed paper. Make sure the paper tray is pushed in all the way until it locks into place.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover at the back of the machine is closed.
If the machine's LCD displays a Paper Jam message and you still have a
problem, see Related Information: Error and Maintenance Messages.
If the paper tray is empty, load a new stack of paper into the paper tray.
If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled,
straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and
put it back in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers.
Make sure that the paper is within specifications for the machine.
See Related Information: Paper Weight and Thickness.
Photo paper does not feed
correctly.
When you print on Brother Photo paper, load one extra sheet of the same photo
paper in the paper tray. An extra sheet has been included in the paper package
for this purpose.
Machine feeds multiple pages. • Make sure the paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
• Remove all the paper from the tray and fan the stack of paper well, then put it
back in the tray.
• Make sure you do not push the paper in too far.
See Related Information: Load Paper.
Make sure the Jam Clear Cover is closed correctly.
See Related Information: Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Make sure the Base Pad in the paper tray is not dirty.
See Related Information: Clean the Base Pad.
648
Difficulties Suggestions
There is a paper jam. See Related Information: Printer Jam or Paper Jam.
Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct paper size.
Use the jam prevention settings.
For copying
See Related Information: Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing
Problems.
For printing
See Related Information: Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams
(Windows®) or Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Macintosh).
Paper jam reoccurs. If there is a repeat paper jam, a small piece of paper may be stuck in the
machine. Make sure paper is not still jammed in the machine.
See Related Information: Remove Paper Scraps.
The paper jams when you use 2-
sided copy or 2-sided print.
If paper jams occur frequently during 2-sided copying or 2-sided printing, the
paper feed rollers may be stained with ink. Clean the paper feed rollers.
See Related Information: Clean the Paper Feed Rollers.
Printing Received Faxes
Difficulties Suggestions
• Condensed print
• Horizontal streaks
• Top and bottom sentences are
cut off
• Missing lines
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your copy
looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or interference on the
telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.
Black lines when receiving The sender’s scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if the
problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.
Left and right margins are cut off
or a single page is printed on two
pages.
If the received faxes are divided and printed on two pages or if you get an extra
blank page, your paper size setting may not be correct for the paper you are
using.
See Related Information: Change the Paper Size and Paper Type.
Turn on Auto Reduction.
See Related Information: Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax.
Received colour fax prints only in
monocrome.
Replace the colour ink cartridges that have reached the end of their life, and then
ask the other person to send the colour fax again.
See Related Information: Replace the Ink Cartridges.
Related Information
•If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•Troubleshooting
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Replace the Ink Cartridges
•Unprintable Area
•Check the Print Quality
•Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
•Acceptable Paper and Other Print Media
•Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
•Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
649
•Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Load Paper
•Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
•Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
•Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•Printer Jam or Paper Jam
•Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
•Paper Weight and Thickness
•Print Settings (Windows®)
•Print Options (Macintosh)
•Print a Photo (Macintosh)
•Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows®)
•Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Macintosh)
•Clean the Base Pad
•Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
•Reduce Printing Noise
•Remove Paper Scraps
650
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Telephone and Fax problems
Telephone and Fax problems
Telephone Line or Connections
Difficulties Suggestions
Dialling does not work. (No dial
tone)
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you
subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection
instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP).
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
(Available only for some countries.)
Change the Tone/Pulse setting.
See Related Information: Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode.
If an external phone is connected to the machine, send a manual fax by lifting the
handset of the external telephone and dialling the number using the external
telephone. Wait to hear the fax receiving tones before sending the fax.
If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line
cord to the socket. Then lift the external telephone’s handset and listen for a dial
tone. If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line
and/or wall socket.
The machine does not answer
when called.
Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is
still no answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone
wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If there is no ringing when you
call your machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.
Handling Incoming Calls
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine ‘Hears’ a voice as a
CNG Tone.
If Fax Detect is set to On, your machine is more sensitive to sounds. It may
mistakenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a fax machine calling
and respond with fax receiving tones. Deactivate the machine by pressing .
Try avoiding this problem by turning Fax Detect to Off.
See Related Information: Set Fax Detect.
Sending a Fax Call to the
machine.
If you answered on an extension or external telephone, press your Remote
Activation Code (the factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external
telephone, press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
Custom features on a single line. If you have Call Waiting, Call Waiting/Caller ID, Caller ID, Voice Mail, an
answering machine, an alarm system or other custom feature on a single
telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving
faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and
its signal comes through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a
fax, the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother’s ECM (Error
Correction Mode) feature should help overcome this problem. This condition is
related to the telephone system industry and is common to all devices that send
and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If avoiding
a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate
telephone line with no custom features.
Receiving Faxes
651
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot receive a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you
subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection
instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to
Basic (for VoIP). This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode
(ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the
external devices and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as
the Brother machine.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
• If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to
automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine,
you should select the External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your
Brother machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and voice callers
will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
• If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to
automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode.
In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive faxes automatically and
produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to answer voice calls.
• If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes
automatically, you should select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must
answer every incoming call and activate the machine to receive faxes.
Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your
Brother machine answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
• If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to
one ring.
See Related Information: Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine
Answers (Ring Delay).
• If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings
programmed on your answering machine to two.
• If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
• If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly.
Remember to reset your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to
your original setting. If receiving problems recur after resetting the Ring Delay,
then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering the fax call before
the machine has a chance to answer.
• If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber
service may be interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem
with your fax line.
If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the
same line as the Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up
correctly.
See Related Information: Connect an External TAD.
1. Connect the external TAD as shown in the illustration.
See Related Information: External TAD (Telephone Answering Device).
2. Set your answering machine to answer in one or two rings.
3. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
• Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message.
• Limit your speaking to 20 seconds.
• End your outgoing message with your Remote Activation Code for people
sending manual faxes. For example: “After the beep, leave a message or
press *51 and Start to send a fax.”
4. Set your answering machine to answer calls.
652
Difficulties Suggestions
5. Set your Brother machine’s Receive Mode to External TAD.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Make sure your Brother machine’s Fax Detect feature is turned On. Fax Detect is
a feature that allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call on an
external or extension telephone.
See Related Information: Set Fax Detect.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone
line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
If you connect your machine to a PBX or ISDN line, set the menu setting of
Telephone Line Type to your telephone line type.
See Related Information: Set the Telephone Line Type.
Sending Faxes
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot send a fax. Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged
into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you
subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection
instructions.
If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP).
This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.
See Related Information: Print Reports.
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Poor sending quality. Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your
machine’s scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Transmission Verification Report
says RESULT:NG.
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again.
If you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:NG on the Transmission
Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory. To free up extra
memory, you can turn off Fax Storage, print fax messages in memory or cancel a
delayed fax. If the problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your
telephone line.
See Related Information: Turn Off Memory Receive.
See Related Information: Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory.
See Related Information: Cancel a Fax in Progress.
See Related Information: Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.
If you connect your machine to a PBX or ISDN line, set the menu setting of
Telephone Line Type to your telephone line type.
See Related Information: Set the Telephone Line Type.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone
line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to
Basic(for VoIP).
See Related Information: Telephone Line Interference/VoIP.
Sent faxes are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information: Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
653
Difficulties Suggestions
Vertical black lines when sending. Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction
fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Related Information
•If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•Set Dial Tone Detection
•Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
•Troubleshooting
•Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
•Choose the Correct Receive Mode
•Set Fax Detect
•Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
•Connect an External TAD
•External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
•Set the Telephone Line Type
•Print Reports
•Clean the Scanner
•Turn Off Memory Receive
•Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
•Cancel a Fax in Progress
•Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
•Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
654
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Telephone and Fax
problems > Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Tone].
2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Tone].
2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection].
3. Press .
Related Information
•Telephone and Fax problems
655
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Telephone and Fax
problems > Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
Telephone Line Interference/VoIP
If you are having problems sending or receiving a fax due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you
are using a VoIP system, we recommend changing the modem speed to minimise errors in fax operations.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Compatibility].
2. Press the option you want.
•[Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off colour fax receiving and
ECM, except for colour fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line,
you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting
to [Basic(for VoIP)].
•[Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
3. Press .
• VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional
phone line.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Compatibility].
2. Press the option you want.
•[Basic(for VoIP)] reduces the modem speed to 9,600 bps and turns off colour fax receiving and
ECM, except for colour fax-sending. Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line,
you may prefer to use it only when needed.
To improve compatibility with most VoIP services, Brother recommends changing the compatibility setting
to [Basic(for VoIP)].
•[Normal] sets the modem speed at 14,400 bps.
•[High] sets the modem speed at 33,600 bps.
3. Press .
• VoIP (Voice over IP) is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional
phone line.
Related Information
•Telephone and Fax problems
•Voice Over Internet Protocol (VoIP/Telephone Line Interference)
•Error and Maintenance Messages
656
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Other Problems
Other Problems
Copying Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot make a copy. Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Black lines or streaks appear in
copies.
A
A
Black lines on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass
strip. Clean the glass strip, scanner glass, and the white bar and white plastic
above them.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Black marks or spots appear in
copies.
Black marks or spots on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on
the scanner glass. Clean the scanner glass and white plastic above it.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Dark lines appear at regular
intervals.
Check and adjust the paper feed.
See Related Information: Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines.
Copies are blank. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
See Related Information: Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder
(ADF).
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Poor copy results when using the
ADF.
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Fit to Page does not work
correctly.
Make sure the document is not skewed on the scanner glass. Reposition the
document and try again.
Scanning Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
TWAIN or WIA errors appear
when starting to scan.
(Windows®)
Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected as the primary source in
your scanning application. For example, in Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14, click
Desktop > Scan Settings > Select to choose the Brother TWAIN/WIA driver.
TWAIN error appears when
starting to scan. (Macintosh)
Make sure the Brother TWAIN driver is selected as the primary source in your
scanning application.
You can also scan documents using the ICA Scanner Driver.
OCR does not work. Try increasing the scanning resolution.
Poor scanning results when using
the ADF. (Black lines appear in
the scanned data.)
Clean the white bar and the glass strip underneath it.
See Related Information: Clean the Scanner.
Try using the scanner glass.
See Related Information: Load Documents on the Scanner Glass.
Direct Photo Printing Difficulties
657
Difficulties Suggestions
Part of my photo is missing when
printed.
Make sure Borderless printing and Cropping are turned off.
See Related Information: Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive.
See Related Information: Print Photos with Auto Cropping.
Software Difficulties
Difficulties Suggestions
Cannot print. Uninstall and reinstall the Brother driver.
“Device Busy” appears on the
computer screen.
Make sure the machine is not showing an error message on the machine's
display.
Related Information
•If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•Troubleshooting
•Clean the Scanner
•Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
•Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
•Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
•Print Borderless Photos from a USB Flash Drive
•Print Photos with Auto Cropping
•Important Note
658
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems
Network Problems
•Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
•Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
•My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
•Troubleshooting
659
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > Use the
Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
• Windows Vista®/Windows® 7/Windows® 8/Windows® 10
You must log on with Administrator rights.
• Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Windows Vista®/
Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows® 8/
Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then
click Network Connection Repair Tool.
• If the User Account Control screen appears, do one of the following:
- Windows Vista®: Click Allow.
- Windows® 7/Windows® 8/Windows® 10: Click Yes.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings >
Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
•Network Problems
•Print the Network Configuration Report
•My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
660
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > I Cannot
Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to
resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.
Cause Action Interface
Your security settings (SSID/
Network Key) are not
correct.
• Confirm the security settings using the Wireless Setup Helper
utility. For more information and to download the utility, go to your
model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
• Select and confirm that you are using the correct security
settings.
- See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access
point/router for information on how to find the security
settings.
- The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless
LAN access point/router may be used as the default security
settings.
- Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your
Internet provider, or network administrator.
Wireless
Your Brother machine's MAC
address is not allowed.
Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the
filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's
control panel.
Wireless
Your wireless LAN access
point/router is in stealth
mode (not broadcasting the
SSID).
• Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
• Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions
supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and
reconfigure the wireless network setup.
Wireless
Your security settings (SSID/
password) are not correct.
• Confirm the SSID and password.
- When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID
and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your
mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID
and password will be displayed on your mobile device’s
screen.
Wi-Fi Direct
You are using Android™ 4.0. If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after
using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS
(recommended) and set the Brother machine as a G/O.
Wi-Fi Direct
Your Brother machine is
placed too far from your
mobile device.
Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 metre) of the
mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.
Wi-Fi Direct
There are some obstructions
(walls or furniture, for
example) between your
machine and the mobile
device.
Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area. Wi-Fi Direct
There is a wireless
computer, Bluetooth-
supported device,
microwave oven, or digital
cordless phone near the
Brother machine or the
mobile device.
Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile
device.
Wi-Fi Direct
If you have checked and
tried all of the above, but still
cannot complete the Wi-Fi
• Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then try to configure
the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
Wi-Fi Direct
662
Cause Action Interface
Direct configuration, do the
following:
• If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how
many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network,
and then check how many devices are connected.
For Windows®
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we
recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Related Information
•Network Problems
•Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID is Not Broadcast
•Use Wi-Fi Direct®
663
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > My Brother
Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the
Network
Cause Action Interface
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The Network scanning
feature does not work. )
• Windows®
Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow
Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type
the information below:
- In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.
- In Port number:
Type 54925.
- In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party
Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
• Macintosh
Launch ControlCenter2. Click the Model pop-up menu, and then
select Other…. The Device Selector window appears. Reselect
your network machine, make sure Status is idle, and then click
OK.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
(The network PC-Fax
Receive feature does not
work.)
(Windows®)
Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To
add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below:
• In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx.
• In Port number:
Type 54926.
• In Protocol:
UDP is selected.
See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/
Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your security software
blocks your machine's
access to the network.
Some security software might block access without showing a security
alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask
the software manufacturer.
Wired/Wireless
Your Brother machine was
not assigned an available
IP address.
• Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your
computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the
same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the
Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
• Windows®
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network
Connection Repair Tool.
• Macintosh
Check your network devices using the ping command. For more
information on how to confirm your network settings, see Related
Information:Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command.
Wired/Wireless
The failed print job is still
in your computer's print
queue.
• If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it.
• Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and
cancel all documents:
Wired/Wireless
664
Cause Action Interface
- Windows Vista®
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound >
Printers.
- Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Printers and
Faxes.
- Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and
printers > Printers.
- Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and
printers > Printers.
- Windows Server® 2008
Click Start > Control Panel > Printers.
-Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop.
When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel.
In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers >
Printers.
-Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware
group, click View devices and printers.
- OS X v10.9.5, 10.10.x, 10.11.x
Click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
Your Brother machine is
not connected to the
wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the
Brother software and drivers and reinstall them.
Related Information
•Network Problems
•Print the WLAN Report
•Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
•Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
•Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
665
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > I Want to
Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check Action Interface
Check that your Brother
machine, access point/
router, or network hub is
turned on.
Check the following:
• The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is
turned on.
• The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is
blinking.
• All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
• The ink cartridges are installed correctly.
• The Scanner Cover and the Jam Clear Cover are fully closed.
• Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
• (For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Wired/Wireless
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother
machine from your
computer.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or
the node name in the Windows® command prompt or Macintosh
Terminal application:
ping <ipaddress> or <nodename>.
• Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and
connected to the same network as your computer.
• Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same
network as your computer.
(Windows®)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair
Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Macintosh)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Wired/Wireless
Check that your Brother
machine is connected to
the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.
Related Information
•Network Problems
•Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
•Print the Network Configuration Report
•Print the WLAN Report
•Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
•My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
•Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
666
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Network Problems > I Want to
Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly > Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check Network Devices Using the Ping Command
Check the IP addresses of both your computer and your Brother machine, and then confirm whether the network
is operating correctly.
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows®)
>> Configure the IP Address on your computer (Macintosh)
>> Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Windows®)
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click /Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt
• Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Search >
Command Prompt.
• Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Command Prompt.
2. Type "ipconfig" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
4. Type "exit" and then press the Enter key on your keyboard.
Configure the IP Address on your computer (Macintosh)
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Network > Advanced > TCP/IP
3. Confirm the values for the IPv4 address and subnet mask.
Configure the IP Address on your Brother machine
Print the Network Configuration Report, and confirm the values for the IP address and subnet mask.
Check the IP addresses for both your computer and your Brother machine. Confirm that the network address
portions are the same. For example, if the subnet mask is "255.255.255.0", it is normal for only the host address
portions to be different.
Network Address Host Address
IP Address 192.168.100. 250 Set the final number, which corresponds to "0" in the
subnet mask, to 1–254.
Subnet Mask 255.255.255. 0 Usually, there are no problems when the subnet mask is
"255.255.255.0". Use the same value for all of your
computers.
Related Information
•I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
667
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > Google Cloud Print™ Problems
Google Cloud Print™ Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm that Google Cloud Print™ is enabled.
Confirm that your machine is registered with Google
Cloud Print™. If it is not registered, try to register again.
I cannot print. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm your network settings. See Related Information.
Certain files may not be printable, or may not appear
exactly as they are displayed.
I cannot register my Brother machine with Google Cloud
Print™.
Make sure your machine is connected to a network with
Internet access.
Verify that the date and time are set correctly on your
machine.
I do not see a confirmation message on my Brother
machine when I try to register with Google Cloud Print™,
even after repeating the registration steps.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle while you are
registering with Google Cloud Print™.
Related Information
•If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•Troubleshooting
669
Home > Troubleshooting > If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine > AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings. See Related Information.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access
point/router, or to your Brother machine.
I cannot print. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings. See Related Information.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an
Apple device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Make sure you are running the latest version of iOS.
Refer to the following Apple support article for more
information about AirPrint: support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Related Information
•If You Are Having Difficulty with Your Machine
•Troubleshooting
670
Home > Troubleshooting > Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your Brother machine's serial number, firmware version and firmware update.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.].
2. Press one of the following options:
•[Serial No.]
Check your machine's serial number.
•[Firmware Version]
Check your machine's firmware version.
•[Firmware Update]
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
•[Firmware Auto Check]
View firmware information on the Home screen.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.] .
2. Press one of the following options:
•[Serial No.]
Check your machine's serial number.
•[Firmware Version]
Check your machine's firmware version.
•[Firmware Update]
Update your machine to the latest firmware.
•[Firmware Auto Check]
View firmware information on the Home screen.
3. Press .
Related Information
•Troubleshooting
671
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Your Brother Machine
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset].
2. Press the reset option you want to use.
3. Press [OK] for two seconds to reboot the machine.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset].
2. Press the reset option you want to use.
3. Press [OK] for two seconds to reboot the machine.
Related Information
•Troubleshooting
•Reset Functions Overview
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
672
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
The following reset functions are available:
1. [Machine Reset]
You can reset all the machine’s settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay.
The Address Book, Fax Reports, and Call History will remain.
2. [Network]
Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. [Address Book & Fax]
Address Book & Fax resets the following settings:
• Address Book
(Address Book and Setup Groups)
• Programmed fax jobs in the memory
(Delayed Fax and Delayed Batch Transmission)
• Station ID
(Name and Number)
• Remote Fax Options
(Fax Forwarding)
• Report
(Transmission Verification Report, Address Book and Fax Journal)
• History
(Caller ID history and Outgoing Call)
• Faxes in memory
4. [All Settings]
Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory.
Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
Unplug the interface cable before you choose [Network] or [All Settings].
Related Information
•Reset Your Brother Machine
•Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
673
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace the Ink Cartridges
Replace the Ink Cartridges
Your Brother machine is equipped with an ink dot counter. The ink dot counter automatically monitors the level of
ink in each of the four cartridges. When the machine detects an ink cartridge is running out of ink, the machine
will display a message.
The LCD displays which ink cartridge is low or needs replacing. Be sure to follow the LCD prompts to replace the
ink cartridges in the correct order.
Even though the machine tells you to replace an ink cartridge, there will be a small amount of ink left in the ink
cartridge. It is necessary to keep some ink in the ink cartridge to prevent air from drying out and damaging the
print head assembly.
CAUTION
If ink gets in your eyes, wash it out with water at once and call a doctor if you are concerned.
IMPORTANT
Brother strongly recommends that you do not refill the ink cartridges provided with your machine. We also
strongly recommend that you continue to use only Brother Original replacement ink cartridges. Use or
attempted use of potentially incompatible ink and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to
the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our warranty coverage does not apply to any
problem that is caused by the use of unauthorised third-party ink and/or cartridges. To protect your
investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the use of
Brother Original ink cartridges.
1. Open the ink cartridge cover (1).
If one or more of the ink cartridges needs replacing, the LCD displays [Black and White Print Only]
or [Replace Ink].
1
If the black cartridge is empty, the only message that will appear is [Replace Ink]. You must replace the
black cartridge.
2. Press the lock release lever to release the cartridge colour indicated on the LCD and remove the cartridge
from the machine, as shown in the illustration.
675
3. Open the new ink cartridge bag for the colour indicated on the LCD, and take out the ink cartridge.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT touch the cartridge in the area indicated (1); this can prevent the machine from detecting the
cartridge.
1
• Quickly shake just the black ink cartridge horizontally 15 times as shown, before inserting it into the
machine.
4. Insert the ink cartridge in the direction of the arrow on the label.
Each colour has its own correct position.
676
5. Gently push the area marked “PUSH” until the ink cartridge locks into place, and then close the ink cartridge
cover.
The machine will automatically reset the ink dot counter.
• If you replaced an ink cartridge, for example, the Black cartridge, the LCD may ask you to verify that it is
a brand new one (for example, [Did you change Black]). For each new cartridge you installed,
select [Yes] to reset the ink dot counter for that colour. If the ink cartridge you installed is not a brand
new one, be sure to select [No].
• If the LCD displays [No Ink Cartridge] or [Cannot Detect] after you install the ink cartridge,
check that the ink cartridge is installed correctly. Remove the ink cartridge and reinstall it slowly until it
locks into place.
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT shake the ink cartridges. If ink stains your skin or clothing, wash with soap or detergent at once.
• DO NOT take out ink cartridges if you do not need to replace them; the machine will not know the
quantity of ink left in the cartridge.
• DO NOT touch the cartridge insertion slots; the ink may stain your skin.
• If you mix the colours by installing an ink cartridge in the wrong position, the LCD shows [Wrong Ink
Colour].
Check which ink cartridges are not matched by colour to their ink cartridge positions and move them to
their proper positions.
• When you open an ink cartridge, install it in the machine and use it up within six months of installation.
Use unopened ink cartridges by the expiration date written on the cartridge package.
• DO NOT dismantle or tamper with the ink cartridge; this can cause the ink to leak out of the cartridge.
Related Information
•Routine Maintenance
•Error and Maintenance Messages
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
677
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine
Clean Your Brother Machine
•Clean the Scanner
•Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
•Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Clean the Machine's LCD
•Clean the Outside of the Machine
•Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
•Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
•Clean the Base Pad
•Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
•Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
678
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the scanner glass (2) and the white plastic (3) with a soft lint-free cloth
moistened with water.
2
13
3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the glass strip (2) with a lint-free cloth moistened with water.
1
2
4. (MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW) Open the scanner glass cover (1), and clean the white bar
(2) and the glass strip (3) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
2
1
3
679
In addition to cleaning the scanner glass and glass strip with a non-flammable glass cleaner, run your
fingertip over the glass to see if you can feel anything on it. If you feel dirt or debris, clean the glass again
concentrating on that area. You may need to repeat the cleaning process three or four times. To test, make
a copy after each cleaning attempt.
When there is a spot of dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip, the printed sample shows a vertical line.
After the glass strip is cleaned, the vertical line is gone.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
•Telephone and Fax problems
•Other Problems
680
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Print Head from Your Brother
Machine
Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
• Clean the print head if there is a horizontal line or a blank space in the text or graphics on printed pages.
Depending on the problem colour, select to clean Black only, three colours at a time (Yellow/Cyan/Magenta),
or all four colours at once.
• Cleaning the print head consumes ink.
• Cleaning too often uses ink unnecessarily.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Print Head Cleaning].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Print Head Cleaning].
2. Press [Black only], [Colour only], or [All].
3. Press [Normal], [Strong], or [Strongest].
4. Press [Start].
The machine cleans the print head.
• If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Brother Original
replacement ink cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not
improved, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
• You can also clean the print head from your computer.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Print Head Cleaning].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Print Head Cleaning].
2. Press [Black only], [Colour only], or [All].
3. Press [Normal], [Strong], or [Strongest].
4. Press [Start].
The machine cleans the print head.
• If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Brother Original
replacement ink cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not
improved, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
• You can also clean the print head from your computer.
681
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Windows®)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Windows®)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Vista® and Windows Server® 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
• For Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printing
preferences. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
3. Click the Maintenance tab.
4. Select one of the following options:
Option Description
Check Print Quality... Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning... Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces
appear in text or graphics on the test page.
5. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the Check Print Quality... option, click Start.
The machine prints the test page.
• If you selected the Print Head Cleaning... option, select the Black only, Colour only, or All option for
the cleaning type, and then click Next.
6. Select the Normal, Strong, or Strongest option for the cleaning strength, and then click Next.
7. Click Start.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
683
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Print Head from Your Computer
(Macintosh)
Clean the Print Head from Your Computer (Macintosh)
To maintain good print quality, the machine automatically cleans the print head when needed. If there is a print
quality problem, start the cleaning process manually.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Select Printers & Scanners, and then select the machine.
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.
4. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
The Status Monitor screen appears.
5. Click the Control menu, and then select Maintenance.
6. Select one of the following options:
Option Description
Check Print Quality... Use to print the test page and check the print quality.
Print Head Cleaning... Use to start the cleaning process manually. Select if a line or blank spaces
appear in text or graphics on the test page.
7. Do one of the following:
• If you selected the Check Print Quality... option, click Start.
The machine prints the test page.
• If you selected the Print Head Cleaning... option, select Black only, Color only, or All option for the
cleaning type, and then click Next.
8. Select the Normal, Strong, or Strongest option for the cleaning strength, and then click Next.
9. Click Start.
The machine starts cleaning.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Clean the Print Head from Your Brother Machine
685
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Machine's LCD
Clean the Machine's LCD
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold down to turn off the machine. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] for a few seconds
before the power goes off.
2. Clean the LCD with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
686
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Outside of the Machine
Clean the Outside of the Machine
IMPORTANT
• Use neutral detergents. Cleaning with volatile liquids such as thinner or benzine will damage the outside
surface of the machine.
• DO NOT use cleaning materials that contain ammonia.
• DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper trays (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
1
3. Wipe the outside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
4. Remove the tray top cover and remove anything that is stuck inside the paper tray.
5. Wipe the inside and the outside of the paper tray with a dry, lint-free cloth to remove dust.
687
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
Clean the Machine's Printer Platen
WARNING
Be sure to unplug the machine from the electrical socket before cleaning the printer platen to avoid an
electrical shock.
1. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open
position.
2. Clean the machine’s printer platen (1) and the area around it, wiping off scattered ink with a dry, soft lint-free
cloth.
1
2
IMPORTANT
DO NOT bend or apply too much pressure on the nine tabs (2). They could be damaged.
3. Gently close the scanner cover using both hands.
4. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
689
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
Clean the Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed rollers are stained with ink or have a buildup of paper dust, it may cause paper feed problems.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
5. Clean the front side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water, using a
side-to-side motion. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
6. Lift the Jam Clear Flap (2), and then clean the back side of the Paper Feed Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free
cloth moistened with water. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all
moisture.
690
1
2
7. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
8. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
9. Reconnect the power cord.
Do not use the machine again until the rollers are dry. Using the machine before the rollers are dry may
cause paper feed problems.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
691
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Base Pad
Clean the Base Pad
Cleaning the Base Pad periodically may prevent the machine from feeding multiple sheets of paper when there
are only a few sheets of paper left in the tray.
1. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
2. Pull the paper trays (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
1
3. Clean the Base Pad (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.
After cleaning, wipe the pad with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all moisture.
1
4. Slowly push the paper trays completely into the machine.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
692
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds properly.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull the paper tray (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Lift the paper support (1), and then pull it at an angle completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
5. Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the rollers so
that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to remove all
moisture.
1
6. Put the paper support firmly back in the machine. Make sure you fit the paper support into the channels.
693
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean Your Brother Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper
Tray #2
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers for Paper Tray #2
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. If the paper support flap is open, close it, and then close the paper support.
3. Pull tray #2 (1) completely out of the machine as shown by the arrow.
1
4. Clean the paper pick-up rollers for tray #2 (1) with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water. Slowly turn the
rollers so that the whole surface is cleaned. After cleaning, wipe the rollers with a dry, soft lint-free cloth to
remove all moisture.
1
5. Slowly push tray #2 completely into the machine.
6. Reconnect the power cord.
Related Information
•Clean Your Brother Machine
695
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine
Check Your Brother Machine
•Check the Print Quality
•Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
•Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Macintosh)
•Check the Ink Volume
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Macintosh)
696
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Quality
Check the Print Quality
If faded or streaked colours and text appear or if text is missing on your printouts, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Print the Print Quality Check Sheet and look at the nozzle check pattern.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Check Print Quality].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Check
Print Quality].
2. Press [Start].
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
3. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet.
4. The Touchscreen asks about the print quality. Do one of the following:
• If all lines are clear and visible, press [No], and then press to finish the Print Quality check.
• If lines are missing (see Poor, below), press [Yes].
OK
Poor
5. The Touchscreen asks you to check the print quality of each colour. Press the number of the pattern (1–4)
that most closely matches the printing result.
6. Do one of the following:
• If print head cleaning is needed, press [Start] to start the cleaning procedure.
• If print head cleaning is not needed, the Maintenance screen reappears on the Touchscreen. Press .
7. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the Touchscreen asks if you want to print the Print Quality Check
Sheet again. Press [Yes], and then press [Start].
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the
sheet again.
697
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Brother Original replacement ink
cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact
Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this.
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the lines are gone.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Check Print Quality].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Check
Print Quality].
2. Press [Start].
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet.
3. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the sheet.
4. The Touchscreen asks about the print quality. Do one of the following:
• If all lines are clear and visible, press [No], and then press to finish the Print Quality check.
• If lines are missing (see Poor, below), press [Yes].
OK
698
Poor
5. The Touchscreen asks you to check the print quality of each colour. Press the number of the pattern (1–4)
that most closely matches the printing result.
6. Do one of the following:
• If print head cleaning is needed, press [Start] to start the cleaning procedure.
• If print head cleaning is not needed, the Maintenance screen reappears on the Touchscreen. Press .
7. After the cleaning procedure is finished, the Touchscreen asks if you want to print the Print Quality Check
Sheet again. Press [Yes], and then press [Start].
The machine prints the Print Quality Check Sheet again. Check the quality of the four colour blocks on the
sheet again.
If you clean the print head and the print has not improved, try installing a new Brother Original replacement ink
cartridge for each problem colour. Try cleaning the print head again. If the print has not improved, contact
Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT touch the print head. Touching the print head may cause permanent damage and may void the print
head's warranty.
When a print head nozzle is clogged, the printed sample looks like this.
After the print head nozzle is cleaned, the lines are gone.
Related Information
•Check Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
699
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Alignment from Your
Brother Machine
Check the Print Alignment from Your Brother Machine
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print
alignment.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Alignment].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] >
[Alignment].
2. Press [Next].
3. Press a or b to display the paper size that needs a print alignment adjustment, and then press it.
4. Press [Basic alignment] or [Advanced alignment].
5. Load the selected paper size in the tray, and then press [Start].
The machine prints the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
6. For the (A) pattern, press a or b to display the number of the test print with the fewest visible vertical stripes
(1-9), and then press it (in the example above, row number 6 is the best choice). Press [OK].
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry or crooked, like this.
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this.
7. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Alignment].
700
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] >
[Alignment].
2. Press [Next].
3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the paper size that needs a print alignment adjustment, and then
press it.
4. Press [Basic alignment] or [Advanced alignment].
5. Load the selected paper size in the tray, and then press [Start].
The machine prints the Alignment Check Sheet.
(A)
6. For the “A” pattern, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number of the test print with the least
visible vertical stripes (1-9), and then press it (in the example, number 6 is the best choice). Press [OK].
Repeat this step for the rest of the patterns.
When the print alignment is not adjusted correctly, text looks blurry like this.
After the print alignment is adjusted correctly, text looks like this.
7. Press .
Related Information
•Check Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
701
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Alignment from Your
Computer (Windows®)
Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Windows®)
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print
alignment.
1. Do one of the following:
• For Windows Vista® and Windows Server® 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
• For Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
• For Windows® 10
Click > All apps > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click
View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother MFC-XXXX Printer icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
4. Click the Advanced tab.
5. Click the Other Print Options button.
6. Select the Reduce Uneven Lines option.
7. Select one of the following options:
Option Description
A3, JIS B4, Ledger Adjust the print alignment for A3, JIS B4 (available only for some countries) and
Ledger size paper.
A4, Letter Adjust the print alignment for A4 and Letter size paper.
Other Sizes Adjust the print alignment for other paper sizes.
8. Click OK to return to the printer driver window.
9. Click OK.
Related Information
•Check Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
702
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Print Alignment from Your
Computer (Macintosh)
Check the Print Alignment from Your Computer (Macintosh)
If your printed text becomes blurred or images become faded after transporting the machine, adjust the print
alignment.
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother MFC-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
For more page setup options, click the Show Details button.
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
4. Click the Advanced print settings list.
5. Click the Reduce Uneven Lines menu.
6. Select one of the following options:
Option Description
A3, JIS B4, Ledger Adjust the print alignment for A3, JIS B4 (available only for some countries) and
Ledger size paper.
A4, Letter Adjust the print alignment for A4 and Letter size paper.
Other Sizes Adjust the print alignment for other paper sizes.
7. Change other printer settings if needed.
8. Click Print.
Related Information
•Check Your Brother Machine
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
703
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Check the Ink Volume
Check the Ink Volume
Although an ink volume icon appears on the machine's LCD, you can use the ink menu to see a large graph
showing the ink left in each cartridge.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Ink Volume]. The Touchscreen displays the ink volume.
• You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Ink Volume].
• When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons is
displayed.
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
• To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press (Back) to go back to the [Ink]
menu screen.
Press [Ink Cartridge Model], and follow the instruction on the Touchscreen.
2. Press .
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Ink Volume]. The Touchscreen displays the ink volume.
• You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Ink Volume].
• When the ink cartridge is near the end of its life or having a problem, one of the following icons is
displayed.
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
• To check or print the model numbers of the ink cartridges, press (Back) to go back to the [Ink]
menu screen.
Press [Ink Cartridge Model], and follow the instruction on the Touchscreen.
2. Press .
You can also check the ink volume from your computer.
704
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows®)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices; it
allows you to get immediate notification of errors.
• Do one of the following:
- Double-click the icon in the task tray.
- Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Looking for replacement supplies?
Click the Looking for replacement supplies? button for more information on Brother original supplies.
Error icons
Icon Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
There is a problem with the ink cartridge.
Related Information
•Check Your Brother Machine
706
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows®) > Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows®)
Status Monitor Indicators and What They Mean (Windows®)
When you start up your computer, the Brother Status Monitor icon appears on the task tray.
• A green icon indicates the normal stand-by condition.
• A yellow icon indicates a warning.
• A red icon indicates an error has occurred.
• A grey icon indicates the machine is offline.
Related Information
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
708
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows®) > Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows®)
Turn Off the Show Status Monitor Feature (Windows®)
The Show Status Monitor feature lets you know if there is a problem with a device that your computer is
monitoring. The default setting is Only when printing from this PC. To turn it off, follow these steps:
1. Right-click the (Brother Status Monitor) icon or window, select the Status Monitor Settings option, and
then click Options.
The Options window appears.
2. Select the Basic tab, and then select Off for Show Status Monitor.
3. Click OK.
Even if the Show Status Monitor feature is turned off, you can check the machine’s status at any time by
displaying the Status Monitor.
Related Information
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
709
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Windows®) > Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows®)
Turn Off the Status Monitor (Windows®)
1. Right-click the (Brother Status Monitor) icon or window, and then select Exit.
2. Click OK.
Related Information
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Windows®)
710
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check Your Brother Machine > Monitor Machine Status from Your
Computer (Macintosh)
Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Brother's Status Monitor utility program is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device and
notifying you immediately in the event of an error. You can also use Brother's Status Monitor to access Web
Based Management.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Select Printers & Scanners, and then select the machine.
3. Click the Options & Supplies button.
4. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
The Status Monitor screen appears.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the Brother Solutions Center, offering FAQs and
troubleshooting tips.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information about Brother original supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the Status Monitor window is open, click the icon. To set the
interval at which the software updates the machine status information, click the Brother Status Monitor
menu, and then select Preferences.
Web Based Management (Network Connection Only)
Access the Web Based Management system by clicking the machine icon on the Status Monitor screen.
You can use a standard web browser to manage your machine using Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP).
Error icons
Icon Description
The ink level is low.
The ink cartridge is at the end of its life.
711
Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Correct the Paper Feed to Clear Vertical Lines
Adjust the paper feed to reduce vertical lines.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Correct Paper Feed].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Correct
Paper Feed].
2. Press the [Next] button, and then follow the instructions on the Touchscreen.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Ink] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Correct Paper Feed].
You can also press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Improve Print Quality] > [Correct
Paper Feed].
2. Press the [Next] button, and then follow the instructions on the Touchscreen.
Related Information
•Routine Maintenance
•Other Problems
713
Home > Routine Maintenance > Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
Change the Print Setting Options When Having Printing Problems
If your print result is poor quality, select these options depending on your purpose. When these settings are
selected, the printing speed is slower.
These options are available only when performing operations from the machine, such as copying. When
printing from your computer, change the settings in the printer driver.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Print Setting Options].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging Select this option according to your paper type and whether you are using 1-sided
or 2-sided printing if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Reduce Uneven
Lines
Select this option according to your paper size if you have problems with uneven
lines.
Slow Drying
Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly.
3. Follow the LCD menus.
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Maintenance] > [Print Setting Options].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Reduce Smudging Select this option according to your paper type and whether you are using 1-sided
or 2-sided printing if you have problems with smudged printouts or paper jams.
Reduce Uneven
Lines
Select this option according to your paper size if you have problems with uneven
lines.
Slow Drying
Paper
Select this option if you use a type of plain paper on which ink dries slowly.
3. Follow the LCD menus.
4. Press .
Related Information
•Routine Maintenance
•Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
•Prevent Smudged Printouts and Paper Jams (Windows®)
714
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
• When you transport the machine, use the packing materials that came with your machine. If you do not pack
the machine correctly, any damage that may occur in transit may not be covered by your warranty.
• The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
IMPORTANT
It is important to allow the machine to “park” the print head after a print job. Listen carefully to the machine
before unplugging it to make sure that all mechanical noises have stopped. Not allowing the machine to finish
this parking process may lead to print problems and possible damage to the print head.
1. Unplug the machine from the electrical socket.
2. Using both hands, use the finger holds on each side of the machine to lift the scanner cover into the open
position. Then unplug the machine from the telephone wall socket and take the telephone line cord out of the
machine.
3. Unplug the interface cable from the machine, if it is connected.
4. Remove the orange protective part from its storage place inside the machine.
5. Gently close the scanner cover using the finger holds on each side.
6. Open the ink cartridge cover.
7. Press the ink release levers to release the ink cartridges and then take out the ink cartridges.
8. Install the orange protective part and then close the ink cartridge cover.
716
IMPORTANT
• Make sure the plastic tab on the left side of the orange protective part (1) clicks securely into place
(2).
1
2
• If you are not able to find the orange protective part, ship the machine without it. DO NOT leave the
ink cartridges in the machine during shipping.
9. Wrap the machine in the bag.
10. Pack the machine in the original carton with the original packing material as shown below.
Do not pack the used ink cartridge in the carton.
717
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > In the Event of Power
Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
• Your menu settings are stored permanently and will not be lost.
• Temporary settings (for example: Contrast and Overseas Mode) will be lost.
• The date and time and programmed fax timer jobs (for example: Delayed Fax) will be retained for
approximately 24 hours.
• Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
Related Information
•Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
721
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings
General Settings
•Adjust the Machine Volume
•Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
•Set Sleep Mode Countdown
•Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
•Set the Date & Time
•Set the Time Zone
•Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
•Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
•Set Your Station ID
•Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
•Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
•Reduce Printing Noise
•Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
•Change the Keyboard Setting
722
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the Machine Volume
Adjust the Machine Volume
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Volume].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring Adjust the ring volume.
Beep Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Press a or b to display the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option, and then press the option you want.
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Volume].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Ring Adjust the ring volume.
Beep Adjust the volume when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax.
Speaker Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Press the [Off], [Low], [Med], or [High] option.
4. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
723
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and backward one hour in the autumn. Make sure you have set
the correct date and time in the [Date & Time] setting.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time] > [Auto Daylight].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time] > [Auto Daylight].
3. Press [On] or [Off].
4. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
724
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep
Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or
a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
• The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a fax or a print job.
• The factory setting is five minutes.
• When the machine goes into Sleep Mode, the LCD backlight turns off.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Sleep Mode].
2. Press a or b to display the [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], [5Mins], [10Mins], [30Mins], or [60Mins]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Sleep Mode].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], [5Mins], [10Mins],
[30Mins], or [60Mins] option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
•Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
725
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Machine to Power Off Automatically
Set the Machine to Power Off Automatically
The Auto Power Off feature can save power consumption. Set the amount of time that the machine will be in
Sleep Mode before it automatically powers off. When this feature is set to [Off], you must power off the
machine manually.
To turn on the machine after the Auto Power Off feature has turned it Off, press .
The machine will not power off automatically when:
• The machine is connected to a telephone line.
• The machine is connected to a wired network.
• The machine is connected to a wireless network.
•[WLAN Enable] is set to [On] or [WLAN] is selected in the [Network I/F] setting.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Auto Power Off].
2. Press a or b to display the [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours], or [8hours] option, and then press
the option you want.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Auto Power Off].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours], or [8hours]
option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
•Set the Fax Journal's Interval Period
•Set Sleep Mode Countdown
726
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Date & Time
Set the Date & Time
The LCD displays the date and time. If they are not current, re-enter them. You can add the date and time to
each fax you send by setting your Station ID.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time].
3. Press [Date].
4. Enter the last two digits of the year on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
5. Enter two digits for the month on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
6. Enter two digits for the day on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
7. Press [Time].
8. Enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the Touchscreen.
Press [OK].
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
9. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time].
3. Press [Date].
4. Enter the last two digits of the year on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
5. Enter two digits for the month on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
6. Enter two digits for the day on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
7. Press [Time].
8. Enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the Touchscreen.
Press [OK].
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
9. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
•Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print™ Using Web Based Management
•Set Your Station ID
727
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the
Time Zone
Set the Time Zone
Set the time zone for your location on the machine.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time] > [Time Zone].
3. Enter your time zone.
4. Press [OK].
5. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings].
2. Press [Date & Time] > [Time Zone].
3. Enter your time zone.
4. Press [OK].
5. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
728
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] >
[Backlight].
2. Press the [Light], [Med], or [Dark] option.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] >
[Backlight].
2. Press the [Light], [Med], or [Dark] option.
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
729
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
You can set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the last finger press.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim
Timer].
2. Press a or b to display the [10Secs], [30Secs], [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], or [5Mins] option, and
then press the option you want.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim
Timer].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [10Secs], [30Secs], [1Min], [2Mins], [3Mins], or
[5Mins] option, and then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
730
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID
Set the machine's Station ID if you want the date and time to appear on each fax you send.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Station ID].
2. Press [Fax].
3. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Name].
5. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special symbols. (The available characters may
differ depending on your country.)
• If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to it. Press
and then enter the correct character.
• To enter a space, press [Space].
6. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Station ID].
2. Press [Fax].
3. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) on the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
4. Press [Name].
5. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the Touchscreen, and then press [OK].
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special symbols. (The available characters may
differ depending on your country.)
• If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to it. Press
and then enter the correct character.
• To enter a space, press [Space].
6. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
•Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
•Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
•Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
•Set the Date & Time
731
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Your Brother machine is set for a Tone dialling service. If you have a Pulse dialling (rotary) service, you must
change the dialling mode.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Tone/Pulse].
2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Tone/Pulse].
2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse].
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
•Telephone and Fax problems
732
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Prevent
Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
This feature is to prevent users from sending a fax or call to a wrong number by mistake. You can set the
machine to restrict Dialling when you use the dial pad, Address Book, Shortcuts and LDAP search.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Dial Restriction].
2. Press one of the following options:
•[Dial Pad]
•[Address Book]
If you combine Address Book numbers when dialling, the address will be recognised as dial pad input and
will not be restricted.
•[Shortcuts]
•[LDAP Server]
3. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Enter #
Twice
The machine will prompt you to re-enter the number. If you re-enter the same number
correctly, the machine will start dialling. If you re-enter the wrong number, the Touchscreen
will show an error message.
On The machine will restrict all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialling method.
Off The machine does not restrict the dialling method.
• The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone before entering the number.
You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
• If you selected [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Dial Restriction].
2. Press one of the following options:
•[Dial Pad]
•[Address Book]
If you combine Address Book numbers when dialling, the address will be recognised as dial pad input and
will not be restricted.
•[Shortcuts]
•[LDAP Server]
3. Press one of the following options:
733
Option Description
Enter #
Twice
The machine will prompt you to re-enter the number. If you re-enter the same number
correctly, the machine will start dialling. If you re-enter the wrong number, the Touchscreen
will show an error message.
On The machine will restrict all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialling method.
Off The machine does not restrict the dialling method.
• The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone before entering the number.
You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
• If you selected [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
4. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
734
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower.
The factory setting is [Off].
• When the Quiet Mode setting is turned on, appears on the Home screen.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Quiet Mode].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [Quiet Mode].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
•Touchscreen LCD Overview
•Paper Handling and Printing Problems
735
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the Language Displayed on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
736
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Keyboard Setting
Change the Keyboard Setting
Related Models: MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
You can choose the type of keyboard for the LCD.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Keyboard Settings].
2. Press [QWERTY] or [ABC].
3. Press .
Related Information
•General Settings
737
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut > Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as
your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or
Apps Shortcut are very similar.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Shortcuts].
2. Press d or c to display the Shortcut screens.
3. Press where you have not added a Shortcut.
4. Press a or b to display [Copy].
5. Press [Copy].
6. Press [Options].
7. Press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to change.
8. Press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option you want.
Repeat the previous and this steps until you have selected all the settings for this Shortcut. When finished,
press [OK].
9. Press [Save as Shortcut].
10. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
11. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
When adding Fax or Scan to Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. If the Home screen 1, screen 2, or screen 3 appears, press [Shortcuts].
2. Press a tab from [1] to [3].
3. Press where you have not added a Shortcut.
4. Press [Copy].
5. Press [Options].
6. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to
change.
7. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option
you want.
Repeat the previous and this steps until you have selected all the settings for this Shortcut. When finished,
press [OK].
8. Press [Save as Shortcut].
9. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK].
10. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
739
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite
Settings as a Shortcut > Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
You can change the settings in a Shortcut.
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them, and
then add a new Shortcut.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Shortcuts].
2. Press d or c to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press and hold the Shortcut you want to change.
4. Press [Edit].
To delete the Shortcut, press [Delete]. To edit the name of the Shortcut, press [Rename] and follow the
LCD menus.
5. Change the settings for the Shortcut you selected.
6. Press [Save as Shortcut] when you have finished changing the settings.
7. Press [OK] to confirm.
When changing Fax or Scan Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. If the Home screen 1, screen 2, or screen 3 appears, press [Shortcuts].
2. Press a tab from [1] to [3] to display the Shortcut you want to change.
3. Press and hold the Shortcut you want to change.
4. Press [Edit].
To delete the Shortcut, press [Delete]. To edit the name of the Shortcut, press [Rename] and follow the
LCD menus.
5. Change the settings for the Shortcut you selected.
6. Press [Save as Shortcut] when you have finished changing the settings.
7. Press [OK] to confirm.
When changing Fax or Scan Shortcuts, you will be asked if you want to make this a One Touch Shortcut.
Follow the LCD instructions.
Related Information
•Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
•Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
741
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Reports
Reports
The following reports are available:
Transmission Verify
The Transmission Verify prints a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book
The Address Book report prints an alphabetical list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book
memory.
Fax Journal
The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means
Transmit, RX means Receive)
(Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
You can view and print the Fax Journal report from your computer using the Fax Journal management
software. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the software.
User Settings
The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Network Configuration
The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
WLAN Report
The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Caller ID history
The Caller ID history report prints a list of the available Caller ID information for the last 30 received faxes and
telephone calls.
Related Information
•Print Reports
743
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Print a
Report
Print a Report
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports].
2. Press a or b to display the report options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press [Yes].
4. Press .
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the report options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press [Yes].
4. Press .
Related Information
•Print Reports
•Caller ID
744
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
•Settings Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
•Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
•Settings Tables (3.7"(93.4 mm) Touch Panel models)
•Features Tables (3.7"(93.4 mm) Touch Panel models)
745
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
Settings Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
Related Models: MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
These tables will help you understand your machine's menu selections and options.
[Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
(Date & Time)
Date - Add the date and time on the screen and in the
headings of the faxes you send.
Time -
Auto Daylight - Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight
Saving Time.
Time Zone - Set your time zone.
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper
feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head
Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Remove Paper
Scraps
- Remove a piece of paper in the machine according to
the LCD instructions.
Ink Volume - Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during
printing.
Reduce
Uneven Lines
Reduce uneven lines on the paper during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper
on which the ink dries very slowly.
Wi-Fi TCP/IP - Set TCP/IP protocol.
Setup Wizard - Configure your internal print server manually.
WLAN Assistant - Configure your wireless network settings using the
Brother CD-ROM.
WPS - Configure your wireless network settings using the one-
button push method.
WPS w/ PIN Code - Configure your wireless network settings using WPS
with a PIN.
WLAN Status - View the current wireless network status.
MAC Address - View the machine's MAC address.
Quiet Mode - - Decrease printing noise.
Tray Setting Paper Type - Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size - Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Fax Preview - - View received faxes on the LCD.
All Settings - - Configure the detailed settings.
746
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and
paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head
Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
Remove Paper
Scraps
- Remove a piece of paper in the machine according
to the LCD instructions.
Ink Volume - Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during
printing.
Reduce
Uneven
Lines
Reduce uneven lines on the paper during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain
paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Paper Type - - Set the type of paper in the paper tray.
Paper Size - - Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Check Paper - - Check the paper type and paper size when you pull
the tray out of the machine.
Quiet Mode - - Decrease printing noise.
Volume Ring - Adjust the ring volume.
Beep - Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker - Adjust the speaker volume.
LCD Settings Backlight - Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer - Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the
last finger press.
Screen Settings Scan Screen - Set the default Scan screen settings.
Notice Settings Document Alert - Displays the alert when a document is left on the
scanner glass.
Scan Result(Skip
Blank Page)
- Displays a scan result of skip blank page when
finished.
Keyboard
Settings
- - Select the type of keyboard for the LCD.
Sleep Mode - - Select how long the machine must be idle before it
goes into Sleep Mode.
Auto Power Off - - Select how long the machine must wait before it
automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
When set to Off, the machine will not power off
automatically.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.) Rename Change the shortcut name.
747
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.) Edit Change the shortcut settings.
Delete Delete the shortcut.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Ring Delay - Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax
Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Receive Mode - Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
F/T Ring Time - Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel mode.
Fax Preview - View received faxes on the LCD.
Fax Detect - Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call
and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes - Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use
codes to turn the machine on or off. You can personalise the
codes.
Auto Reduction - Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive - Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Memory Receive -Set the machine to forward fax messages, to store incoming
faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve them while you are
away from your machine), or the cloud service.
If you select Fax Forward, or Forward to Cloud, you can turn on
the Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Rx Stamp - Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.
Report Setting XMIT Report - Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification Report.
Journal Period - Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you
can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Print Document - - Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Remote Access - - Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
Dial Restriction Dial Pad - Set the machine to restrict dialling when using the dial pad.
Address Book - Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using the Address
Book.
Shortcuts - Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using a Shortcut.
LDAP Server - Set the machine to restrict dialling when using LDAP search.
Remaining Jobs - - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory and
cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous BT Call Sign
(U.K. only)
- Use with BT Call Sign.
Caller ID
(U.K. and Ireland
only)
- View or print a list of the last 30 Caller IDs stored in the
memory.
748
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP BOOT Method - Select the BOOT method that
best suits your needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration
mode.
WINS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary DNS
server.
APIPA - Set the machine to allocate the
IP address from the link-local
address range automatically.
IPv6 - Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
To use the IPv6 protocol, go to
the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com for more
information.
Ethernet - - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status - - View the current wired status.
MAC Address - - View the machine's MAC
address.
WLAN TCP/IP BOOT Method - Select the BOOT method that
best suits your needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration
mode.
WINS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary DNS
server.
APIPA - Set the machine to allocate the
IP address from the link-local
address range automatically.
IPv6 - Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off
for a wireless LAN. To use the
IPv6 protocol, go to the Brother
Solutions Center at
support.brother.com for more
information.
749
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN Setup Wizard - - Configure your internal print
server manually.
WLAN
Assistant
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using the Brother CD-
ROM.
WPS - - Configure your wireless network
settings using the one-button
push method.
WPS w/ PIN
Code
- - Configure your wireless network
settings using WPS with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status - View the current wireless
network status.
Signal - View the current wireless
network signal strength.
SSID - View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode - View the current
Communication Mode.
MAC Address - - View the machine's MAC
address.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings using the one-
button push method.
PIN Code - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings using WPS
with a PIN code.
Manual - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings manually.
Group Owner - - Set your machine as the Group
Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name - View your machine's device
name.
SSID - View the Group Owner's SSID.
When the machine is not
connected, the LCD displays
Not Connected.
IP Address - View your machine's current IP
Address.
Status
Information
Status - View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network status.
Signal - View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network signal strength.
When your machine acts as
Group Owner, the LCD always
indicates a strong signal.
I/F Enable - - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection
on or off.
E-mail/IFAX
(Available after
Internet Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Mail Address - - Enter the email address.
(Up to 60 characters)
Setup Server SMTP Server Enter the SMTP server name
and address.
Port Enter the SMTP port number.
750
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
E-mail/IFAX
(Available after
Internet Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Setup Server SMTP Auth. for SMTP Select the Security method for
email notification.
SSL/TLS Send or receive an email via an
email server that requires
secure SSL/TLS
communication.
Verify
Certification
Verify the SMTP Server
Certificate automatically.
POP3/IMAP4 Protocol Select the protocol for receiving
an email from the server.
Server Enter the server name and
address.
Port Enter the port number.
Mailbox Name Enter the mailbox name.
(Up to 60 characters)
Mailbox
Password
Enter the password to login to
the server.
(Up to 32 characters)
Select Folder Select the specified folder in the
mailbox using the IMAP4
protocol.
SSL/TLS Send or receive an E-mail via
an E-mail server that requires
secure SSL/TLS
communication.
Verify
Certification
Verify the Server Certificate
automatically.
APOP Turn APOP on or off.
Setup Mail RX Auto Polling Auto Polling Automatically check the server
for new messages.
Poll Frequency Set the interval for checking
new messages on the server.
Header - Select the contents of the email
header to be printed.
Del/Read Error
Mail
- Set the machine to
automatically delete error mails.
Notification - Receive notification messages.
Setup Mail TX Sender Subject - View the subject.
Size Limit Size Limit Limit the size of email
documents.
Maximum
Size(MB)
Notification - Send notification messages.
Setup Relay Relay
Broadcast
- Relay a document to another
fax machine.
Relay Domain - Register the Domain name.
Relay Report - Print the relay Broadcast
Report.
Manual
Receive
- - Manually check the POP3 or
IMAP4 server for new
messages.
751
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Message from
Brother
Message from
Brother
- - Display messages and
notifications from Brother.
Status - -
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy
Settings
Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection
settings.
Address -
Port -
User Name -
Password -
Network I/F - - - Select the network connection
type.
Network Reset - - - Restore all network settings
back to the factory settings.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 1 Descriptions
XMIT Verify Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings Print a list of your settings.
Network Configuration Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 30 received faxes and
telephone calls.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No. - Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update - Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check - View firmware information on the Home screen.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Date & Time Date Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Time
Auto Daylight Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Time Zone Set your time zone.
Station ID Fax Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you
fax.
Name
Tone/Pulse - Select the dialling mode.
752
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Available only for some
countries.)
Fax Auto Redial - Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go
through because the line was busy.
Dial Tone - Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Phone Line Set - Select the telephone line type.
Compatibility - Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Reset Machine Reset Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as
Date and Time and Ring Delay.
Network Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book
& Fax
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Local Language
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
•Settings and Features Tables
753
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
Features Tables (2.7"(67.5 mm) Touchpanel models)
Related Models: MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
[Fax] (When [Fax Preview] is [Off])
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Redial(Pause) - - Redial the last number called. When you are entering
a fax or telephone number on the Touchpanel, Redial
changes to Pause on the LCD. Press Pause when you
need a delay while dialling numbers, such as access
codes and credit card numbers. You can also store a
pause when you set up addresses.
Address Book
(Search:)
- When LDAP is off, the search will be within the Local
Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be within the Local
Address Book and LDAP Server.
Detail
(This will
appear only
when LDAP is
on.)
View detailed information about the selected address.
Edit - Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers
for Broadcasting, and change and delete Address
Book numbers.
-Apply Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call History Redial - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and
then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or
delete it.
Edit
Caller ID
History
Apply Select a number from the Caller ID history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete
it.
Edit
Options Fax Resolution - Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
Contrast - Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size - Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size
of the document.
Broadcasting Add Number Send the same fax message to more than one fax
number.
Preview - Preview a fax message before you send it.
Colour Setting - Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or colour.
Delayed Fax Delayed Fax Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Set Time
Batch TX - Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the
same time of day into one transmission.
Real Time TX - Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode - Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes
overseas.
Call History Redial Redial the last number you dialled.
754
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Options Call History Outgoing
Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and
then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or
delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete
it.
Address Book
(Search:)
When LDAP is off, the search will be within the Local
Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be within the Local
Address Book and LDAP Server.
Edit Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers
for Broadcasting, and change and delete Address
Book numbers.
Set New Default - Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset - Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
[Fax] (When [Fax Preview] is [On])
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Redial(Pause) - - Redial the last number called. When you
are entering a fax or telephone number
on the Touchpanel, Redial changes to
Pause on the LCD. Press Pause when
you need a delay while dialling numbers,
such as access codes and credit card
numbers. You can also store a pause
when you set up addresses.
Address Book
(Search:)
- When LDAP is off, the search will be
within the Local Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be
within the Local Address Book and LDAP
Server.
Detail
(This will
appear only
when LDAP
is on.)
View detailed information about the
selected address.
Edit - Store Address Book numbers, set up
Group numbers for Broadcasting, and
change and delete Address Book
numbers.
-Apply Start sending a fax using the Address
Book.
Call History Redial - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Caller ID
History
Apply Select a number from the Caller ID history
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Options Fax Resolution - Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
755
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Options Contrast - Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan
Size
- Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass
to the size of the document.
Broadcasting Add Number Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Preview - Preview a fax message before you send
it.
Colour Setting - Set whether faxes are sent in
monochrome or colour.
Delayed Fax Delayed
Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will
be sent.
Set Time
Batch TX - Combine delayed faxes to the same fax
number at the same time of day into one
transmission.
Real Time TX - Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode - Set to On if you have difficulty sending
faxes overseas.
Call History Redial Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing
Call
Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Caller ID
History
Select a number from the Caller ID history
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Address Book
(Search:)
When LDAP is off, the search will be
within the Local Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be
within the Local Address Book and LDAP
Server.
Edit Store Address Book numbers, set up
Group numbers for Broadcasting, and
change and delete Address Book
numbers.
Set New
Default
- Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset - Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Received
Faxes
Print/Delete Print All(New
Faxes)
- Print the new received faxes.
Print All(Old
Faxes)
- Print the old received faxes.
Delete All(New
Faxes)
- Delete the new received faxes.
Delete All(Old
Faxes)
- Delete the old received faxes.
Address
Book
(Search:)
- - When LDAP is off, the search will be
within the Local Address Book.
756
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Address
Book
(Search:)
When LDAP is on, the search will be
within the Local Address Book and LDAP
Server.
Detail
(This will appear
only when LDAP is
on.)
- View detailed information about the
selected address.
Edit - - Store Address Book numbers, set up
Group numbers for Broadcasting, and
change and delete Address Book
numbers.
-Apply - Start sending a fax using the Address
Book.
Call
History
Redial - - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply - Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to
the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit -
Caller ID
History
Apply - Select a number from the Caller ID history
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit -
[Copy]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Options Quality - Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Paper Type - Select the paper type that matches the paper in the
tray.
Paper Size - Select the paper size that matches the paper in the
tray.
Enlarge/Reduce 100% -
Enlarge Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you have
set.
Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Density - Adjust the density.
Stack/Sort - Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout - Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
2-sided Copy - Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on
long edge or flip on short edge.
Advanced
Settings
- Select advanced copy settings.
Set New Default - Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset - Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
757
[Scan]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to Media
(When a USB Flash drive
is inserted)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan documents and save them
directly to a USB flash drive
without using a computer.
Options - -
Save as
Shortcut
- -
to PC to File Other Scan
to Actions
- Scan documents and save them
to a folder on your computer.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to OCR Other Scan
to Actions
- Convert your scanned document
to an editable text file.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to Image Other Scan
to Actions
- Scan photos or graphics into your
graphics applications.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to E-mail Other Scan
to Actions
- Send a scanned document as an
email attachment.
(Select USB or
PC)
Options
Save as
Shortcut
to E-mail Server
(Available after Internet
Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Send scanned data to an email
server by allowing your machine
to communicate with your network
and mail server.
Address
Book
Next Destinations
Manual Save as
Shortcut
Options
to FTP Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan documents directly to an
FTP server.
(Select Profile
name)
Options -
Save as
Shortcut
-
to Network Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan documents directly to a
CIFS server on your local
network.
(Select Profile
name)
Options -
Save as
Shortcut
-
to Web - - - Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
WS Scan
(Appears when you install
a Web Services Scanner,
Other Scan
to Actions
- - Scan data using the Web Service
protocol.
758
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
which is displayed in your
computer’s Network
explorer.)
Scan Scan data using the Web Service
protocol.
- -
Scan for E-
mail
- -
Scan for
Fax
- -
Scan for
Print
- -
[Web]
Level 1 Descriptions
Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1 Descriptions
Apps Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
[USB]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
JPEG Print Select Files OK Print
Settings
Adjust your photos with the options.
Print All - Print all photos in your USB flash drive.
Index Print Print Index
Sheet
Print
Settings
Print a thumbnail page.
Print Photos Print
Settings
Print photos by choosing the index
numbers.
Scan to
Media
- - - Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web - - - Connect the Brother machine to an
Internet service.
[A3 Copy Shortcuts]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
A3 2in1
A4 ⇒ A3
A4 + Note(L)
A4 + Note(P)
A4 + Grid
A4 + Blank
A4 Centre
Options Quality Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Paper Type View the available paper type.
Paper Size Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Density Adjust the density.
759
[Download Software]
Level 1 Descriptions
Download Software Displays information about downloading and installing software for mobile devices and
computers.
[Shortcuts]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Add Shortcut Copy - Change the settings in the Copy Options.
Fax - Change the settings in the Fax Options.
Scan to PC(File) Scan documents and save them to a folder on
your computer.
to PC(OCR) Convert your scanned document to an editable
text file.
to PC(Image) Scan photos or graphics into your graphics
applications.
to PC(E-mail) Send a scanned document as an email
attachment.
to Media Scan documents and save them directly to a
USB flash drive without using a computer.
to E-mail Server
(Available after
Internet Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Scan a monochrome or a colour document to
your email server.
to Network Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your
local network or on the Internet.
to FTP Send scanned data via FTP.
Web - Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Apps - Connect the Brother machine to the Brother
Apps service.
This list appears when
each Shortcut icon is
pressed for 2 seconds.
Rename - Change the shortcut name.
Edit - Change the shortcut settings.
Delete - Delete the shortcut.
Edit/Delete (Select
shortcut
button.)
Rename Change the shortcut name.
Edit Change the shortcut settings.
Delete Delete the shortcut.
[Ink]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Ink Volume - Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge Model - Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head Cleaning - Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
760
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Remove Paper Scraps - Remove a piece of paper in the machine according to the LCD
instructions.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Reduce Uneven
Lines
Reduce uneven lines on the paper during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which
the ink dries very slowly.
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Level 1 Descriptions
Setup Wizard Configure your internal print server manually.
WLAN Assistant Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother CD-ROM.
WPS Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
When you have put a USB Flash drive in the USB slot
Level 1 Descriptions
JPEG Print Select photo menu.
Scan to Media Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Related Information
•Settings and Features Tables
•Important Note
761
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (3.7"(93.4 mm) Touch Panel models)
Settings Tables (3.7"(93.4 mm) Touch Panel models)
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
The Settings tables will help you understand the menu selections and options found in the machine’s programs.
[Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
(Date & Time)
Date - Add the date and time on the screen and in the
headings of the faxes you send.
Time -
Auto Daylight - Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight
Saving Time.
Time Zone - Set your time zone.
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper
feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head
Cleaning
- Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Remove Paper
Scraps
- Remove a piece of paper in the machine according to
the LCD instructions.
Ink Volume - Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge
Model
- Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during
printing.
Reduce Uneven
Lines
Reduce uneven lines on the paper during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper
on which the ink dries very slowly.
Wi-Fi TCP/IP - Set TCP/IP protocol.
Setup Wizard - Configure your internal print server manually.
WLAN Assistant - Configure your wireless network settings using the
Brother CD-ROM.
WPS - Configure your wireless network settings using the one-
button push method.
WPS w/ PIN Code - Configure your wireless network settings using WPS
with a PIN.
WLAN Status - View the current wireless network status.
MAC Address - View the machine's MAC address.
Quiet Mode - - Decrease printing noise.
Tray Setting Tray #1 Paper Type Set the type of paper in paper tray #1.
Paper Size Set the size of paper in paper tray #1.
Tray #2 Paper Size Set the size of paper in paper tray #2.
MP Tray Paper Type Set the type of paper in the MP tray.
Paper Size Set the size of paper in the MP tray.
Fax Preview - - View received faxes on the LCD.
762
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
All Settings - - Configure the detailed settings.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Maintenance Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and
paper feeding according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head Cleaning - Clean the print head according to the LCD
instructions.
Remove Paper Scraps - Remove a piece of paper in the machine
according to the LCD instructions.
Ink Volume - Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge Model - Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams
during printing.
Reduce
Uneven Lines
Reduce uneven lines on the paper during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain
paper on which the ink dries very slowly.
Tray Setting Tray #1 Paper Type Set the type of paper in paper tray #1.
Paper Size Set the size of paper in paper tray #1.
Tray #2 Paper Size Set the size of paper in paper tray #2.
MP Tray Paper Type Set the type of paper in the MP tray.
Paper Size Set the size of paper in the MP tray.
Tray Setting: Copy Tray Use Select the tray to be used for copying.
Tray
Priority
Change the tray priority for copying.
Tray Setting: Fax Tray Use Select the tray to be used for faxing.
Tray
Priority
Change the tray priority for faxing.
Tray Setting: Print Tray
Priority
Change the tray priority for printing from your
computer.
Tray Setting: JPEG
Print (Media)
Tray Use Select the tray to be used for printing photos from
a USB flash drive.
Tray
Priority
Change the tray priority for printing photos from a
USB flash drive.
Paper Low Notice
(MFC-J5930DW)
- Select whether to display a message telling you
that the paper tray is nearly empty.
Check Paper - Check the paper type and paper size when you
pull the tray out of the machine or set the paper in
MP tray.
Quiet Mode - - Decrease printing noise.
Volume Ring - Adjust the ring volume.
Beep - Adjust the beeper volume.
Speaker - Adjust the speaker volume.
LCD Settings Backlight - Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
763
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
LCD Settings Dim Timer - Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the
last finger press.
Screen Settings Home Screen - Set the screen that is displayed when you press
(Home).
Copy Screen - Set the default Copy screen settings.
Scan Screen - Set the default Scan screen settings.
Notice Settings Document Alert - Displays the alert when a document is left on the
scanner glass.
Scan Result(Skip
Blank Page)
- Displays a scan result of skip blank page when
finished.
Sleep Mode - - Select how long the machine must be idle before
it goes into Sleep Mode.
Auto Power Off - - Select how long the machine must wait before it
automatically turns itself off after entering Sleep
Mode.
When set to Off, the machine will not power off
automatically.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
(Select shortcut button.) Rename Change the shortcut name.
Edit Change the shortcut settings.
Delete Delete the shortcut.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Setup Receive Ring Delay - Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax
Only or Fax/Tel mode.
Receive Mode - Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.
F/T Ring Time - Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel mode.
Fax Preview - View received faxes on the LCD.
Fax Detect - Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call
and hear fax tones.
Remote Codes - Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use
codes to turn the machine on or off. You can personalise the
codes.
Auto Reduction - Reduce the size of incoming faxes.
PC Fax Receive - Set the machine to send faxes to your computer.
You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.
Memory Receive -Set the machine to forward fax messages, to store incoming
faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve them while you are
away from your machine), or the cloud service.
If you select Fax Forward, or Forward to Cloud, you can turn on
the Backup Print safety feature.
Fax Rx Stamp - Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.
Report Setting XMIT Report - Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification Report.
764
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Report Setting Journal Period - Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.
If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you
can set the time for the option.
If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the week.
Print Document - - Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.
Remote Access - - Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.
Dial Restriction Dial Pad - Set the machine to restrict dialling when using the dial pad.
Address Book - Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using the Address
Book.
Shortcuts - Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using a Shortcut.
LDAP Server - Set the machine to restrict dialling when using LDAP search.
Remaining Jobs - - Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory and
cancel selected jobs.
Miscellaneous BT Call Sign
(U.K. only)
- Use with BT Call Sign.
Caller ID
(U.K. and Ireland
only)
- View or print a list of the last 30 Caller IDs stored in the
memory.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer]
(MFC-J5930DW)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Emulation - - Select the emulation mode.
2-sided 2-sided Print - Enable or disable 2-sided printing and choose long edge or short
edge.
HP Tray Command - - Select the correct version of HP LaserJet emulation.
Reset Printer - - Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP BOOT Method - Select the BOOT method that
best suits your needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration
mode.
WINS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary DNS
server.
765
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP APIPA - Set the machine to allocate
the IP address from the link-
local address range
automatically.
IPv6 - Turn the IPv6 protocol on or
off. To use the IPv6 protocol,
go to the Brother Solutions
Center at support.brother.com
for more information.
Ethernet - - Select the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status - - View the current wired status.
MAC Address - - View the machine's MAC
address.
WLAN TCP/IP BOOT Method - Select the BOOT method that
best suits your needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration
mode.
WINS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server - Specify the IP address of the
primary or secondary DNS
server.
APIPA - Set the machine to allocate
the IP address from the link-
local address range
automatically.
IPv6 - Turn the IPv6 protocol on or
off for a wireless LAN. To use
the IPv6 protocol, go to the
Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com for more
information.
Setup Wizard - - Configure your internal print
server manually.
WLAN
Assistant
- - Configure your wireless
network settings using the
Brother CD-ROM.
WPS - - Configure your wireless
network settings using the
one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN
Code
- - Configure your wireless
network settings using WPS
with a PIN.
WLAN Status Status - View the current wireless
network status.
Signal - View the current wireless
network signal strength.
766
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
WLAN WLAN Status SSID - View the current SSID.
Comm. Mode - View the current
Communication Mode.
MAC Address - - View the machine's MAC
address.
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings using the
one-button push method.
PIN Code - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings using WPS
with a PIN code.
Manual - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct
network settings manually.
Group Owner - - Set your machine as the
Group Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name - View your machine's device
name.
SSID - View the Group Owner's
SSID.
When the machine is not
connected, the LCD displays
Not Connected.
IP Address - View your machine's current
IP Address.
Status
Information
Status - View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network status.
Signal - View the current Wi-Fi Direct
network signal strength.
When your machine acts as
Group Owner, the LCD always
indicates a strong signal.
I/F Enable - - Turn the Wi-Fi Direct
connection on or off.
NFC
(MFC-J5930DW)
- - - Turn the NFC function on or
off.
E-mail/IFAX
(Available after Internet
Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Mail Address - - Enter the email address.
(Up to 60 characters)
Setup Server SMTP Server Enter the SMTP server name
and address.
Port Enter the SMTP port number.
Auth. for SMTP Select the Security method for
email notification.
SSL/TLS Send or receive an email via
an email server that requires
secure SSL/TLS
communication.
Verify
Certification
Verify the SMTP Server
Certificate automatically.
POP3/IMAP4 Protocol Select the protocol for
receiving an email from the
server.
767
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
E-mail/IFAX
(Available after Internet
Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Setup Server POP3/IMAP4 Server Enter the server name and
address.
Port Enter the port number.
Mailbox Name Enter the mailbox name.
(Up to 60 characters)
Mailbox
Password
Enter the password to login to
the server.
(Up to 32 characters)
Select Folder Select the specified folder in
the mailbox using the IMAP4
protocol.
SSL/TLS Send or receive an E-mail via
an E-mail server that requires
secure SSL/TLS
communication.
Verify
Certification
Verify the Server Certificate
automatically.
APOP Turn APOP on or off.
Setup Mail RX Auto Polling Auto Polling Automatically check the server
for new messages.
Poll Frequency Set the interval for checking
for new messages on the
server.
Header - Select the contents of the
email header to be printed.
Del/Read Error
Mail
- Set the machine to
automatically delete error
mails.
Notification - Receive notification
messages.
Setup Mail TX Sender Subject - View the subject.
Size Limit Size Limit Limit the size of email
documents.
Maximum
Size(MB)
Notification - Send notification messages.
Setup Relay Relay
Broadcast
- Relay a document to another
fax machine.
Relay Domain - Register the Domain name.
Relay Report - Print the relay Broadcast
Report.
Manual
Receive
- - Manually check the POP3 or
IMAP4 server for new
messages.
Message from
Brother
Message from
Brother
- - Display messages and
notifications from Brother.
Status - -
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy
Settings
Proxy
Connection
- Change the Web connection
settings.
Address -
Port -
768
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy
Settings
User Name Change the Web connection
settings.
-
Password -
Network I/F - - - Select the network connection
type.
Network Reset - - - Restore all network settings
back to the factory settings.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 1 Descriptions
XMIT Verify Print a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission.
Address Book Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.
Fax Journal Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes.
(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)
User Settings Print a list of your settings.
Network Configuration Print a list of your Network settings.
WLAN Report Print the wireless LAN connection results.
Caller ID History Print a list of the available Caller ID information about the last 30 received faxes and
telephone calls.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Serial No. - Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Firmware Update - Update your machine to the latest firmware.
Firmware Auto Check - View firmware information on the Home screen.
[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Date & Time Date Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the
faxes you send.
Time
Auto Daylight Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving
Time.
Time Zone Set your time zone.
Station ID Fax Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you
fax.
Name
Tone/Pulse
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Select the dialling mode.
Fax Auto Redial - Set the machine to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go
through because the line was busy.
Dial Tone - Shorten the dial tone detect pause.
Phone Line Set - Select the telephone line type.
Compatibility - Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.
769
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards.
If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic
(for VoIP).
Reset Machine Reset Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as
Date and Time and Ring Delay.
Network Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Address Book
& Fax
Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings.
All Settings Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings.
Local Language
(Available only for some
countries.)
- Change your LCD language.
Related Information
•Settings and Features Tables
770
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Features Tables (3.7"(93.4 mm) Touch Panel models)
Features Tables (3.7"(93.4 mm) Touch Panel models)
Related Models: MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
[Fax] (When [Fax Preview] is [Off])
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Address Book
(Search:)
- When LDAP is off, the search will be within the Local
Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be within the Local
Address Book and LDAP Server.
Detail
(This will
appear only
when LDAP is
on.)
View detailed information about the selected address.
Edit - Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for
Broadcasting, and change and delete Address Book
numbers.
-Apply Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call History Redial - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then
send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Caller ID History Apply Select a number from the Caller ID history and then send
a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Options Fax Resolution - Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
2-sided Fax - Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Contrast - Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size - Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of
the document.
Broadcasting Add Number Send the same fax message to more than one fax
number.
Preview - Preview a fax message before you send it.
Colour Setting - Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or colour.
Delayed Fax Delayed Fax Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Set Time
Batch TX - Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the
same time of day into one transmission.
Real Time TX - Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode - Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Set New Default - Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset - Restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
771
[Fax] (When [Fax Preview] is [On])
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Sending
Faxes
Address
Book
(Search:)
- When LDAP is off, the search will be within
the Local Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be within
the Local Address Book and LDAP Server.
Detail
(This will
appear only
when LDAP
is on.)
View detailed information about the selected
address.
Edit - Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
-Apply Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call
History
Redial - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing Call Apply Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Caller ID
History
Apply Select a number from the Caller ID history
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit
Options Fax Resolution - Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.
2-sided Fax - Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Contrast - Adjust the contrast.
Glass Scan Size - Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to
the size of the document.
Broadcasting Add
Number
Send the same fax message to more than
one fax number.
Preview - Preview a fax message before you send it.
Colour Setting - Set whether faxes are sent in monochrome or
colour.
Delayed Fax Delayed
Fax
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be
sent.
Set Time
Batch TX - Combine delayed faxes to the same fax
number at the same time of day into one
transmission.
Real Time TX - Send a fax without using the memory.
Overseas Mode - Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes
overseas.
Set New Default - Save your settings as the default.
Factory Reset - Restore all settings back to the factory
settings.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Received
Faxes
Print/
Delete
Print All(New
Faxes)
- Print the new received faxes.
Print All(Old
Faxes)
- Print the old received faxes.
772
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Received
Faxes
Print/
Delete
Delete All(New
Faxes)
- Delete the new received faxes.
Delete All(Old
Faxes)
- Delete the old received faxes.
Address
Book
(Search:)
- - When LDAP is off, the search will be within
the Local Address Book.
When LDAP is on, the search will be within
the Local Address Book and LDAP Server.
Detail
(This will appear only
when LDAP is on.)
- View detailed information about the selected
address.
Edit - - Store Address Book numbers, set up Group
numbers for Broadcasting, and change and
delete Address Book numbers.
-Apply - Start sending a fax using the Address Book.
Call
History
Redial - - Redial the last number you dialled.
Outgoing
Call
Apply - Select a number from the Outgoing Call
history and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit -
Caller ID
History
Apply - Select a number from the Caller ID history
and then send a fax to it, add it to the
Address Book, or delete it.
Edit -
[Copy]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Preset
(Appears when
you press c.)
A4 ⇒ A3
Normal
2sided(1⇒2)
2sided(2⇒2)
2in1(ID)
2in1
Poster
Ink Save
Book
-Select the settings you want.
Save as
Shortcut
- - Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Options Quality - Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Paper Type - Select the paper type that matches the paper in the
tray.
Paper Size - Select the paper size that matches the paper in the
tray.
Tray Select - Select the tray to be used for Copy mode.
Enlarge/Reduce 100% -
Enlarge Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Reduce Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Fit to Page Adjust the copy size to fit on the paper size you
have set.
Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
773
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Options Density - Adjust the density.
Stack/Sort - Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
Page Layout - Make N in 1, 2 in 1 ID, or Poster copies.
2-sided Copy - Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip
on long edge or flip on short edge.
Advanced Settings - Select advanced copy settings.
[Scan]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to Media
(When a USB Flash drive
is inserted)
Other Scan to
Actions
- - Scan documents and save them
directly to a USB flash drive
without using a computer.
Options - -
Save as
Shortcut
- -
to PC to File Other Scan to
Actions
- Scan documents and save them
to a folder on your computer.
(Select USB or PC) Options
Save as
Shortcut
to OCR Other Scan to
Actions
- Convert your scanned
document to an editable text
file.
(Select USB or PC) Options
Save as
Shortcut
to Image Other Scan to
Actions
- Scan photos or graphics into
your graphics applications.
(Select USB or PC) Options
Save as
Shortcut
to E-mail Other Scan to
Actions
- Send a scanned document as
an email attachment.
(Select USB or PC) Options
Save as
Shortcut
to E-mail Server
(Available after Internet
Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded.)
Other Scan to
Actions
- - Send scanned data to an email
server by allowing your machine
to communicate with your
network and mail server.
Address Book - -
Manual - -
Next Destinations -
Options -
Save as
Shortcut
-
Destinations - -
to FTP Other Scan to
Actions
- - Scan documents directly to an
FTP server.
(Select Profile
name)
Options -
774
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
to FTP (Select Profile
name)
Save as
Shortcut
Scan documents directly to an
FTP server.
-
to Network Other Scan to
Actions
- - Scan documents directly to a
CIFS server on your local
network.
(Select Profile
name)
Options -
Save as
Shortcut
-
to Web - - - Upload the scanned data to an
Internet service.
WS Scan
(Appears when you
install a Web Services
Scanner, which is
displayed in your
computer’s Network
explorer.)
Other Scan to
Actions
- - Scan data using the Web
Service protocol.
Scan - -
Scan for E-mail - -
Scan for Fax - -
Scan for Print - -
[Web]
Level 1 Descriptions
Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Apps]
Level 1 Descriptions
Apps Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.
[USB]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
PDF Print
(MFC-J5930DW)
(Select a PDF
file.)
-Print
Settings
Print a PDF file directly from a USB flash
drive.
JPEG Print Select Files OK Print
Settings
Adjust your photos with the options.
Print All - Print all photos in your USB flash drive.
Index Print Print Index
Sheet
Print
Settings
Print a thumbnail page.
Print Photos
Using Index
No.
Print
Settings
Print photos by choosing the index
numbers.
Scan to Media - - - Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web - - - Connect the Brother machine to an
Internet service.
[A3 Copy Shortcuts]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
A3 2in1
A4 ⇒ A3
Options Quality Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
775
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
A4 + Note(L)
A4 + Note(P)
A4 + Grid
A4 + Blank
A4 Centre
Options Paper Type View the available paper type.
Paper Size Set the size of paper in the paper tray.
Tray Select Set the machine to automatically select the tray that contains the most
appropriate paper.
Density Adjust the density.
[Download Software]
Level 1 Descriptions
Download Software Displays information about downloading and installing software for mobile devices and
computers.
[Shortcuts]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
Add Shortcut Copy - Change the settings in the Copy Options.
Fax - Change the settings in the Fax Options.
Scan to PC(File) Scan a monochrome or a colour document to
your computer.
to PC(OCR) Convert your scanned document to an editable
text file.
to PC(Image) Scan a colour picture into your graphics
application.
to PC(E-mail) Scan a monochrome or a colour document into
your email application.
to Media Scan documents and save them directly to a
USB flash drive without using a computer.
to E-mail Server
(Available after Internet
Fax (I-Fax) is
downloaded. )
Scan a monochrome or a colour document to
your email server.
to Network Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your
local network or on the Internet.
to FTP Send scanned data via FTP.
Web - Connect the Brother machine to an Internet
service.
Apps - Connect the Brother machine to the Brother
Apps service.
This list appears when
each Shortcut icon is
pressed for 2 seconds.
Rename - Change the shortcut name.
Edit - Change the shortcut settings.
Delete - Delete the shortcut.
Edit/ Delete (Select
shortcut
button.)
Rename Change the shortcut name.
Edit Change the shortcut settings.
Delete Delete the shortcut.
776
[Ink]
Level 1 Level 2 Descriptions
Ink Volume - Check the available ink volume.
Ink Cartridge Model - Check your ink cartridge numbers.
Improve Print
Quality
- Check and correct the print quality, alignment and paper feeding
according to the LCD instructions.
Print Head Cleaning - Clean the print head according to the LCD instructions.
Remove Paper Scraps - Remove a piece of paper in the machine according to the LCD
instructions.
Print Setting
Options
Reduce
Smudging
Reduce smudging on the paper or paper jams during printing.
Reduce Uneven
Lines
Reduce uneven lines on the paper during printing.
Slow Drying
Paper
Use this setting when printing with a type of plain paper on which
the ink dries very slowly.
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Level 1 Descriptions
Setup Wizard Configure your internal print server manually.
WLAN Assistant Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother CD-ROM.
WPS Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
When you have put a USB Flash drive in the USB slot
Level 1 Descriptions
PDF Print
(MFC-J5930DW)
Print a PDF file directly from a USB flash drive.
JPEG Print Select photo menu.
Scan to Media Scan documents into a USB flash drive.
Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Related Information
•Settings and Features Tables
•Important Note
777
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
•Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
•Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
•Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
•Network Management Software and Utilities
778
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
•What is Web Based Management?
•Access Web Based Management
•Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
779
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > What is Web Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
• We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 8/11 for Windows® and Safari 9 for Macintosh. Make sure
that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use. If you use different web
browser, make sure it is compatible with HTTP 1.0 and HTTP 1.1.
• You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the
print server and your computer.
• The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
•Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
780
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Access Web Based Management
Access Web Based Management
• We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
• When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
You can now change the print server settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the
configuration.
Related Information
•Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
•Print the Network Configuration Report
•Monitor Machine Status from Your Computer (Macintosh)
781
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
We recommend setting a login password to prevent unauthorised access to Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
• If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
• For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click Administrator.
5. Type the password you want to use in the Enter New Password field (8 to 32 characters).
6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.
7. Click Submit.
In the future, every time you access Web Based Management, type the password in the Login field, and then
click .
After configuring the settings, log off by clicking .
If you have not previously set a login password, you can also set a password by clicking the Please
configure the password button on the machine's web page.
Related Information
•Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
782
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
The Remote Setup program lets you configure many of your Brother machine's settings from your computer.
When you start Remote Setup, the settings on your Brother machine will be downloaded to your computer and
displayed on your screen. If you change the settings on your computer, you can upload them directly to the
machine.
•Remote Setup (Windows®)
•Remote Setup (Macintosh)
783
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®)
Remote Setup (Windows®)
•Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
•Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
784
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®) > Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer
(Windows®)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Do one of the following:
• Windows Vista® and Windows® 7
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
• Windows® 8 and Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
The Remote Setup Program window appears.
When your machine is connected via a Network, type the password if required.
2. Configure the settings as needed.
785
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
786
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows® Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the CD-ROM, the
necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
•Remote Setup (Windows®)
•ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
787
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4
(Windows®)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
788
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
• If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the
firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
• If you are using Windows® Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the CD-ROM, the
necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
•ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
•Remote Setup (Windows®)
789
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using
ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4
(Windows®)
Use Remote Setup through CC4 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Device Settings tab.
3. Click the Address Book button.
The Address Book opens in a Remote Setup window.
4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
5. Click OK.
Related Information
•Remote Setup (Windows®)
•ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
790
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Macintosh) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter2
(Macintosh)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
2. Click the DEVICE SETTINGS tab.
3. Click the Remote Setup button.
The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export
Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
792
Import
Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print
Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the
machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK
Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message
appears, enter the correct data again, and then click OK.
Cancel
Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply
Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
•ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
•Remote Setup (Macintosh)
793
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings
Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Macintosh) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using
ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter2
(Macintosh)
Use Remote Setup through ControlCenter2 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the
(ControlCenter) icon.
The ControlCenter2 screen appears.
2. Click the DEVICE SETTINGS tab.
3. Click the Address Book button.
The Address Book opens in a Remote Setup window.
4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed.
5. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
•Remote Setup (Macintosh)
•ControlCenter2 (Macintosh)
794
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type Inkjet
Print Head Mono Piezo with 420 nozzles x 1
Colour Piezo with 420 nozzles x 3
Memory Capacity • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
128 MB
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW
256 MB
• MFC-J5930DW
512 MB
LCD (liquid crystal display) 1• MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
2.7 in. (67.5 mm) TFT Colour Touchscreen LCD
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
3.7 in. (93.4 mm) TFT Colour Touchscreen LCD
Power Source AC 220 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption 2 • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Copying 3: Approx. 29 W
Ready 4: Approx. 6.5 W
Sleep 4: Approx. 1.6 W
Power Off 4 5: Approx. 0.04 W
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Copying 6: Approx. 30 W
Ready 4: Approx. 6.5 W
Sleep 4: Approx. 1.6 W
Power Off 4 5: Approx. 0.04 W
Dimensions • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
530 mm
398 mm
304 mm
738 mm
796
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
398 mm
807 mm
530 mm
374 mm
467 mm
Weights • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
16.9 kg
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
20.6 kg
Noise Level Sound Pressure Operating 50 dB (A) (Approx.) 7
Sound Power 8 9 Copying 10 LWAd =6.17 B(A) (Mono)
LWAd =6.13 B(A) (Colour)
Temperature Operating 10 to 35 °C
Best Print Quality 20 to 33 °C
Humidity Operating 20 to 80% (without condensation)
Best Print Quality 20 to 80% (without condensation)
ADF (automatic document feeder) Up to 50 pages 11
Paper: 80 g/m²
1Measured diagonally
2Measured when the machine is connected to the USB interface. Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment
or part wear.
3When using ADF, single-sided printing, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
4Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
5Even when the machine is turned off, it will automatically turn itself on periodically for print head maintenance, and then turn itself off.
6When using ADF, single-sided printing and scanning, resolution: standard / document: ISO/IEC 24712 printed pattern.
7Noise depends on printing conditions.
8In accordance with ISO9296
9Office equipment with LWAd>6.30 B(A) is not appropriate for use in room where people require high levels of concentration. Such
equipment should be placed in separate rooms because of noise emissions.
10 Copy speed: 13 cpm (Mono) / 11 cpm (Colour)
These copy speeds were measured in accordance with the Blue Angel (RAL-UZ171) specification.
11 MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW: Up to 30 pages when copying with the sort function.
797
Document Size Specifications
Document Size ADF Width 105 to 215.9 mm
ADF Length 1148 to 355.6 mm
Scanner Glass Width Max. 215.9 mm
Scanner Glass Length Max. 297 mm
1Up to 900 mm when using the long paper function.
Print Media Specifications
Paper
Input
Paper Tray #1 Paper Type 1Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy
Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size 2(Landscape)
A4, Letter, Executive
(Portrait)
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo
(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18
cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Up to 250 sheets of 80 g/m² plain paper
Paper Tray #2
(MFC-J2730DW/
MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size (Landscape)
A4, Letter
(Portrait)
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Up to 250 sheets of 80 g/m² plain paper
Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
3
(MFC-J2730DW/
MFC-J5730DW/
MFC-J5930DW)
Paper Type 1Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy
Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size (Landscape)
A4, Letter, Executive
(Portrait)
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo
(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18
cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Up to 100 sheets of 80 g/m² Plain Paper
Manual Feed Slot
(MFC-J2330DW/
MFC-J5330DW/
MFC-J5335DW)
Paper Type 1Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy
Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size (Landscape)
A4, Letter, Executive
(Portrait)
A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio,
A5, A6, Envelopes (C5, Com-10, DL, Monarch), Photo
(10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18
cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Maximum
Paper Capacity
Up to 1 sheet
Paper Output 1• Up to A4/Letter size paper
798
Up to 100 sheets of 80 g/m² Plain Paper (face up
print delivery to the output paper tray)
• Over A4/Letter size paper
Up to 50 sheets of 80 g/m² Plain Paper (face up
print delivery to the output paper tray)
1For glossy paper, remove printed pages from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid smudging.
2Glossy paper is available up to A4 or Letter size.
3We recommend using the MP tray for glossy paper.
Fax Specifications
Compatibility • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
ITU-T Group 3
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
ITU-T Super Group 3
Modem Speed • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
Automatic Fallback: 14,400 bps
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
Automatic Fallback: 33,600 bps
Scanning Width
(Single-sided document)
ADF: 208 mm (A4)
Scanner Glass: 204 mm (A4)
Scanning Width and Length
(2-sided document)
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
Width: 208 mm (A4/Letter/Legal) (ADF)
Length: 349,6 mm (ADF)
Printing Width 291 mm (A3)
Greyscale Monochrome: 8 bit (256 levels)
Colour: 24 bit (8 bit per colour/ 256 levels)
Resolution
(Horizontal)
203 dpi
Resolution
(Vertical)
Standard:
98 dpi (Mono)
196 dpi (Colour)
Fine:
196 dpi (Mono)
196 dpi (Colour)
Superfine:
392 dpi (Mono)
Photo:
196 dpi (Mono)
Address Book 100 names x 2 numbers or E-mail addresses 1
Groups Up to 6
Broadcasting 250 (200 Address Book/50 Manual Dial)
Automatic Redial 3 times at 5 minute intervals
Memory Transmission Up to 200 pages 2
Out of Paper Reception Up to 200 pages 2
1E-mail addresses are available after Internet Fax (I-Fax) is downloaded.
799
2‘Pages’ refers to the ‘ITU-T Test Chart #1’ (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, MMR code).
Copy Specifications
Colour/Monochrome Yes/Yes
Copy Width 204 mm 1
Multiple Copies Stacks/Sorts up to 99 pages
Enlarge/Reduce 25% to 400% (in increments of 1%)
Resolution Prints up to 1200 × 4800 dpi
Automatic 2-sided Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, A5
1When copying on A4 size paper.
USB Flash Drive Specifications
Compatible Media USB Flash drive 1
JPEG Print Resolution Up to 1200 x 4800 dpi
Paper Type Plain Paper, Inkjet Paper (coated paper), Glossy Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, A3, Ledger, Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo 2L (13 x 18 cm)
File Format JPEG (Progressive JPEG format is not supported)
PDF Print
(MFC-J5930DW)
Resolution Up to 1200 x 1800 dpi
Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, A3, Ledger, Legal, Mexico Legal, India Legal, Folio, A5, A6
File Format PDF version1.7
Scan to Media File Format JPEG, PDF (Colour, Grey)
TIFF, PDF (Monochrome)
1USB Flash drive is not included. Full-Speed USB 2.0. USB Mass Storage standard up to 256 GB. Supported formats: FAT12/FAT16/
FAT32/exFAT
Scanner Specifications
Colour/Monochrome Yes/Yes
TWAIN Compliant Yes
(Windows Vista® / Windows® 7 / Windows® 8 / Windows® 10)
(OS X v10.9.5 / 10.10.x /10.11.x)
WIA Compliant Yes
(Windows Vista® / Windows® 7 / Windows® 8 / Windows® 10)
ICA Compliant Yes (OS X v10.9.5 / 10.10.x /10.11.x)
Colour Depth • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
48 bit colour processing (Input)
24 bit colour processing (Output)
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
48 bit colour processing (simplex) (Input)
30 bit colour processing (duplex) (Input)
24 bit colour processing (Output)
800
Greyscale • MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
16 bit colour processing (Input)
8 bit colour processing (Output)
• MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
16 bit colour processing (simplex) (Input)
10 bit colour processing (duplex) (Input)
8 bit colour processing (Output)
Resolution Up to 19200 × 19200 dpi (interpolated) 1
Up to 1200 × 2400 dpi (optical) (from Scanner Glass)
Up to 600 × 600 dpi (optical) (from ADF)
Scanning Width and Length
(Single-sided document)
(Scanner Glass)
Width: Up to 213.9 mm
Length: Up to 295 mm
(ADF)
Width: Up to 213.9 mm
Length: Up to 353.6 mm
Scanning Width and Length
(2-sided document)
(MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW)
Width: Up to 213.9 mm (ADF)
Length: Up to 353.6 mm (ADF)
1Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows Vista®, Windows® 7 , Windows® 8 and Windows® 10 (resolution up
to 19200 × 19200 dpi can be selected using the scanner utility).
Printer Specifications
Emulation
(MFC-J5930DW)
PCL6, BR-Script3, PDF version1.7, XPS version 1.0
Resolution Up to 1200 × 4800 dpi
Printing Width 1 291 mm [297 mm (borderless)] 2
Borderless A4, Letter, A3, Ledger, A6, Photo (10 x 15 cm), Photo L (9 x 13 cm), Photo 2L (13
x 18 cm), Index card (13 x 20 cm)
Automatic 2-sided Paper Type Plain Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, A5, Executive
Print Speed For detailed specifications visit www.brother.com.
1When printing on A3 size paper.
2When the Borderless feature is set to On.
Interface Specifications
USB 1 2 Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no longer than 5 m.
LAN Use an Ethernet UTP cable category 5 or greater.
Wireless LAN IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
NFC
(MFC-J5930DW)
Yes
1Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface.
2Third party USB ports are not supported.
801
Network Specifications
You can connect your machine to a network for Network Printing, Network Scanning, PC-Fax Send, PC-Fax
Receive (Windows® only), and Remote Setup.
Brother BRAdmin Light (Windows® only) Network Management software is also available as a download
from Brother Solutions Center. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download the software.
(Windows®) If you require more advanced machine management, use the latest Brother BRAdmin
Professional utility version. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to download the software.
Wireless Network Security WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/
AES), WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES) 1
Wireless Setup Support Utility WPS Yes
1Wi-Fi Direct supports WPA2-PSK (AES) only.
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform
& Operating System
Version
PC Interface Processor Hard Disk Space to Install
USB 1 10/100 Base-TX
(Ethernet)
Wireless
802.11b/
g/n
For Drivers For
Applications
(Including
Drivers)
Wind
ows®
Oper
ating
Syste
m
Windows
Vista® 2 3
Printing
PC Fax 4
Scanning
32 bit (x86) or
64 bit (x64)
processor
500 MB 1.3 GB
Windows® 7 2
3
Windows® 8 2
3
Windows® 8.
1 2 3
650 MB
Windows® 10
Home 2 3
Windows® 10
Pro 2 3
Windows® 10
Education 2 3
Windows® 10
Enterprise 2 3
Windows
Server® 2008
N/A Printing 50 MB N/A
Windows
Server® 2008
R2
Windows
Server® 2012
Windows
Server® 2012
R2
64 bit (x64)
processor
802
Macin
tosh
Oper
ating
Syste
m
OS X v10.9.5
OS X
v10.10.x
OS X
v10.11.x
Printing
PC-Fax (Send) 4
Scanning
Intel®
Processor
80 MB 550 MB
1Third party USB ports are not supported.
2For WIA, 1200 x 1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables enhancing up to 19200 x 19200 dpi.
3Nuance™ PaperPort™ 14 supports Windows Vista® (SP2 or greater), Windows® 7, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 10 Home,
Windows® 10 Pro, Windows® 10 Education and Windows® 10 Enterprise.
4PC-Fax supports black and white only.
For the latest driver updates, visit support.brother.com and go to your model's Downloads page.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
•Appendix
803
Home > Appendix > Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
• The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
• The keyboard layout may differ depending on the function you are setting.
>> MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
>> MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
MFC-J2330DW/MFC-J5330DW/MFC-J5335DW
When you need to enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard will appear on the Touchscreen.
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
• Press to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press [Space]. Or, you can press c to move the cursor.
Making corrections
• If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to highlight the incorrect character.
Press , and then enter the correct character.
• To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
• Press for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
MFC-J2730DW/MFC-J5730DW/MFC-J5930DW
When you need to enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard will appear on the Touchscreen.
804
• Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
• Press to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
• To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
• To enter a space, press [Space]. Or, you can press c to move the cursor.
Making corrections
• If you entered an incorrect character and want to change it, press d or c to highlight the incorrect character.
Press , and then enter the correct character.
• To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
• Press for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
Related Information
•Appendix
•Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
•Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
•Store Address Book Numbers from Caller ID History
•Change a Broadcasting Group Name
•Set Your Station ID
•Change or Delete Shortcuts
805
Home > Appendix > Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
• Recycled paper is of the same quality as paper made from original forest sources. Standards governing
modern recycled paper ensure that it meets the highest quality requirements for different printing processes.
The imaging equipment supplied by the VA signatories is suitable for using with recycled paper meeting the
EN 12281:2002 standard.
• Purchasing recycled paper saves natural resources and promotes the circular economy. Paper is made using
cellulose fibres from wood. Collecting and recycling paper extends the life of fibres over multiple life cycles,
making the best use of the resources.
• The recycled paper production process is shorter. The fibres have already been processed, so less water and
energy, and fewer chemicals are used.
• Paper recycling has the benefit of saving carbon by diverting paper products from alternative disposal routes
such as landfill and incineration. Landfill waste emits methane gas, which has a powerful greenhouse effect.
Related Information
•Appendix
806
UK
Version 0